ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LTD.
BID DOCUMENT
FOR
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase
4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation
of new distribution substation, Conversion of existing
3ph 4wire LT line to ABC, Conversion of existing 11kV
line to ABC, Construction of11kV tea feeder with
installation of 11 kV Auto recloser at sending end,
construction of 11kV line for extension areas and
construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare conductor
for extension areas under Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivsagar
& Jorhat Electrical Circle of APDCL (UAZ)
ON
“TURNKEY” MODE
SCHEME: “TRADE DEVELOPMENT FUND 2011-2014”
NIT NO.CGM (PP&D)/ APDCL/TDF-2011-14/ DTR-Line/DTSJ/04
SECTION -1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
2
ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION CO. LTD
PROJECT PLANNING & DESIGN
NIT NO.CGM (PP&D)/ APDCL/TDF-2011-14/ DTR-Line/DTSJ/04
Sealed Tenders are invited from experienced & financially sound Electrical Contractor(s)
(individual or joint venture)/Firm(s) having valid electrical contractor license up to 11kV issued by
the competent authority of the Govt. of Assam for Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution substation,
Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC, Conversion of existing 11kV line to ABC,
Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end, construction
of 11kV line for extension areas and construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare conductor for
extension areas under Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivsagar & Jorhat Electrical Circle of APDCL (UAZ)
on “Turnkey” mode under TDF-2011-14.
Cost of Tender Paper: ₹ 12,000/-(Rupees Twelve thousand) only in the form of ‘A/C Payee
Demand Draft/Banker’s Cheque (non-refundable) duly pledged in favour of “ASSAM POWER
DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LIMITED”. Tender papers can be purchased in all working days up to
4 PM w.e.f. 08.05.2012 to 30.05.2012 from the office of the Chief General Manager (PP&D),
TH
APDCL, Bijulee Bhawan, Paltan bazar 6 Floor, Guwahati-1
Details may be seen in the website www.apdcl.gov.in
Chief General Manager (PP&D),
th
APDCL, 6 floor, Bijulee Bhawan.
Guwahati-1
Memo No. CGM (PP&D)/ APDCL/TDF-2011-14/ DTR-Line/DTSJ/
Dt.
Copy to: 1. The CGM (D), APDCL(UAZ), Bijulee Bhawan, Guwahati-1---- for favour of kind
information.
2. The GM, The General Manager, Upper Assam Zone, APDCL(UAZ), Jorhat for
information .
3. The DGM, Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivsagar & Jorhat Electrical Circle, APDCL(UAZ). They
are requested to finalize the locations within the sanctioned parameter (annexure
enclosed) for execution of the work and submit the selected locations to the
undersigned immediately.
4. The PRO, ASEB, Bijiulee Bhawan, Paltan Bazar, Guwahati for publication of the above
tender in one issue of “The Assam Tribune” and one Assamese vernacular news paper.
5. The OSD to MD, APDCL, Bijiulee Bhawan, Paltan bazaar, Guwahati for publication in
the official website.
Chief General Manager (PP&D),
th
APDCL, 6 floor, Bijulee Bhawan.
Guwahati-1
3
ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION CO. LTD
PROJECT PLANNING & DESIGN
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
NIT NO.CGM (PP&D)/ APDCL/TDF-2011-14/ DTR-Line/DTSJ/04
Sealed Tenders are invited from experienced & financially sound Electrical Contractor(s)
(individual or joint venture)/Firm(s) having valid electrical contractor license up to 11kV issued by
the competent authority of the Govt. of Assam for Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution substation,
Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC, Conversion of existing 11kV line to ABC,
Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11 kV Auto recloser at sending end, construction
of 11kV line for extension areas and construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare conductor for
extension areas under Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivsagar & Jorhat Electrical Circle of APDCL (UAZ) on
“Turnkey” mode.
Source of Fund: Trade Development Fund: 2011-14
Eligibility Criteria:
1. Average Annual turnover of the bidder for the last three financial years for the work should be as
mentioned below and duly certified by registered Chartered Accountant with Registration No.
2. Past and present performance of the bidder in ASEB or in any of its successor companies will be taken
into account to decide the eligibility as per clause 4(b) of sec-2.
3. The bidders must have adequate experience in doing similar electrical construction work and to be
substantiated through certificate issued by an Engineer not below the rank of DGM/SE along with
supporting copies of the work executed under any reputed utility / department. Lack of experience of the
bidders will render the bid liable for rejection. The certificate should form a part of the techno-commercial
bid.(as per clause no 4 of Sec-2)
4. Earnest money should be as mentioned below. However Earnest money deposit (EMD) will be 50% for
SC, ST & OBC bidder subject to submission of caste certificate along with the Techno-Commercial bid
of the tender.
5. Financial resources: The bidder shall have to specify proposed source of financing, such as liquid
assets, unencumbered real assets , line of credit and other financial means, net current commitments,
available to meet the total construction cash flow demand of the subject contract (evaluation &
qualification criteria).
Bid validity: 180 days from the date of submission of Bid.
Cost of Tender Paper: ₹ 12,000/-(Rupees Twelve thousand) only in the form of ‘A/C Payee Demand
Draft/Banker’s Cheque (non-refundable) duly pledged in favour of “ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION
COMPANY LIMITED”. Tender papers can be purchased on all working days up to 4 PM w.e.f. 08.05.2012 to
TH
30.05.2012 from the office of the Chief General Manager (PP&D), APDCL, Bijulee Bhawan, 6 Floor,
Guwahati-1.
Alternatively, the Bid Document can be downloaded from the website: www.apdcl.gov.in for tender
submission purpose. The bid can be downloaded upto 4 pm of 30.05.2012. The Bidders using downloaded
document will attach with their Bids(Techno-commercial) an ‘A/C Payee Demand Draft/Banker’s Cheque
(non-refundable) of ₹ 12,000/-(Rupees twelve thousand only) duly pledged in favour of “ Assam Power
Distribution Company Limited, Guwahati-1”as a cost of tender paper. Bidders will ensure that the complete
document in full is downloaded and used. Any bid without the payment of ₹ 12,000.00 as above will be
rejected outright; the date of purchase of said A/C Payee Demand Draft/ Banker’s Cheque
should be within the date of issue of Tender paper.
Date of submission of Tenders: Up to 15-00 Hrs. of 11.06.2012
Date of opening of Bid: Techno-commercial bids will be opened on 11.06.2012 at 15-15 Hrs. and the price
bid on a date to be notified later on.
4
Details of works:
Package No
Work description
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC,
installation of new distribution substation, Conversion
TDF 2011-14/DIB
of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction
of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11kV Auto
recloser at sending end under Dibrugarh Electrical
Circle, APDCL (UAZ)
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC,
installation of new distribution substation, Conversion
of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC, Conversion of
existing 11kV line to ABC, Construction of11kV tea
TDF 2011-14/TSK
feeder with installation of 11kV Auto recloser at
sending end, construction of 11kV line for extension
areas and construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare
conductor for extension areas under Tinsukia
Electrical Circle, APDCL (UAZ)
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC,
installation of new distribution substation, Conversion
TDF 2011-14/SIV
of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction
of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11kV Auto
recloser at sending end under Sivsagar Electrical
Circle, APDCL (UAZ)
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT
3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC,
installation of new distribution substation, Conversion
TDF 2011-14/JOR
of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction
of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11kV Auto
recloser at sending end under Jorhat Electrical
Circle, APDCL (UAZ)
NB The bidder can participate in one or multiple packages
Average annual
turn over
(Rs in lakh)
800.0
1200.0
800.0
1000.0
EMD amount
(Rs. In lakh)
Period of completion
In days
25.0
540(five hundred
forty) days from the
date of issue of work
order
25.0
540(five hundred
forty) days from the
date of issue of work
order
25.0
540(five hundred
forty) days from the
date of issue of work
order
25.0
540(five hundred
forty) days from the
date of issue of work
order
5
Parameter of works: Parameter of work under
Sl.
No.
Description of work
1
Dibrugarh Circle
Tinsukia Circle
Sivsagar Circle
Jorhat Circle
Construction of 11kV line for DTR connectivity
37.0 Km
41.0 Km
35.0 Km
38.0 Km
2
Construction of LT 3 ph 4 wire line with bare
conductor as outgoing line from DTR
13.0 Km
13.0 Km
13.0 Km
15.0 Km
3
Construction of LT 3 ph 4 wire line with ABC as
outgoing line from DTR
25.0 Km
30.0 Km
30.0 Km
22.0 Km
4
Installation of 250 kVA DTR s/s ( 3 star rating)
8 nos.
20 nos.
10 nos.
20 nos.
5
Installation of 100 kVA DTR s/s ( 3 star rating)
95 nos.
110 nos.
100 nos.
100 nos.
6
Installation of 63 kVA DTR s/s ( 3 star rating)
85 nos.
100 nos.
63 nos.
80 nos.
7
Conversion of existing 3φ LT line to 3-φ,4-wire ABC
57.0 Km
80.0 km
40.0Km
90.0 km
8
Conversion of existing 11kV line with ABC
nil
10.0 Km
nil
nil
9
Construction of 11kV line for extension areas
nil
20.0 Km
nil
nil
10
Construction of LT 3ph 4 wire with bare conductor
nil
20.0 Km
nil
nil
11
New 11kV dedicated tea feeder along with
installation of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end
42.0 Km
44.0 km
57.0 Km
47.0 Km
NB: Location against the above allotted parameters for execution of the work will be finalized by concerned DGM of APDCL
6
Terms & Conditions:
a. The work should be carried out as per latest REC specification and construction standard.
b. In case of a joint venture firm, the relevant deed in support of joint venture, an agreement duly registered
or certified by Notary must be submitted along with the bid. In absence of such documents, the tender from
a joint venture firm shall be rejected.( for joint venture requirement refer Sl 5 of Sec-2)
c. The Techno-Commercial& Price bids must be submitted in two separate sealed cover superscripting the
following on both the covers ( for each Package)
a) Name of bidder with full address
b) “Techno-Commercial bid with earnest money” for envelope containing Techno-commercial Bid
and “Price bid” for envelope containing the price bid.
c) NIT reference number.
d. Rates should be quoted both in figures and words legibly and no overwriting will be accepted.
e. Earnest money as stipulated should be submitted with the Techno-Commercial bid in the form of Bank
Guarantee (BG) of Nationalized Bank/ Bank Call Deposit/NSC/Term Deposit pledged in favour of “
ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LIMITED, Guwahati-1” valid upto March’2013. Any tender
without earnest money will be rejected outright.
f. Quoted rate should be firm and break up of all taxes and duties should be shown.
g. Quoted rate must be valid for a minimum of 180 days.
h. There will be pre-bid discussion with the intending bidder to be held on 03.06.2012 at 1500 Hrs in the
office of the undersigned regarding terms and conditions and scope of work.
i.
The tender should be submitted in the office of the Chief General Manager (PP&D), APDCL, Bijulee
th
Bhawan, 6 floor, Paltanbazar, Guwahati-1 and will be opened on the scheduled date & time in presence
of the intending bidder.
j. The Company reserves the right to accept or reject any tender in part or in full or spilt the work or
cancel/withdraw the Notice inviting tender without assigning any reason thereof whatsoever and in such
case, no bidder/ intending bidder shall have any claim arising out of such action.
Chief General Manager (PP&D),
th
APDCL, 6 floor, Bijulee Bhawan.
Paltan bazar,Guwahati-1
7
SECTION 2
TENDER INVITING PROPOSAL
8
ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION CO. LTD
PROJECT, PLANNING & DESIGN
TENDER INVITING PROPOSALS WITH TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR
Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor
and with ABC, installation of new distribution substation, Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire
LT line to ABC, Conversion of existing 11kV line to ABC, Construction of11kV tea feeder with
installation of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end, construction of 11kV line for extension
areas and construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare conductor for extension areas under
Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivsagar & Jorhat Electrical Circle of APDCL (UAZ) on “Turnkey” mode as per
details below.
1. Intent of the Tender Enquiry
The intent of the Tender Enquiry is to invite proposals from the prospective and relevantly experienced and
financially sound contractor(s) (individual or joint venture)/firms to carry out the works as mentioned above on
turnkey mode.
2.
Scope of Work
The various activities under the scope of work shall among other related aspects cover the following.
i. Procurement and supply of all materials required for the work.
ii. Arrange inspection / testing of any/all items ordered at manufacturer’s works for officer deputed by APDCL
for such inspection/testing .
iii. Site unloading, storage and handling of all materials supplied including watch and ward for safe custody.
iv. Site fabrication work as per requirement.
v. Submission of implementation schedule from the date of award of contract for:  Route survey for laying new lines wherever required
 Erection, testing and commissioning of all materials/equipment supplied/system installed.
vi. Project management and site organization.
vii. Obtaining clearance from statutory Agencies, Government Departments, Village Panchayats etc. wherever
necessary
viii. Submission of technical specification/Test Certificate/Drawings etc. of all materials supplied.
ix. A list of various items normally involved in proposed type of work is provided in this document. This,
however, is not to be considered as limiting but only typical. Vendors’ scope will include all other items and
materials as may be required to effectively complete the work.
Above all, the scope of work of the vendor/contractor will include all items and facilities as may be
necessary to complete the electrification work on turnkey basis and as binding requirement.
3.
Basic specification of the various equipment/ works to be supplied /carried out.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
All equipment supplied shall conform to the requirement of relevant ISS (BIS) as approved by
ASEB/Company and that of REC specification and construction standards.
All materials supplied shall be erected, protected as per approved standard practice for proposed type of
electrical work so as to supply electricity to the consumers most effectively and in an intrinsically safe
manner.
All equipment supplied and installed shall provide easy and effective:

Maintainability

Reliability

Availability

Long life
All equipment supplied and installed shall be provided stable and adequate weather protection, system
earthing etc. LA should be earthed separately.
All items, which may require frequent opening up/ dismantling for maintenance, shall be adequately sealed
against any tampering/ theft etc.
Generally supply and erection of materials and system shall meet the requirement of construction standard
being followed in the electrification work.
9
4.
Basic qualifying requirement:
To be qualified for the package the bidder must compulsorily meet the following minimum criteria
A. Technical.
The prospective bidder must fulfill the following qualifying requirements
a. The bidder must have valid electrical Contractor’s and Supervisor’s License (HT) issued by the
Licensing Authority of Govt. Of Assam.
b. The bidder must have successfully erected and commissioned at least 20 (twenty) nos. of 11/0.4
kV DTR Substation and must have similar experience of constructing 10(ten) KM of 11 KV line,
10(ten) Km of LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor during last 5(five) years as on the date of
bid opening and which must be in satisfactory operation for at least 1 (one) year as on the date of
bid opening. Working knowledge of construction of line with Ariel bunched conductor (ABC) both
LT and HT shall be preferred. ( necessary document in support of the same should be furnished)
c. The bidder must have the above mentioned experience of working in the state of Assam
d. The bidder shall furnish details of the work / works along with its value already in hand either of
APDCL, or in any other successor companies of ASEB along with date of completion as per
Letter of Award and likely date of completion duly certified by the competent authority as per
format enclosed as Annexure-IA. This shall be treated as one of the major qualifying criteria for
technical evaluation of the bid. The bidder must also fill up the format as per Annexure-I(B), I(C),
I(D).
B.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
5.
Financial
Average annual turnover of the bidder for the last three consecutive financial years should be as
per NIT and the annual turnover must be certified by a registered Chartered Accountant. This
should be supported by the copy of the income tax return submitted by the firm for the last three
previous years. In case of joint venture firms, the figures of average annual turnovers for each
Joint Venture partners shall be added together to determine the bidder’s compliance with the
minimum average turnover requirement for the package. However, the lead partner must meet at
least 40% and each of the other partners must meet at least 25% of the minimum average annual
turnovers criteria required for each package as per NIT.
If the total work in hand against the works of APDCL or its successor companies and other
agencies exceed more than 3(three) times the average annual turnover of the bidder, the
bid shall be treated as non-responsive
The bidder shall furnish latest VAT registration, WCT, CST Registration certificate, Service tax
registration, Employee Provident fund and valid Labour License (wherever applicable).
The bidder shall furnish copy of their Pan Card. The card must be in the name of the firm if the
bidder is a firm. If it is a joint venture copy of Pan Card of both the partner must be submitted.
Joint venture agreement should be a registered one or certified by Notary.
Power of attorney should be a registered one.
Formal authority, Registered/Notorised for signing the tender or other documents on
behalf of the firm / individual must be submitted along with the bid. In case of registered
company Board’s resolution of the company for authorized signatory should be furnished.
Notwithstanding anything stated herein above, APDCL reserves the right to assess the capacity
and capability of the bidder to execute the work, should the circumstance warrant such
assessment in the overall interest of APDCL
Joint Venture Requirement
i.
The Bid and, in case of successful Bid, the form of agreement shall be signed so as to be legally
binding both the partners.
ii.
One of the partners shall be authorized to be as the lead partner and this authorization shall be
evidenced by submitting a Power of Attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of the
partners. Also the lead partner must have valid electrical Contractor’s and Supervisor’s License
(HT) issued by the Licensing Authority of Govt. Of Assam
iii.
The lead partner shall be authorized to incur liabilities, receive payments and receive instructions
for and on behalf of any or all partners of the joint venture and the entire execution of the contract.
iv.
All the partners of the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the
contract in accordance with the contract terms and a relevant statement to this effect shall be
included in the authorization mentioned under (ii) above as well as in the bid form and the form of
agreement (in case of successful bidder).
10
v.
vi.
vii.
A copy of the agreement entered into by the joint venture partners shall be submitted with the bid.
The figure of average annual turnovers for the joint venture partners shall be added together to
determine the bidder’s compliance with the minimum average turnover requirement for the
package. However, the lead partner must meet at least 40% and other partner must meet the at
least 25% of the minimum average annual turnover criteria given in the Tender.
The bidder must fill up Financial format as per FIN-I, FIN-II, FIN-III (at page 19 & 20)
6.
Other requirements:
The Bidder
i) Should be acquainted himself with relevant conditions of the local geography and socio economic
setup of the different location of the State and being capable accordingly to mobilize, organize
and expedite the activities.
ii) Should have adequate working personnel comprising of Electrical/ Mechanical engineers,
electrical supervisor, skilled and unskilled labour to be deputed to the proposed assignment.
iii) Should be conversant with the code/ standards applicable to proposed type of work. ISS, REC
guidelines
7.
Submission of bid ( for Each package)
The bidder shall submit the bid/bids in sealed envelope/envelopes as follows:
a.
Techno-commercial bid
Techno-commercial bid should be submitted in a sealed envelope, Superscripting “Technocommercial bid with EMD” with name of bidder, full address and NIT reference, package no. and
under this will be included and defined vendors scope of work, responsibilities, guarantees,
specification of equipment, commercial terms and conditions, vendor’s company credentials,
experience of similar assignments, registration details, etc. as per requirement. Tender proforma for
techno-commercial Bid is enclosed as Annexure-I(A).
b. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD):
The Tender must be accompanied with earnest money as mentioned in the NIT against the work to be
deposited in the form of Bank Guarantee (BG) of Nationalized Bank/ Bank Call Deposit/NSC/KVP
/Term Deposit pledged in favour of “ASSAM POWER DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LIMITED.
Guwahati-1”. The EMD should be submitted along with Techno- Commercial bid. The earnest money
will be released to the unsuccessful bidders on finalization of the tenders. The EMD to the successful
bidder will be released on submission of performance Security Deposit at the time of execution of the
agreement as per clause 14
c. Submission of documents with technical bids.
i) Detail list of makes and materials offered with catalogues, technical specification ,type tests
certificate , performance certificate from utilities, authorization letter from manufacturer, customer
list etc.
ii) Certificates and testimonials in support of credentials of the bidder’s organization.
iii) Details past experience along with present works in hand with awarded amount and progress
report.
iv) Brief write-up on methodology to carry out the assignment, if awarded.
v) Details of manpower to be engaged for the assignments.
vi) Any other information, the vendor may feel facilitative in evaluating the bid.
vii) Copies of bidder and supervisor’s license, etc.
viii) Certificate from Registered Charted Accountant in support of Annual turn over
ix) Solvency certificate from Bank
x) Certificate in support of performance of the bidder
xi) If the bidder is involved in any litigation with ASEB/ or any successor company of ASEB. The
bidder should furnish the information to that effect.
xii) The bidder should submit the list of materials that are to be brought from outside the state
xiii) GTP’S of major items as described in BOQ. such as poles, conductors , insulators, surge
arrestor, circuit breakers, distribution transformer , DTR cubicles, D.O,GOAB , ABC ( both LT And
HT) , connector, stay set, earth pipe etc as per bid requirements should invariably be submitted
along with the tender otherwise tender is liable to be rejected
d. Price Bid
Price bid should be submitted in a sealed envelope superscripting “Price Bid” with name of bidder, NIT
reference No. Under this will include rates of supply and erection of different items for electrification.
The tender proforma for price Bid is enclosed as Annexure-II(A) of respective package.
e.
Submission of bid
Both the envelope should be placed in a bigger envelope duly sealed superscripting name of bidder,
NIT reference and addressed to CGM(PP&D), APDCL, Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar, Guwahati.
11
Note:-:
a. If there is discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit
price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and total price should be corrected. If there is a discrepancy
between the words and figures, the amount in word should prevail. If the bidder does not accept the
correction of the errors as above, his bid will be rejected and the amount of bid guarantee/security will be
forfeited.
b. No separate declaration offering discount on price will be allowed. Offered price in the price
schedule will be final.
c. If a particular bidder participates in more than one package, documents related to clause no. 7c
and 20 (a) need not be submitted with second or third package. However, Price-bid and EMD
against each package in separate sealed envelopes should invariably be submitted.
d. If a particular bidder participates in more than one package the Average annual turnover will be the
total of the turn over as per bid requirement for the packages the bidder participates.
8.
(A) Estimation of material requirement: The total quantity of materials required is indicated in the BOQ
(B) Quantity Variation: There may be increase or decrease in quantity of individual item subject to the
condition that the corresponding change in total contract value does not increase or decrease by
more than 15% keeping the unit rate of individual material and labour unchanged.
(C) A maximum of 5% wastage/damage on dismantled items shall be allowed on the total quantity
dismantled and deposited to departmental store against conversion .
9.
Award of work:
i)
The evaluation of bids will be carried out, first of techno-commercial bid and thereafter opening the
price bid of only those who qualify and meet the technical requirement.
ii)
Company reserves the right not to order/ award the job to the price-wise lowest party if the party
during evaluation is found technically non responsive.
iii) Work should be started within fifteen (15) days from the date of issue of the work order, failing
which order will be cancelled without further correspondence.
iv) The successful bidder must have to complete survey works within 3(three) months from date of
issue of work order & submit quantity variation within that period.
v)
The Sub-station equipments installed shall be under custody of the contractor till the date of
commissioning and charging. The properties will be taken over by APDCL, UAZ after satisfactory
commissioning and charging.
10.
Period of completion: 540(five hundred forty) days from the date of issue of work order.
11.
Implementation schedule:
Comprehensive implementation schedule of work for the mentioned works
12.
Survey works
3
Manufacture & supply of materials
4
Erect
ion of equipments
5
Testing & commissioning
60 days
2
160 days
Signing of Agreement
110 days
1
120 days
Description
80 days
Sl
no.
10 days
EXECUTION PERIOD
Termination of work order:
Company reserves the right to terminate the work order at any stage in accordance with the Company’s
General Condition of Supply and Erection in force.
12
13.
Terms of Payment:
a. A mobilization advance of 10 % (ten percent) on the total offered value( for each package) shall be
paid on application against submission of unconditional Bank Guarantee issued by nationalized bank
or of scheduled bank of RBI, operating from Assam only for the equivalent amount, covering the
advance amount which should be valid upto the stipulated date of completion of the work. The
advance payment will be recovered from the subsequent bill, till full recovery is made.
b.
During the currency of the contract, maximum of 4(four) nos. of progressive payment on the actual
work done including materials supplied (for each package) can be made against the claims preferred
by the contractor subject to 80% of the claimed amount. The progressive payment bills may also
include only bills of cost of materials under the package which are delivered at the site or stores
approved by DGM. However, the running bills for materials will be limited to maximum of 70% of cost
of materials in package including 10% advance paid. Balance 20% will be retained as security deposit
and will be released along with final bill on satisfactory completion including commissioning.
c. All payment shall be made from the office of the CGM (PP&D), APDCL on the bill submitted to the
concerned CGM (D) after due verification by the concerned SDE and duly passed by the Asstt.
General Manager concerned and countersigned by the DGM concerned and on submission of work
progress report (as per format which will be enclosed at the time of awarding work order)
14
Performance Security deposit and agreement:
a.
b.
c.
The successful bidder shall have to deposit a Bank Guarantee (BG) from a nationalized or
scheduled Bank of RBI (situated in Assam) for an amount equivalent to 10% (ten percent) of the
total value of the order as performance security, immediately on acceptance of letter of
intent/detailed orders (as the case may be), duly pledged in favour of APDCL for execution of
agreement and such security deposits shall be valid up to scheduled completion period of the work
(for each package). However, they may extend validity of the said BG upto 30(Thirty) days beyond
the warranty period of 18 months before submission of final bill. Alternately the bidder may submit
BG valid upto 30(Thirty) days beyond the warranty period at the time of agreement [(i. e. for a total
of 37( thirty seven) months]
If the contractor fails or neglects to observe perform any of his obligations under the contract, then
APDCL shall have the right to forfeit either in full or in part at its absolute discretion, the security
deposit furnished by the contractor.
No interest shall be payable on such deposits.
15
All Bank Guarantees(BG) submitted along with the bid or to be submitted later as per clause 14(a) and 14(b)
above should be from any branch of nationalized or scheduled Bank of RBI located in Assam.
16
Before submitting the tender the bidder should inspect the location and the scope of work and have
discussion with concerned Sub-divisional Engineer /Asstt. General Manager
17
Project Management and site Organizations:
In Consideration of the tight schedule of the project, the successful bidder(s) /Contractor(s) shall exercise
systematic closely controlled project management system with the aid of commonly used soft tools.
Following are the major activities/deliverables to be organized /generated for submission to the Board.
(I)
Liaison/Construction offices will be established in each Circle of APDCL,UAZ.
(II)
Work Progress Report:
 Progress monitoring by the contractor as per implementation schedule and approved milestones.
 Fortnightly progress report will be submitted to the concern Deputy General Manager, Senior
Manager & Sub-Divisional Engineers.
The progress report will highlight the points like, work completion vis-à-vis planned, plan for next
working period, delay analysis vis-à-vis committed schedule with reasons and remedies, etc.
(III)
Site Organization.
The vendor at each working site shall establish the following.
 Store house
 Site fabrication facilities
 Construction supervision office
All offices shall be adequately furnished and staffed so as to take all site decisions independently without
frequent references to head Work’s/offices.
18
Guarantees and Penalties
a) Liquidated Damages (LD). The proposed work is on top priority of Government of Assam and
therefore has to be completed within stipulated/agreed schedule. Any delay beyond that will attract
penalty as per Company’s General condition of supply and erection.
13
b)
Equipment and system installed shall be guaranteed individually for integrated operations for a period
of 18 (Eighteen) months from date of commissioning of a system in general. However, equipments
like Circuit breaker and 11/0.4 KV Distribution transformer shall be guaranteed for satisfactory
performance for a period of five years ( 60 months ) from date of commissioning . In case of detection
of any defect in individual equipment or system as a whole, the same shall be replaced by the vendor
free of cost within 15 days of intimation by the Company’s representative. Details address and contact
number of such authority for replacement should be furnished with the bid documents.
c)
Warranty from the manufacturer shall be produced along with manufacturer’s test certificate for all
equipment/ materials covered under Manufacturer’s warranty.
19
Approvals/Clearances:
1. APDCL, concerned DGM shall approve all site/location and documents prepared by the contractor for
construction of the Line.
2. GTP and drawings of all equipment/ materials shall be approved by CGM (PP&D), APDCL.
3. The contractor shall obtain all statutory approvals and clearances from the statutory authorities before
charging the system at his/her own cost.
20
Testing & Inspection:
All the equipments / materials to be supplied and erected shall be tested /inspected at manufacturer’s
works by authorized officer/ Engineers of APDCL before dispatching them to worksite. The contractor shall
intimate the CGM(PP&D) sufficiently in advance regarding the date of inspection of materials/
equipments at manufacturer’s works. The materials to be dispatch to site only after receipt of dispatch
clearance to be issued by the CGM(PP&D) after satisfactory testing of the same.
21
Environmental Considerations:
While carrying out the assignment, no damage to environment /forests will be caused by the contractor. If
so done, the contractor will have to compensate the same to the satisfaction of the concerned Authority.
22
Submission of documents.
a)
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
b)
i)
ii)
23
With bids.
Detail list of makes and materials offered with catalogues, technical specification, typtest, performance
certificate, customer list etc.
Certificates and testimonials in support of credentials of the bidder’s organization.
Details past experience along with present works in hand with awarded amount and progress report.
Brief writ-up on methodology to carry out the assignment, if awarded.
Details of manpower to be engaged for the assignments.
Any other information, the vendor may feel facilitative in evaluating the bid.
Copies of contractor and supervisor’s license, etc.
Certificate from Registered Charted Accountant in support of Annual turn over
Solvency certificate from Bank
Earnest money deposit along with Techno- Commercial bid
Certificate in support of performance of the bidder
During project execution
All documents for approval shall be submitted in 6 copies.
All final documents to be submitted to statutory organizations will be furnished as per requirement of
the authority.
Funding of the project. The proposed work is funded by the G.O.A. under “TRADE DEVELOPMENT
FUND: 2011-14.
24
Ceiling on acceptance of bid value
As a deterrent for cartel formation APDCL at its discretion have the right to scrap the tender if values
quoted by all the bidders is above 25% of the estimated cost. Also the price bids whose total quoted value
is below 15% of the estimated cost, the bid is liable to rejected by APDCL
25
Termination of contract on Contractor’s default
If the Contractor shall neglect to execute the Works with due diligence and expertise or shall refuse or
neglect to comply with any reasonable order given to him, in the Contract by the Engineer in connection
with the works or shall contravene the provisions of the Contract, the owner may give notice in writing to
the contractor to make good the failure, neglect or contravention complained of. Should the contractor fail
to comply with the notice within thirty (30) days from the date of serving the notice, then and in such case
the Owner shall be at liberty to employ other workmen and forthwith execute such part of the works as the
Contractor, may have neglected to do or if the owner shall think fit, without prejudice to any other right he
may have under the Contract to take the work wholly or in part out of the contractor's hands and re14
contract with any other person or persons to complete the works or any part thereof and in that event the
Owner shall have free use of all Contractor's equipment that may have been at the time on the site in
connection with the works without being responsible to the Contractor for fair wear and tear thereof and to
the exclusion of any right of the contractor over the same, and the Owner shall be entitled to retain and
apply any balance which may otherwise be due on the Contract by him to the contractor, or such part
thereof as may be necessary, to the payment of the cost of executing the said part of the work or of
completing the Works as the case may be. If the cost of completing of Works or executing a part thereof as
aforesaid shall exceed the balance due to the contractor, the contractor shall pay such excess. Such
payment of excess amount shall be independent of the liquidated damages for delay which the contractor
shall have to pay if the completion of works' is delayed.
In addition, such action by the Owner as aforesaid shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability to pay
liquidated damages for delay in completion of works as defined in clause no.26 of GCSE
Such action by the Owner as aforesaid, the termination of the Contract under this clause shall neither
entitle the contractor to reduce the value of the contract Performance Guarantee nor the time thereof. The
contract Performance Guarantee shall be valid for the full value and for the full period of the contract
including guarantee period.
26
Termination of contract on owners’ initiative
The Owner reserves the right to terminate the Contract either in part or in full due to reasons other than
those mentioned under clause entitled "Contractor's Default." The Owner shall in such an event give
fifteen (15) days notice in writing to the Contractor of his decision to do so.
The Contractor upon receipt of such notice shall discontinue the work on the date and to the extent
specified in the notice, make all reasonable efforts to obtain cancellation of all orders and contracts to the
extent they are ~elated to the work terminated and terms satisfactory to the Owner, stop all further subcontracting or purchasing activity related to the work terminated, and assist the Owner in maintenance,
protection, and disposition of the Works acquired under the Contract by the Owner.
In the event of such a termination, .the Contractor shall be paid compensation, equitable and reasonable,
dictated by the circumstances prevalent at the time of termination.
If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the proprietor dies and if the
contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies then unless the Owner is satisfied that the
legal representatives of the individual contractor or of the proprietor of propriety concern and in the case of
partnership, the surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the Contract, the Owner
shall be entitled to cancel the Contract as to its uncompleted part without being in any way liable to
payment of any compensation to the estate of deceased Contractor and/or to surviving partners of the
contractor's firm on account of the cancellation of the contract. The decision of the owner that the legal
representatives of the deceased contractor or surviving partners of the contractor's firm cannot carry out
and complete the contract shall be final and binding on the parties. In the event of such cancellation, the
Owner shall not hold the estate of the deceased Contractor and/or the surviving partner of the Contractor's
firm liable to. damages for not completing the Contract
27
Frustration of contract
In the event of frustration of the contract of supervening impossibility in items of Section 56 of the Indian
Contract Act, parties shall be absolved of their responsibility to perform the balance portion of the contract.
In the event of non-availability or suspension of funds for any reasons whatsoever (except for reason of
willful or flagrant breach by the Owner and/or contractor) then the Works under the contract shall be
suspended. Furthermore, if the Owner is unable to make satisfactory alternative arrangements for
financing to the contractor in accordance with the terms of the Contract within three months of the event,
the parties hereto shall be relieved from carrying out further obligations under the Contract treating it as
frustration of the Contract. In the event Performance Bank Guarantee, the parties shall mutually discuss to
arrive at reasonable on all issues including amounts due to either party for the work already done on
"Quantum merit" basis which shall be determined by mutual agreement between the parties
28
Disclaimer:
While the Company will make every endeavor to extend necessary facilitation in expediting the work, the
contractor shall be responsible to organize and arrange all necessary inputs right from mobilization
activities up to completion of the project. Company will not entertain any failure / delay on such accounts.
Also, Company will not be responsible for any compensation, replenishment, damage, theft etc. as may be
caused due to negligent working, insufficient coordination with Government / non Government / Local
Authority by the contractor and/ or his personnel deputed for work. The contractor shall take necessary
insurance coverage under LIC/GIC. etc. for his working personnel and the goods in store as well as in
transit. The contractor will be deemed to have made him acquainted with the local working conditions at
site(s) and fully provide for into the bid submitted.
Terms and conditions, which are not specified, herein above will be governed by
Company’s General Conditions of supply and erection in force
15
Annexure – I(A)
Tender Proforma part – I (Techno-commercial Bid)
NIT NO.CGM (PP&D)/ APDCL/TDF-2011-14/ DTR-Line/DTSJ/04
1.
Name and full address of the Bidder.
:
2.
Particulars of payment made for Purchase of
tender document in the shape of .
:
3.
Amount of earnest money paid in the shape of
:
4.
Whether Sales Tax clearance
certificate submitted
:
5.
VAT Registration. No/ Service Tax Regd No.
6.
Acceptance of guarantee clause of
Materials /equipment and system
Installed individually and for integrated
Operation.
:
7.
Acceptance of penalty clause
:
8.
Acceptance of terms of payment
:
9.
Certificate/ documents regarding adequate
Experience of doing similar job
:
10.
Details of work presently in hand with amount
(Awarded by APDCL and other successor
Companies of ASEB)- a separate sheet if
Required may be enclosed.
:
11.
Details of manpower and T&Ps including
Vehicles available with the firm to be
Enclosed separately.
:
12.
List of documents enclosed
.
a)
….
b)
….
c)
….
:
Yes / No
:
Signature with full name
and designation of bidder or
his/her authorised representative
with seal
16
Annexure- I(B)
Sl No.
Qualification Requirement
A
LEGAL
1
Document in support of legal status of firm
2
3
Furnished
at
Annexure
Page
Remark
Memorandum of Association &Registered/Notorised Joint venture
Agreement if JV
Registered/Notorised power of attorney of the signatory of the Bidder
to participate in the Bid.
4
Board resolution of the company to authorizing the signatory
5
Information regarding any litigation, current or during the last five
years, in which the Bidder is involved, the parties concerned, and
disputed amount
6
Valid Electrical Contractor's License
7
Valid Electrical & Supervisory License
8
VAT/CST/WCT/Service Tax registration certificate
9
Provident Fund Registration Certificate
B
Financial
1
Audited Balance sheet, Profit & Loss account, Auditor’s report for
last three year
2
CA Certified Turnover of bidder during the last 3(three) years.
3
Evidence of adequacy of working capital for this contract (access to
line (s) of credit and availability of other financial resources)
4
Authority to seek references from the Bidder's Bankers
5
Income Tax return for last 3(three) years
6
Value of similar work performed by the bidder in each of the last five
years - Statement
7
Proposals for subcontracting components of the Works amounting to
more than 10 percent of the Contract Price
8
Details of the Bank Guarantee as EMD (BG/TD/Bank Call Deposit)
C
Technical ability and experience
1
Experience in works of a similar nature and volume for each of the
last 5(five) years and details of works under way or contractually
committed including full address of client for communicationStatement
2
Certificates issued by an Engineer not below the Cadre of Deputy
General Manager/SE along with supporting photo-copies of
agreements for the works executed in any one year (12 months)
3
Detailed activity plan and methodology supported with layout and
necessary drawings and calculations (detailed) to allow the employer
to review their proposals.
4
Quality Assurance plan with Bar Chart
5
List of technical personnel and their qualification and experience with
organisation chart
6
Proof of availability of the tools, tackles, spare parts, etc. for carrying
out the works.
D
Technical particulars of equipments and Materials offered in the
Bill of Material and their GTPs
17
ANNEXURE- I(C)
LIST OF ONGOING & COMPLETED PROJECTS
List of ongoing & completed projects of APDCL & Other successor companies of ASEB
Sl.No.
Name of the work
Order No
Contract
value
Scheme
Stipulated
date of
completion
Present
Status
1
2
3
Annexure- I(D)
BIDDER’S INFORMATION SHEET :
idder’s Information
Bidder’s legal name
In case of JV, legal name of
each partner
Bidder’s country of
constitution
Bidder’s year of constitution
Bidder’s legal address in
country of constitution
Bidder’s authorized
representative
(name, address, telephone
numbers, fax numbers, e-mail
address)
Attached are copies of the following original documents.

1.
In case of single entity, articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.1 and 4.2.

2.
Authorization to represent the firm or JV named in above, in accordance with ITB 22.2.

3.
In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1.

4.
In case of a government-owned entity, any additional documents not covered under 1 above required to comply with ITB 4.5.
18
FINANCIAL SITUATION (FIN-1)
Each bidders or member of JV must fill in this form
Financial Data for Previous 3 Years [Rs in lakhs]
Year 1:
Year 2:
Year 3:
Information from Balance Sheet
Total Assets
Total Liabilities
Net Worth
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
Information from Income Statement
Total Revenues
Profits Before Taxes
Profits After Taxes

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets including all related notes, and income statements) for the last
three years, as indicated above, complying with the following conditions.

All such documents reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or partner to a JV, and not sister or parent companies.

Historic financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant.

Historic financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.

Historic financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for
partial periods shall be requested or accepted).
19
Form FIN - 2: Average Annual Turnover
Each Bidder or member of a JV must fill in this form
Annual Turnover Data for the Last 3 Years
Amount (Rs. In lakhs)
Year
Average Annual Turnover
The information supplied should be the Annual Turnover of the Bidder or each member of a JV in terms of the
amounts billed to clients for each year for contracts in progress or completed in ₹(Rupees).
Form FIN – 3: Financial Resources
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of
credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total construction
cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section 3 (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria)
Financial Resources
No.
Source of financing
Amount (Rs. In lakhs)
1
2
3
4
20
Bill of Quantity (BOQ)
(For package no. TDF 2011-14/DIB)
A. For construction new 37.0 Km of 11kV line for 188 nos. of DTR.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Item Description
PSC pole, 9.75 mtrs.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
11 KV GI "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11kV Polymeric Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe (1.8 Mtr length)
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
HT Danger plate
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
999
444
148
3330
555
1110
1110
1776
122.1
1110
148
1110
2368
370
777
222
1850
1998
4440
1295
B. For construction new 8 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA Substation including metering on LV side
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole11/0.4 KV , 250 KVA Transformer
GI Channel cross arm 100x50x6x2200 mm
11 kV GI T-Cross Arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV, 9 KA (Line Type) Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 250 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT,V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" Conductor
11 KV polymeric pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 240 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line,
2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 150 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
16
8
64
16
8
8
8
160
48
No
8
mtr
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
160
96
192
120
24
64
32
240
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
640
240
160
2.4
128
21
C. For construction new 95 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 100 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV, GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" conductor
11 kV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 120 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Raccoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
190
95
760
190
95
95
95
1900
570
No
95
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
1900
1140
2280
1425
285
760
380
2850
7600
2850
1900
28.5
1520
D. For construction new 85 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 63 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor,
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Racoon" conductor
11 KV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metalic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminium (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 120 Sq.mm. Aluminium ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 95 sq.mm Aluminium (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminium Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
170
85
680
170
85
85
85
1700
510
No
85
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
1700
1020
2040
1275
255
680
340
2550
6800
2550
1700
25.5
1360
22
E. For construction new 13.0 km 3phase 4 wire LT line with bare conductor
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Item Description
PSC Pole 8.5 Mtr
LT GI Angle cross arm(40x40x5x500)mm
LT Pin Insulator with GI pin
Shackle Insulator(porcelain)
GI Shackle Strap with Bolts
AAA "Rabbit"conductor
Jointing Sleeves for "Rabbit"conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 6 SWG
G. I. wire , 8 SWG
GI angle 50X50X6X600mm for guard bracket
LT Stay Set
LT Guy Insulator(porcelain)
GI Stay Wire 7/14 SWG
Pole Clamp of GI flat 50x6mm
GI Nut & Bolt Assorted with GI washer
LT Danger plate
GI "I' Hook
Barbed wire
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No.
Kg.
Kg.
No
St
No
KG
No
KG
No
No
Kg.
312
624
780
468
468
57.2
130
52
390
520
52
130
130
1040
598
650
299
52
624
F. For construction new 25.0 km of 3phase LT line with ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger with
one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55
sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr PSC pole
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging
as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per
NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
No
750
Mtr
27500
No
No
No
No
No
10000
500
500
1000
1000
No
1875
No
500
No
500
No
625
Mtr
No
625
1250
set
50
set
50
23
G. For conversion of existing 57.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line to LT ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger
with one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) +
1Cx55 sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC
Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB
Charging as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as
per NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
No
570
Mtr
62700
No
22800
No
1140
No
No
1140
2280
No
4275
No
1140
No
1140
No
1425
Mtr
No
1425
2850
set
114
set
114
H. For construction new 42.0 km of 11kV dedicated tea feeder with bare conductor with installation of
2 nos. of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Item Description
9.75 mtrs PSC pole,.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for
guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
GI 11 KV "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C (Polymeric)
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
Danger plate HT
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
11kV Auto recloser at sending end
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
1176
756
No
168
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
No
3780
672
1260
1260
2184
138.6
1260
336
1260
840
420
882
210
2100
2352
4200
2
1470
24
Bill of Quantity (BOQ)
(For package no. TDF 2011-14/TSK)
A. For construction new 41.0 Km of 11kV line for 230 nos. of DTR.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Item Description
PSC pole, 9.75 mtrs.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
11 KV GI "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11kV Polymeric Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe (1.8 Mtr length)
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
HT Danger plate
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
1107
492
164
3690
615
1230
1230
1968
135.3
1230
164
1230
2624
410
861
246
2050
2214
4920
1435
B. For construction new 20 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA Substation including metering on LV side
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole11/0.4 KV , 250 KVA Transformer
GI Channel cross arm 100x50x6x2200 mm
11 kV GI T-Cross Arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV, 9 KA (Line Type) Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 250 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT,V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" Conductor
11 KV polymeric pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 240 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line,
2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 150 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
40
20
160
40
20
20
20
400
120
No
mtr
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
20
400
240
480
300
60
160
80
600
1600
600
400
6
320
25
C. For construction new 110 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 100 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV, GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" conductor
11 kV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 120 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Raccoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
220
110
880
220
110
110
110
2200
660
No
110
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
2200
1320
2640
1650
330
880
440
3300
8800
3300
2200
33
1760
D. For construction new 100 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 63 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor,
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Racoon" conductor
11 KV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metalic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminium (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 120 Sq.mm. Aluminium ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 95 sq.mm Aluminium (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminium Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
200
100
800
200
100
100
100
2000
600
No
100
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
2000
1200
2400
1500
300
800
400
3000
8000
3000
2000
30
1600
26
E. For construction new13.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line with bare conductor
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Item Description
PSC Pole 8.5 Mtr
LT GI Angle cross arm(40x40x5x500)mm
LT Pin Insulator with GI pin
Shackle Insulator(porcelain)
GI Shackle Strap with Bolts
AAA "Rabbit"conductor
Jointing Sleeves for "Rabbit"conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 6 SWG
G. I. wire , 8 SWG
GI angle 50X50X6X600mm for guard bracket
LT Stay Set
LT Guy Insulator(porcelain)
GI Stay Wire 7/14 SWG
Pole Clamp of GI flat 50x6mm
GI Nut & Bolt Assorted with GI washer
LT Danger plate
GI "I' Hook
Barbed wire
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No.
Kg.
Kg.
No
St
No
KG
No
KG
No
No
Kg.
312
624
780
468
468
57.2
130
52
390
520
52
130
130
1040
598
650
299
52
624
F. For construction new30.0 km of 3phase LT line with ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Item Description
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger with
one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr PSC pole
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging
as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per
NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Unit
Quantity
No
900
Mtr
33000
No
No
No
No
No
12000
600
600
1200
1200
No
2250
No
600
No
600
No
750
Mtr
No
750
1500
set
60
set
60
27
G. For conversion of existing 80.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line to LT ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger
with one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm + 1Cx55
sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC
Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB
Charging as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as
per NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
No
800
Mtr
88000
No
32000
No
1600
No
No
1600
3200
No
6000
No
1600
No
1600
No
2000
Mtr
No
2000
4000
set
160
set
160
H. For construction new 44.0 km of 11kV dedicated tea feeder with bare conductor with installation of
5 nos. 11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Item Description
9.75 mtrs PSC pole,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for
guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
GI 11 KV "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C (Polymeric)
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
Danger plate HT
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI wire Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
1232
792
No
176
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
No
3960
704
1320
1320
2288
145.2
1320
352
1320
880
440
924
220
2200
2464
4400
5
1540
28
I.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Conversion of existing 10.0 km 11KV line with Aerial Bunched Conductor
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
9.75 Mtrs PSC Pole
Cable ABC 11 KV XLPE 3x95(300A) with Bare Messenger
& 55 sqmm for 70 sqmm Power cores
Insulated Tapping Arrangement Kit for HT ABC to DTR or TJoint 1 Core
Straight Through JNT 1 core Heat Shrinkable
Termination Kit O/d HT ABC 1 core Heat Shrinkable
Anchor Clamp 2U Bolt type
Suspension Clamp 2U Bolt type
Eye hook/Eye Bolt
Earth Spike
GI Wire 6 SWG
HT Stay Set
Stay wire 7/20 SWG
Pole Clamp
Board Danger 11 KV Size 8 x 10 Inch
Pad Connector
Cable Tie
No
300
Mtr
Set
11000
Set
Set
No
No
No
No
Kg
No
Kg
No
No
No
No
60
60
60
150
250
400
60
200
300
2500
400
350
30
4000
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
540
240
80
1800
300
600
600
960
66
600
80
600
1280
200
420
120
1000
1080
2400
700
J. For extension of 20.0 Km of 11kV line.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Item Description
PSC pole, 9.75 mtrs.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
11 KV GI "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11kV Polymeric Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe (1.8 Mtr length)
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
HT Danger plate
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
29
K. For extension of 20.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line with bare conductor
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Item Description
PSC Pole 8.5 Mtr
LT GI Angle cross arm(40x40x5x500)mm
LT Pin Insulator with GI pin
Shackle Insulator(porcelain)
GI Shackle Strap with Bolts
AAA "Rabbit" conductor
Jointing Sleeves for "Rabbit" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 6 SWG
G. I. wire , 8 SWG
GI angle 50X50X6X600mm for guard bracket
LT Stay Set
LT Guy Insulator(porcelain)
GI Stay Wire 7/14 SWG
Pole Clamp of GI flat 50x6mm
GI Nut & Bolt Assorted with GI washer
LT Danger plate
GI "I' Hook
Barbed wire
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No.
Kg.
Kg.
No
St
No
KG
No
KG
No
No
Kg.
480
960
1200
720
720
88
200
80
600
800
80
200
200
1600
920
1000
460
80
960
30
Bill of Quantity (BOQ)
(For package no. TDF 2011-14/SIV)
A. For construction new 35.0 Km of 11kV line for 173 nos. of DTR.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Item Description
PSC pole, 9.75 mtrs.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
11 KV GI "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11kV Polymeric Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe (1.8 Mtr length)
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
HT Danger plate
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
945
420
140
3150
525
1050
1050
1680
115.5
1050
140
1050
2240
350
735
210
1750
1890
4200
1225
B. For construction new 10 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA Substation including metering on LV side
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole11/0.4 KV , 250 KVA Transformer
GI Channel cross arm 100x50x6x2200 mm
11 kV GI T-Cross Arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV, 9 KA (Line Type) Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 250 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT,V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" Conductor
11 KV polymeric pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 240 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line,
2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 150 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
20
10
80
20
10
10
10
200
60
No
mtr
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
10
200
120
240
150
30
80
40
300
800
300
200
3
160
31
C. For construction new 100 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 100 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV, GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" conductor
11 kV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 120 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Raccoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
200
100
800
200
100
100
100
2000
600
No
100
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
2000
1200
2400
1500
300
800
400
3000
8000
3000
2000
30
1600
D. For construction new 63 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 63 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor,
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Racoon" conductor
11 KV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metalic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminium (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 120 Sq.mm. Aluminium ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 95 sq.mm Aluminium (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminium Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
126
63
504
126
63
63
63
1260
378
No
63
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
1260
756
1512
945
189
504
252
1890
5040
1890
1260
18.9
1008
32
E. For construction new 13.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line with bare conductor
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Item Description
PSC Pole 8.5 Mtr
LT GI Angle cross arm(40x40x5x500)mm
LT Pin Insulator with GI pin
Shackle Insulator(porcelain)
GI Shackle Strap with Bolts
AAA "Rabbit"conductor
Jointing Sleeves for "Rabbit"conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 6 SWG
G. I. wire , 8 SWG
GI angle 50X50X6X600mm for guard bracket
LT Stay Set
LT Guy Insulator(porcelain)
GI Stay Wire 7/14 SWG
Pole Clamp of GI flat 50x6mm
GI Nut & Bolt Assorted with GI washer
LT Danger plate
GI "I' Hook
Barbed wire
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No.
Kg.
Kg.
No
St
No
KG
No
KG
No
No
Kg.
312
624
780
468
468
57.2
130
52
390
520
52
130
130
1040
598
650
299
52
624
F. For construction new 30.0 km of 3phase LT line with ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Item Description
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger with
one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55
sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr PSC pole
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging
as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per
NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Unit
Quantity
No
900
Mtr
33000
No
No
No
No
No
12000
600
600
1200
1200
No
2250
No
600
No
600
No
750
Mtr
No
750
1500
set
60
set
60
33
G. For conversion of 40.0 km of existing 3phase 4 wire LT line to LT ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger
with one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) +
1Cx50 sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC
Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB
Charging as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as
per NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
No
400
Mtr
44000
No
16000
No
800
No
No
800
1600
No
3000
No
800
No
800
No
1000
Mtr
No
1000
2000
set
80
set
80
H. For construction new 57.0 km of 11kV dedicated tea feeder with bare conductor with installation of
3 nos. of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
Item Description
9.75 mtrs PSC pole,.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for
guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
GI 11 KV "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C (Polymeric)
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
Danger plate HT
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
1596
1026
No
228
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
No
5130
912
1710
1710
2964
188.1
1710
456
1710
1140
570
1197
285
2850
3192
5700
3
1995
34
Bill of Quantity (BOQ)
(For package no. TDF 2011-14/JOR)
A. For construction new 38.0 Km of 11kV line for 200 nos. of DTR.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Item Description
9.75 mtrs PSC pole,.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
11 KV GI "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11kV Polymeric Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe (1.8 Mtr length)
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
HT Danger plate
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
1026
456
152
3420
570
1140
1140
1824
125.4
1140
152
1140
2432
380
798
228
1900
2052
4560
1330
B. For construction new 20 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA Substation including metering on LV side
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole11/0.4 KV , 250 KVA Transformer
GI Channel cross arm 100x50x6x2200 mm
11 kV GI T-Cross Arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV, 9 KA (Line Type) Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 250 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT,V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" Conductor
11 KV polymeric pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 240 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line,
2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 150 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
40
20
160
40
20
20
20
400
120
No
mtr
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
20
400
240
480
300
60
160
80
600
1600
600
400
6
320
35
C. For construction new 100 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 100 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV, GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Raccoon" conductor
11 kV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metallic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 185 Sq.mm. Aluminum (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminum ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 120 sq.mm Aluminum (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminum Tape
PG Clamp for "Raccoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
200
100
800
200
100
100
100
2000
600
No
100
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
2000
1200
2400
1500
300
800
400
3000
8000
3000
2000
30
1600
D. For construction new 80 nos. of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA Substation including metering on LV side .
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Item Description
9.75 Mtrs PSC pole
11/0.4 KV , 63 KVA Transformer,
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
11 KV GI "T"-Cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
11 KV 9 KA (Line Type)Lightning Arrestor,
11 KV D. O. fuse 150 Amps.
11 KV GOAB. Switch 400 Amps.
G. I. wire -6 SWG
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
DTR Cubicle for 100 kVA DTRs (Comprising of requisite
MCCB, static TVM, CT, V-meter, Ammeter etc.)
AAA "Racoon" conductor
11 KV polymer pin insulator
Bi-metalic Cable lug 300 Sq.mm (Assorted)
GI nuts and bolts with GI washer(Assorted)
Danger Plate
Shackle insulator with strap
Barbed wire
LT XLPE cable 1-core 150 Sq.mm. Aluminium (DTR to Bus)
LT XLPE Cable 1-core 120 Sq.mm. Aluminium ( Bus to line, 2 circuit)
LT XLPE Cable 1-Core 95 sq.mm Aluminium (For Neutral)
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Aluminium Tape
PG Clamp for "Racoon"
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
Set
Set
Set
Kg.
No
160
80
640
160
80
80
80
1600
480
No
80
Mtrs
No
No
Kg.
Piece
No
Kg.
Mtr
Mtr
Mtr
No
Kg.
No
1600
960
1920
1200
240
640
320
2400
6400
2400
1600
24
1280
36
E. For construction new 15.0 km 3phase 4 wire LT line with bare conductor
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Item Description
PSC Pole 8.5 Mtr
LT GI Angle cross arm(40x40x5x500)mm
LT Pin Insulator with GI pin
Shackle Insulator(porcelain)
GI Shackle Strap with Bolts
AAA "Rabbit"conductor
Jointing Sleeves for "Rabbit"conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 6 SWG
G. I. wire , 8 SWG
GI angle 50X50X6X600mm for guard bracket
LT Stay Set
LT Guy Insulator(porcelain)
GI Stay Wire 7/14 SWG
Pole Clamp of GI flat 50x6mm
GI Nut & Bolt Assorted with GI washer
LT Danger plate
GI "I' Hook
Barbed wire
Unit
Quantity
No
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No.
Kg.
Kg.
No
St
No
KG
No
KG
No
No
Kg.
360
720
900
540
540
66
150
60
450
600
60
150
150
1200
690
750
345
60
720
F. For construction new 22.0 km of 3phase LT line with ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Item Description
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger with
one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx50
sqmm (Insulated Messenger
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr PSC pole
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging
as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per
NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Unit
Quantity
No
660
Mtr
24200
No
No
No
No
No
8800
440
440
880
880
No
1650
No
440
No
440
No
550
Mtr
No
550
1100
set
44
set
44
37
G. For conversion of existing 90.0 km of 3phase 4 wire LT line to LT ABC
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Item Description
Unit
Quantity
8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE with Insulated Messenger
with one Street LTG conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) +
1Cx50 sqmm (Insulated Messenger)
Cable Tie
Anchor Clamp Wedge Type LT ABC as per NFC
Standard
Suspension Clamp ABC as per NFC Standard
Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for DB
Charging as per NFC Std.
Insulating Piercing Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC
TEE connection as per NFC Std.
Cable end caps for ABC cables
ASA Distribution box for 140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with
spring loaded Busbar System
Steel strap for installing DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Buckles for steel strap for DB fixing
Insulated waterproof Bimetallic lug for transformer
connections (Set contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as
per NFC Std.
Insulated crimping type midspan joint (set contains 4 nos
ferrules as per cable) as per NFC Std.
No
900
Mtr
99000
No
36000
No
1800
No
No
1800
3600
No
6750
No
1800
No
1800
No
2250
Mtr
No
2250
4500
set
180
set
180
H. For construction new 47.0 km of 11kV dedicated tea feeder with bare conductor with installation of
4 nos. of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end.
Sl
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Item Description
9.75 mtrs PSC pole,.
GI Channel cross arm (100x50x6x2200) mm
GI channel cross arm (100x50x6x2500) mm for
guarding
GI Angle cross arm (50x50x6) for cross bracing
GI 11 KV "T"-cross arm with angle size (50x50x6)mm
Disc insulator 45 kN, T&C (Polymeric)
H/W fittings for disc insulator T&C (45KN)tension type
11 KV Polymeric pin insulator
AAA "Racoon" conductor
Tension clamp for "Racoon" conductor
C. I. Earth pipe 1.8 Mtr
G. I. wire , 8 SWG for guarding
G. I. wire , 6 SWG for earthing
HT stay set with 11 KV guy insulator
PG clamp, for "Racoon" (Alcon 81)
Danger plate HT
GI nuts and bolts (Assorted) with GI washer
Barbed wire
GI wire Stay wire , 7/10 SWG
11 kV Auto recloserat sending end.
Pole clamp of G.I flat 50x6 mm
Unit
Quantity
No
No
1316
846
No
188
Mtr
No
No
No
No
Km
No
No
Kg
KG
No
No
No
Kg
Kg
Kg
No
No
4230
752
1410
1410
2444
155.1
1410
376
1410
940
470
987
235
2350
2632
4700
4
1645
38
Annexure-II(A)
Tender Proforma Part-II (PRICE BID) For package no. TDF 2011-14/DIB
The schedule of itemwise rates of various works against Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution
substation, Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11 kV Auto recloser at sending end under Dibrugarh Electrical Circle,
APDCL (UAZ) NB. Bidder should fill up all columns properly. If any column of taxes/ octroi and duties is left blank or written as NA, the applicable taxes against that item shall be added in
bid evaluation
Supply of materials
S.
No
.
Brief Item Description
Unit
Qty
1
2
3
4
A
Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole
for new DTR (37.0 Km)
No
999
No
444
No
148
Mtr
3330
No
555
No
1110
No
1776
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(50x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Erection of materials
Unit price
of item,
inclusive
of E.D.,
F&I up to
work site
(Rs)
Total
amount
(Rs)
Total
Sales
Tax
(Rs)
Other levies
eg.
Octroi/Entry
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of the
Item
(Rs)
Unit
erection/
installatio
n charges
(Rs)
Total
Erection
cost
(Rs)
Work
contract
Tax (Rs)
Service
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of
erection
(Rs)
Grand
Total
5
6=(4x5)
7= (6 X
Rate)
8 = (6 X
Rate)
9=(6+7+8
)
10
11=
(4X10)
12= (11 X
Rate)
13= (11
X Rate)
14 =
11+12+13
15 = 9
+ 14
39
8
9
10
11
12
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing ( for
guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side (8 nos.)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 250 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Cond
uctor
KM
122.1
No
148
Set
370
No.
222
pole
999
No
16
No
8
No
64
No
16
Set
8
set
8
set
8
no
48
40
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
C.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 250 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 240 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
No
8
Mtr.
160
No
96
pole
24
No
64
pole
16
Mtr.
240
Mtr.
640
Mtr.
240
No
190
No
95
No
760
No
190
Set
95
set
95
set
95
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA substation including metering in L.V. Side (95 nos.)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 100 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
41
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D
1
2
3
4
5
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 100 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
no
570
No
95
Mtr.
1900
No
1140
pole
285
No
760
pole
190
Mtr.
2850
Mtr.
7600
Mtr.
2850
No
170
No
85
No
680
No
170
Set
85
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side( 85nos.) ,
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 63 kVA Transformer including all accessories
( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
42
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
E
1
2
3
4
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 63 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 95 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
set
85
set
85
no
510
No
85
Mtr.
1700
No
1020
pole
255
No
680
pole
170
Mtr.
2550
Mtr.
6800
Mtr.
2550
No
312
No
624
set
780
No
468
Construction of 3 phase 4 wire LT line
with Rabbit conductor (13.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI LT angle X- Arm
(40x4x5x500)mm with necessary GI pole clamp ,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Pin Insulator with GI
pin
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Shackle Insulator with
Shackle Straps with GI nuts& bolts etc
43
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
Supply & Stringing of AAA Rabbit Conductor
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jointing sleeves
etc in LT line including jungle cutting as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle
(50x50x6x600mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for LT line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts, GI Ï Hook etc with
fitting of GI wire 8SWG for guarding as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/14 SWG & LT guy insulator for LT line.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Danger Plate on 8.5
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Cond
uctor
KM
57.2
No
52
No
52
Set
130
No
299
pole
312
No
750
mtr
27500
No
10000
No
500
No
500
No
1000
No
1000
No
1875
No
500
Construction of new 3ph 4 wire LT line
with ABC (25.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
44
connection as per NFC Std.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
No
500
No
625
mtr
625
No
1250
set
50
set
50
G
Conversion of 3 phase 4 wire LT line to
ABC (37.0 Km)
1
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
No
570
2
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx50 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
mtr
62700
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
No
22800
No
1140
No
1140
No
2280
No
4275
No
1140
No
1140
No
1425
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
45
11
12
13
14
15
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
Dismantling of existing line materials and
depositing it to Divisional/ sub-divisional store as
per direction and re connection of existing service
connection to ABC line with necessary fittings etc.
mtr
1425
No
2850
set
114
set
114
Job
1
No
1176
No
756
No
168
Mtr
3780
No
672
No
1260
No
2184
Construction of 11 KV Tea feeder with
PSC pole(37.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(50x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
Cond
uctor
KM
138.6
46
as per direction .
9
10
11
12
13
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
11 kV Auto recloser at sending end
No
336
Set
420
No.
210
pole
1176
No
2
47
Annexure-II(A)
Tender Proforma Part-II (PRICE BID) For package no. TDF 2011-14/TSK
The schedule of itemwise rates of various works against Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution
substation, Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC, Conversion of existing 11kV line to ABC, Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11kV Auto recloser at sending end,
construction of 11kV line for extension areas and construction of LT 3ph 4wire line with bare conductor for extension areas under Tinsukia Electrical Circle, APDCL (UAZ) NB. Bidder
should fill up all columns properly. If any column of taxes/ octroi and duties is left blank or written as NA, the applicable taxes against that item shall be added in bid evaluation
Supply of materials
S.
No
.
Brief Item Description
Unit
Qty
1
2
3
4
No
1107
No
492
No
164
Mtr
3690
No
615
No
1230
No
196.8
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Erection of materials
Unit price
of item,
inclusive
of E.D.,
F&I up to
work site
(Rs)
Total
amount
(Rs)
Total
Sales
Tax
(Rs)
Other levies
eg.
Octroi/Entry
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of the
Item
(Rs)
Unit
erection/
installatio
n charges
(Rs)
Total
Erection
cost
(Rs)
Work
contract
Tax (Rs)
Service
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of
erection
(Rs)
Grand
Total
5
6=(4x5)
7= (6 X
Rate)
8 = (6 X
Rate)
9=(6+7+8
)
10
11=
(4X10)
12= (11 X
Rate)
13= (11
X Rate)
14 =
11+12+13
15 = 9
+ 14
Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole
for new DTR (41.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV
composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
135.3
48
9
10
11
12
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on 9.75
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA sub-station
including metering in L.V. side ( 20 nos.),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 250 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top channel
of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch 400
A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel
and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Cond
uctor
KM
No
164
Set
410
No.
246
pole
1107
No
40
No
20
No
160
No
40
Set
20
set
20
set
20
no
120
49
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
C.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 250 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG clamp,
bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on PSC
pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles @
2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 240 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
No
20
Mtr.
400
No
240
pole
60
No
160
pole
40
Mtr.
600
Mtr.
1600
Mtr.
600
No
220
No
110
No
880
No
220
Set
110
set
110
set
110
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side(110
nos)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 100 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top channel
of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch 400
50
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D
1
2
3
4
A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel
and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 100 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG clamp,
bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on PSC
pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles @
2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
no
660
No
110
Mtr.
2200
No
1320
pole
330
No
880
pole
220
Mtr.
3300
Mtr.
8800
Mtr.
3300
No
200
No
100
No
800
No
200
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side
( 100 nos. ),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 63 kVA Transformer including all accessories
( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
51
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
E
1
2
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top channel
of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch 400
A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel
and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 63 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG clamp,
bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on PSC
pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles @
2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 95 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
Set
100
set
100
set
100
no
600
No
100
Mtr.
2000
No
1200
pole
300
No
800
pole
200
Mtr.
3000
Mtr.
8000
Mtr.
3000
No
312
No
624
set
780
Construction of 3 phase 4 wire LT line
with Rabbit conductor (13.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI LT angle X- Arm
(40x4x5x500)mm with necessary GI pole clamp ,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Pin Insulator with GI
pin
52
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Shackle Insulator with
Shackle Straps with GI nuts& bolts etc
Supply & Stringing of AAA Rabbit Conductor
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jointing sleeves
etc in LT line including jungle cutting as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle
(50x50x6x600mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for LT line with necessary GI pole clamps
including Nuts & Bolts, GI Ï Hook etc with fitting of
GI wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/14 SWG & LT guy insulator for LT line.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Danger Plate on 8.5
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles @
2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
No
468
Cond
uctor
KM
57.2
No
52
No
52
Set
130
No
299
pole
312
No
900
mtr
33000
No
12000
No
600
No
600
No
1200
No
1200
No
2250
Construction of new 3ph 4 wire LT line
with ABC (30.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per NFC
Std.
53
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
No
600
No
600
No
750
mtr
750
No
1500
set
60
set
60
G
Conversion of
ABC (80.0 Km)
1
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
No
800
2
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
mtr
88000
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
No
32000
No
1600
No
1600
No
3200
No
6000
No
1600
No
1600
No
2000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3 phase 4 wire LT line to
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per NFC
Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
54
11
12
13
14
15
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
Dismantling of existing line materials and
depositing it to Divisional/ sub-divisional store as
per direction and re connection of existing service
connection to ABC line with necessary fittings etc.
mtr
2000
No
4000
set
160
set
160
Job
1
No
1232
No
792
No
176
Mtr
3960
No
704
No
1320
No
2288
Construction of 11 KV Tea feeder with
PSC pole (44.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV
composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “Racoon” Conductor,
145.2
55
9
10
11
12
13
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on 9.75
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
11 kV Auto recloser at sending end
Cond
uctor
KM
No
352
Set
440
No.
220
pole
1232
No
5
Conversion of existing 11kV line with ABC
(10.0 Km)
Supply and erection of PSC Pole 9.75 Mtrs
Supply and stringing of Cable ABC 11 KV XLPE
3x95(300A)/ 3x70 sqmm (250A) with Bare
Messenger (70 sqmm from 95 sqmm. Power cores
& 55 sqmm for 70 sqmm Power cores
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated Tapping
Arrangement Kit for HT ABC to DTR or T- Joint 1
Core
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Straight Through JNT 1
core Heat Shrinkable
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Termination Kit O/d HT
ABC 1 core Heat Shrinkable
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp 2U Bolt
type
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp 2U
Bolt type
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye hook/Eye Bolt
No
300
Mtr
11000
Set
60
Set
60
Set
60
No
150
No
250
No
400
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Earth Spike
No
60
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI wire 6 SWG
Kg
200
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set
No
300
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Stay wire 7/20 SWG
Kg
2500
56
13
14
15
16
17
J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Pole Clamp
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Danger 11 KV Size 8 x
10 Inch
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Pad Connector
No
400
No
350
No
30
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
Dismantling of existing line materials and
depositing it to Divisional/ sub-divisional store as
per direction and re connection of existing service
connection to ABC line with necessary fittings etc.
if any
No
4000
Job
1
No
540
No
240
No
80
Mtr
1800
No
300
No
600
No
600
Cond
uctor
KM
66
No
80
Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole
for extension areas (20.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
800etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV
composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
57
10
11
12
K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on 9.75
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Set
200
No.
120
pole
540
No
480
No
960
set
1200
No
720
Cond
uctor
KM
88
No
80
No
80
Set
200
No
460
pole
480
Construction of 3 phase 4 wire LT line
with Rabbit conductor for extension areas
(20.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI LT angle X- Arm
(40x4x5x500)mm with necessary GI pole clamp ,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Pin Insulator with GI
pin
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Shackle Insulator with
Shackle Straps with GI nuts& bolts etc
Supply & Stringing of AAA Rabbit Conductor
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jointing sleeves
etc in LT line including jungle cutting as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle
(50x50x6x600mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for LT line with necessary GI pole clamps
including Nuts & Bolts, GI Ï Hook etc with fitting of
GI wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/14 SWG & LT guy insulator for LT line.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Danger Plate on 8.5
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles @
2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
58
Annexure-II(A)
Tender Proforma Part-II (PRICE BID) For package no. TDF 2011-14/SIV
The schedule of itemwise rates of various works against Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution
substation, Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11 kV Auto recloser at sending end under Sivsagar Electrical Circle,
APDCL (UAZ) NB. Bidder should fill up all columns properly. If any column of taxes/ octroi and duties is left blank or written as NA, the applicable taxes against that item shall be added in
bid evaluation
Supply of materials
S.
No
.
Brief Item Description
Unit
Qty
1
2
3
4
A
Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole
for new DTR (35.0 Km)
No
945
No
420
No
140
Mtr
3150
No
525
No
1050
1
2
3
4
5
6
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Erection of materials
Unit price
of item,
inclusive
of E.D.,
F&I up to
work site
(Rs)
Total
amount
(Rs)
Total
Sales
Tax
(Rs)
Other levies
eg.
Octroi/Entry
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of the
Item
(Rs)
Unit
erection/
installatio
n charges
(Rs)
Total
Erection
cost
(Rs)
Work
contract
Tax (Rs)
Service
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of
erection
(Rs)
Grand
Total
5
6=(4x5)
7= (6 X
Rate)
8 = (6 X
Rate)
9=(6+7+8
)
10
11=
(4X10)
12= (11 X
Rate)
13= (11
X Rate)
14 =
11+12+13
15 = 9
+ 14
59
7
8
9
10
11
12
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side ( 10
nos. ),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 250 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
No
Cond
uctor
KM
1680
115.5
No
140
Set
350
No.
210
pole
945
No
20
No
10
No
80
No
20
Set
10
set
10
set
10
60
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
C.
1
2
3
4
5
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 250 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 240 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
no
60
No
10
Mtr.
200
No
120
pole
30
No
80
pole
20
Mtr.
300
Mtr.
800
Mtr.
300
No
200
No
100
No
800
No
200
Set
100
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side
(100 nos. ),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 100 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
61
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D
1
2
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 100 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
set
100
set
100
no
600
No
100
Mtr.
2000
No
1200
pole
300
No
800
pole
200
Mtr.
3000
Mtr.
8000
Mtr.
3000
No
126
No
63
No
504
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side ( 63
nos.)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 63 kVA Transformer including all accessories
( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
62
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
E
1
2
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 63 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 95 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
No
126
Set
63
set
63
set
63
no
378
No
63
Mtr.
1260
No
756
pole
189
No
504
pole
126
Mtr.
1890
Mtr.
5040
Mtr.
1890
No
312
No
624
Construction of 3 phase 4 wire LT line
with Rabbit conductor (13.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI LT angle X- Arm
(40x4x5x500)mm with necessary GI pole clamp ,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
63
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Pin Insulator with GI
pin
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Shackle Insulator with
Shackle Straps with GI nuts& bolts etc
Supply & Stringing of AAA Rabbit Conductor
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jointing sleeves
etc in LT line including jungle cutting as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle
(50x50x6x600mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for LT line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts, GI Ï Hook etc with
fitting of GI wire 8SWG for guarding as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/14 SWG & LT guy insulator for LT line.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Danger Plate on 8.5
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
set
780
No
468
Cond
uctor
KM
57.2
No
52
No
52
Set
130
No
299
pole
312
No
900
mtr
33000
No
12000
No
600
No
600
No
1200
No
1200
Construction of new 3ph 4 wire LT line
with ABC (30.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr
PSC pole
64
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 5 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 5 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
No
2250
No
600
No
600
No
750
mtr
750
No
1500
set
60
set
60
G
Conversion of 3 phase 4 wire LT line to
ABC (40.0 Km)
1
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
No
400
2
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
mtr
44000
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
No
16000
No
800
No
800
No
1600
No
3000
No
800
4
5
6
7
8
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
65
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
Dismantling of existing line materials and
depositing it to Divisional/ sub-divisional store as
per direction and re connection of existing service
connection to ABC line with necessary fittings etc.
No
800
No
1000
mtr
1000
No
2000
set
80
set
80
Job
1
No
1596
No
1026
No
228
Mtr
5130
No
912
No
1710
Construction of 11 KV Tea feeder with
PSC pole (57.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
66
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
11 kV Auto recloser at sending end
No
Cond
uctor
KM
2964
188.1
No
456
Set
570
No.
285
pole
1596
No
3
67
Annexure-II(A)
Tender Proforma Part-II (PRICE BID) For package no. TDF 2011-14/JOR
The schedule of itemwise rates of various works against Construction of new 11kV line for DTR, new LT 3phase 4wire line with bare conductor and with ABC, installation of new distribution
substation, Conversion of existing 3ph 4wire LT line to ABC and Construction of11kV tea feeder with installation of 11 kV Auto recloser at sending end under Jorhat Electrical Circle,
APDCL (UAZ) NB. Bidder should fill up all columns properly. If any column of taxes/ octroi and duties is left blank or written as NA, the applicable taxes against that item shall be added in
bid evaluation
Supply of materials
S.
No
.
Brief Item Description
Unit
Qty
1
2
3
4
A
Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole
for new DTR (38.0 Km)
No
1026
No
456
No
152
Mtr
3420
No
570
No
1140
No
1824
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
Erection of materials
Unit price
of item,
inclusive
of E.D.,
F&I up to
work site
(Rs)
Total
amount
(Rs)
Total
Sales
Tax
(Rs)
Other levies
eg.
Octroi/Entry
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of the
Item
(Rs)
Unit
erection/
installatio
n charges
(Rs)
Total
Erection
cost
(Rs)
Work
contract
Tax (Rs)
Service
Tax
(Rs)
Total cost
of
erection
(Rs)
Grand
Total
5
6=(4x5)
7= (6 X
Rate)
8 = (6 X
Rate)
9=(6+7+8
)
10
11=
(4X10)
12= (11 X
Rate)
13= (11
X Rate)
14 =
11+12+13
15 = 9
+ 14
125.4
68
9
10
11
12
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 250 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side ( 20
nos.),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 250 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Cond
uctor
KM
No
152
Set
380
No.
228
pole
1026
No
40
No
20
No
160
No
40
Set
20
set
20
set
20
no
120
69
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
C.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 250 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 240 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
No
20
Mtr.
400
No
240
pole
60
No
160
pole
40
Mtr.
600
Mtr.
1600
Mtr.
600
No
200
No
100
No
800
No
200
Set
100
set
100
set
100
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 100 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side (
100 nos.),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 100 kVA
Transformer
including all
accessories ( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
70
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D
1
2
3
4
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 100 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 185 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
no
600
No
100
Mtr.
2000
No
1200
pole
300
No
800
pole
200
Mtr.
3000
Mtr.
8000
Mtr.
3000
No
160
No
80
No
640
No
160
Construction of 11/0.4 KV, 63 KVA substation including metering in L.V. side ( 80
nos. ),
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11/0.4
kV, 63 kVA Transformer including all accessories
( Lugs, clamps & GI Nuts & Bolts etc)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel X- Arm
(100x50x6x2200mm) on DP structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc for s/s
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI T cross arm on pole
with necessary GI pole clamps including GI Nuts &
Bolts etc and as per direction
71
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
E
1
2
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV LA on top
channel of substation as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV D.O Fuse Set
with GI nuts& bolts on GI Channel and as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11kV GOAB switch
400 A with necessary GI nuts& bolts on GI
Channel and as per direction for DTR S/S
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for substation earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cubicle (with necessary
bus bar, Trivector meter, MCCB, LT CT etc.)
suitable for 63 kVA transformer
Supply of AAA Raccoon Conductor with PG
clamp, bindings required in substation.
Fixing of 11KV composite Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of shackle insulator with
straps and necessary accessories
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 150 sq mm with necessary lugs from DTR to
bus
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 120 sq mm with necessary lugs from bus to
line
Supply & Fitting, of XLPE Cable(Aluminium) single
core 95 sq mm with necessary lugs for neutral
Set
80
set
80
set
80
no
480
No
80
Mtr.
1600
No
960
pole
240
No
640
pole
160
Mtr.
2400
Mtr.
6400
Mtr.
2400
No
360
No
720
set
900
Construction of 3 phase 4 wire LT line
with Rabbit conductor (15.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI LT angle X- Arm
(40x4x5x500)mm with necessary GI pole clamp ,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Pin Insulator with GI
pin
72
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Shackle Insulator with
Shackle Straps with GI nuts& bolts etc
Supply & Stringing of AAA Rabbit Conductor
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jointing sleeves
etc in LT line including jungle cutting as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle
(50x50x6x600mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for LT line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts, GI Ï Hook etc with
fitting of GI wire 8SWG for guarding as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/14 SWG & LT guy insulator for LT line.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of LT Danger Plate on 8.5
m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on poles
@ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
No
540
Cond
uctor
KM
66
No
60
No
60
Set
150
No
345
pole
360
No
660
mtr
24200
No
8800
No
440
No
440
No
880
No
880
No
1650
Construction of new 3ph 4 wire LT line
with ABC (22.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Pole Clamp for 8.5 mtr
PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
73
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 5 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 5 nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
No
440
No
440
No
550
mtr
550
No
1100
set
44
set
44
G
Conversion of 3 phase 4 wire LT line to
ABC (90.0 Km)
1
Supply & Erection of 8.5 Mtrs PSC Pole
No
900
2
Supply & Stringing of CABLE ABC 1.1 KV XLPE
with Insulated Messenger with one Street LTG
conductor (3C x 95 sqmm (258A) + 1Cx55 sqmm
(Insulated Messenger)
mtr
99000
3
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable Tie
No
36000
No
1800
No
1800
No
3600
No
6750
No
1800
No
1800
No
2250
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Anchor Clamp Wedge
Type LT ABC as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Suspension Clamp ABC
as per NFC Standard
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Eye Hook/ Eye Bolt
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for DB Charging as per
NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulating Piercing
Connector IPC P2x95 for ABC to ABC TEE
connection as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Cable end caps for ABC
cables
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of ASA Distribution box for
74
11
12
13
14
15
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
140 A, 1PH, 10 connectors with spring loaded
Busbar System
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Steel strap for installing
DB size 20mm x 1 mtr long
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Buckles for steel strap
for DB fixing
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated waterproof
Bimetallic lug for transformer connections (Set
contains 4 nos. lugs as per cable) as per NFC Std.
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Insulated crimping type
midspan joint (set contains 4nos ferrules as per
cable) as per NFC Std.
Dismantling of existing line materials and
depositing it to Divisional/ sub-divisional store as
per direction and re connection of existing service
connection to ABC line with necessary fittings etc.
mtr
2250
No
4500
set
180
set
180
Job
1
No
1316
No
846
No
188
Mtr
4230
No
752
No
1410
No
2444
Construction of 11 KV Tea feeder with
PSC pole (47.0 Km)
Supply & Erection of 9.75 mtr PSC Pole including
boulder packing for 11kV line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2200mm) on pole structure with
necessary GI pole clamp , GI Nuts & Bolts , drilling
of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Channel
(100x50x6x2500mm)for guard bracket on pole
structure for 11kV line with necessary GI pole
clamps including Nuts & Bolts etc with fitting of GI
wire 8SWG for guarding as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of GI Angle (50x50x6 mm)
for cross bracing on double pole for 11kV line with
necessary GI pole clamps including Nuts & Bolts
etc as per direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV GI T-Cross Arm,
Nuts & Bolts , drilling of holes, etc
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11 kV composite
Polymeric Disc Insulator 45KN (T&C) with
Hardware fittings, tension clamps etc as per
direction
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of 11KV composite
Polymeric Pin Insulator
Supply & Stringing of AAA “ Racoon” Conductor,
155.1
75
9
10
11
12
13
tensioning with clamp, bindings, jumpering with
PG clamps, jointing sleeves etc in 11kV line
including jungle cutting wherever necessary and
as per direction .
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of CI Earth Pipe by digging
of pit as per direction with necessary connection
with strips ,GI Wire 6 SWG for Earthing as per
direction( for guard earthing)
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Stay Set complete
with digging of earth along with fitting with Stay
Wire 7/10 SWG & HT guy insulator for line
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of HT Danger Plate on
9.75 m PSC pole
Supply, Fitting & Fixing of Barbed Wire on HT
poles @ 2Kg per pole as anti climbing device
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
11 kV Auto recloser at sending end
Cond
uctor
KM
No
376
Set
470
No.
235
pole
1316
No
4
76
SECTION -4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
77
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The bidder shall comply with the following general requirements along with other specifications.
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
The bidder shall invariably furnish the following information along with his offer failing which the
offer shall be liable for rejection. Information shall be separately given for individual type of
equipment offered.
i.
The structure of organization
ii.
The duties and responsibilities assigned to staff ensuring quality of work
iii.
The system of purchasing, taking delivery and verification of materials
iv.
The system for ensuring quality of workmanship
v.
The quality assurance arrangements shall confirm to the relevant requirement of ISO
9001 on ISO 9002 as applicable.
vi.
Statement giving list of important raw materials, names of sub-supplies for the raw
materials, list of standards according to which the raw material are tested, list of tests
normally carried out on raw material in the presence of suppliers representative, copies of
test certificates.
vii.
Information and copies of test certificates as on (i) above in respect of bought out items
viii.
List of manufacturing facilities available
ix.
Level of automation achieved and list of areas where manual processing exists.
x.
List of areas in manufacturing process, where stage inspections are normally carried out
for quality control and details of such test and inspection.
xi.
List of testing equipment available with the bidder for final testing of equipment specified
and test plant limitation, if any vis-à-vis the type. Special acceptance and routine tests
specified in the relevant standards. These limitations shall be very clearly brought out in
"Schedule of Deviations" from the specified test requirement.
The contractor shall within 30 days of placement of order, submit the following information to
the purchaser.
i)
List of the raw material as well as bought out accessories and the names of sub-suppliers
selected from those furnished along with the offer.
ii) Type test certificated of the raw material and bought out accessories if required by the
purchaser.
iii) Quality Assurance Plant (QAP) with hold points for purchasers inspection. QAP and
purchasers hold points shall be discussed between the purchaser and contractor before
the QAP is finalized.
The contractor shall submit the routine test certificates of bought out accessories and central
excise asses for raw material at the time of routine testing if required by the purchaser and
ensure that the quality assurance requirements of specification are followed by the subcontractor.
The Quality Assurance Programme shall give a description of the Quality System and Quality
Plans with the following details.
i)
Quality System

The structure of the organization.

The duties and responsibilities assigned to staff ensuring quality of work.

The system of purchasing, taking delivery of verification of materials

The system of ensuring of quality workmanship.

The system of control of documentation.

The system of retention of records.

The arrangement of contractor internal auditing.

A list of administrator and work procedures required to achieve contractor’s quality
requirements. These procedures shall be made readily available to the purchaser for
inspection on request.
ii)



Quality Plans
An outline of the proposed work and program sequence.
The structure of contractor’s organizations for the contract.
The duties and responsibilities ensuring quality of work.
78






Hold and notification points.
Submission of engineering documents required by this specification.
The inspection of the materials and components on request.
Reference to contractor’s work procedures appropriate to each activity.
Inspection during fabrication /construction.
Final inspection and test.
2.0
Inspection
2.1
The Owner's representative or third party nominee shall at all times be entitled to have access
to the works and all places of manufacture, where insulator, and its component parts shall be
manufactured and the representatives shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of the
Contractor's and sub-Contractor's works, raw materials, manufacture of the material and for
conducting necessary test as detailed herein.
The material for final inspection shall be offered by the Contractor only under packed condition
as detailed in the specification. The Owner shall select samples at random from the packed lot
for carrying out acceptance tests. Insulators shall normally be offered for inspection in lots not
exceeding 5000 nos. the lot should be homogeneous and should contain insulators
manufactured in the span of not more than 3-4 consecutive weeks.
The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and the
progress of manufacture of material in their various stages so that arrangements could be made
for inspection.
No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture before it has been satisfactorily
inspected and tested unless the inspection is waived off by the Owner in writing. In the latter
case also the material shall be dispatched only after satisfactory testing for all tests specified
herein have been completed.
The acceptance of any quantity of material shall be no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for meeting all the requirements of the specification and shall not prevent
subsequent rejection, if such material are later found to be defective.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3.0
3.1
3.2
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Additional Tests
The Owner reserves the right of having at his own expense any other test(s) of reasonable
nature carried out at Contractor's premises, at site, or in any other place in addition to the type,
acceptance and routine tests specified in these bidding documents against any equipments to
satisfy himself that the material comply with the Specifications.
The Owner also reserves the right to conduct all the tests mentioned in this specification at his
own expense on the samples drawn from the site at Contractor's premises or at any other test
center. In case of evidence of noncompliance, it shall be binding on the part of the Contractor to
prove the compliance of the items to the technical specifications by repeat tests or correction of
deficiencies, or replacement of defective items, all without any extra cost to the Owner.
Test Reports
Copies of type test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies along with one original.
One copy shall be returned duly certified by the Owner only after which the commercial
production of the concerned materials shall start.
Copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies. One copy shall be
returned duly certified by the Owner, only after which the material shall be despatched.
Record of routine test reports shall be maintained by the Contractor at his works for periodic
inspection by the Owner's representative.
Test certificates of test during manufacture shall be maintained by the Contractor. These shall
be produced for verification as and when desired by the Owner.
5.0
5.1
List of Drawings and Documents:
The bidder shall furnish the following along with bid.
i)
Two sets of drawings showing clearly the general arrangements, fitting details, electrical
connections etc.
Technical leaflets (users manual) giving operating instructions.
Three copies of dimensional drawings of the box for each quoted item.
ii)
iii)
79
The manufacturing of the equipment shall be strictly in accordance with the approved drawings
and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the purchaser. All
manufacturing and fabrication work in connection with the equipment prior to the approval of the
drawing shall be at the supplier's risk.
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
6.0
Approval of drawings/work by purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his responsibility and
liability for ensuring correctness and correct interpretation of the drawings for meeting the
specification.
The requirements of the latest revision of application standards, rules and codes of practices.
The equipment shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering, design,
workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of ordering and purchaser
shall have the power to reject any work or materials which, in his judgment is not in full
accordance therewith.
The successful Bidder shall within 2 weeks of notification of award of contract submit three sets
of final versions of all the drawings as stipulated in the purchase order for purchaser's approval.
The purchaser shall communicate his comments/approval on the drawings to the supplier within
two weeks. The supplier shall, if necessary, modify the drawings and resubmit three copies of
the modified drawings for their approval. The supplier shall within two weeks. Submit 30 prints
and two good quality report copies of the approved drawings for purchaser's use.
Eight sets of operating manuals/technical leaflets shall be supplied to each consignee for the
first instance of supply.
One set of routine test certificates shall accompany each dispatch consignment.
The acceptance test certificates in case pre-dispatch inspection or routine test certificates in
cases where inspection is' waived shall be got approved by the purchasers.
Any Item specification if not available in this document Contractor shall supply and execute the
items meeting the relevant IS specification with the approval of the purchaser.
80
SECTION – 5
FORMS OF BID
81
FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR BID GUARANTEE/SECURITY
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act)
The non-Judicial stamp paper should be in the name of issuing bank
Ref…………………………..
Bank Guarantee No…………..
Date…………………….
To
The Chief General Manager (PP&D)
Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd.
Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar
Guwahati-1
Dear Sirs/ Madam,
In accordance with invitation to bid under your Bid No………………. M/s………………. having its
Registered/ Head Office at ……………..( hereinafter called the ‘Bidder’) wish to participate in the said
Bid or ………………… and you, as a special favour have agreed to accept an irrevocable and
unconditional Bank Guarantee for an amount of ……………….. valid upto……………………. On behalf
of Bidder in lieu of the Bid deposit required to be made by the bidder, as a condition precedent for
participation in the Said Bid.
We, the …………………. Bank at …………………… have our Head Office at…………..( local address)
guarantee and undertake to pay immediately on demand by Assam Power Distribution Company
Limited, the Amount of ……………………………………………
…………………………………………………..( in words & figures) without any reservation, protest,
demur and recourse. Any such demand made by said ‘Owner’ shall be conclusive and
binding on us irrespective of any dispute or difference raised by the Bidder.
The Guarantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain valid up to and including ………….
@....................... if any further extension of this guarantee is required, the same shall be extended
to such required period ( not exceeding one year) on receiving instruction from M/s ………… … ……….
on whose behalf this guarantee is issued.
In witness whereof the Bank, through its authorized office, has set its hand and stamp on this
…………… day of ………………….. 20………… at …………………………
WITNESS
………………………
(Signature)
……………………..
(Name)
…………………….
( Official Address)
…………………….
( Signature)
……………………
(Name)
……………………
(Official Address)
@ This date shall be thirty (30) days after the last date for which the bid is valid.
82
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR CONTRACT PERFORMANCE
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act)
Ref…………………………..
Bank Guarantee No…………..
Date…………………….
To
The Chief General Manager (PP&D)
Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd.
Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar
Guwahati-1
Dear Sirs/ Madam,
In consideration of Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd., (herein after referred to as the ‘Owner’
which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors,
administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s…………… ….……………………….with registered/
Head office at ……………….( hereinafter referred to as “ Contractor” which expression shall unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators, executors and
assigns), a Contract by issued of Owner’s Letter of Award No…………… dated……………….. and the
same having been acknowledged by the contractor, resulting in a contract bearing No……………..
dated contractor having agreed to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful
performance of the entire Contract equivalent to……………… being(%) (Percent *) of the said value
Contract to the Owner.
We………………………………………………………………………………………….. (Name & Address)
having its Head Office at …………………( hereinafter referred to as the “ Bank” , which expression
shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the owner, on demand any all
monies payable by the contractor to be extent of …………………. As aforesaid at any time up to
………………………..**( day/month/year) without any demur, reservation , contest , recourse or protest
and / or without any reference to this contractor. Any such demand made by the owner on the bank
shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Owner the Contractor or
any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority . The bank undertakes
not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without previous consent of the owner and further
agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till the owner discharges
this guarantee.
The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under the
guarantee, from time to time to extend the time for performance or the contract by the contractor. The
owner shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the
exercise of any power vested in them or of any right which they might have against the contractor, and
to exercise the same at any time in any matter, and either to enforce or to for bear to enforce any
covenants, contained or implied, in the contract between the owner and the contractor or any other
course or remedy or security available to the owner. The Bank shall not be released to its obligations
under these presents by any exercise by the owner of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid
or any of them or by reason of any other act of omission or commission on the part of the owner or any
other indulgences shown by the owner or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law
would , but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
The bank also agrees that the owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee against the
Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the contractor and not
withstanding any security or other guarantee the owner may have in relation to the Contractor’s
liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this guarantee is restricted to
……………………. And it shall remain in force up to an including …………………….. and shall be
extended from time to time for such period( not exceeding 1 year) as may be desired
M/s………………………………………………………….on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
Dated this……………………. Day of ……………………….. 20……………… at…………
83
WITNESS
…………………………….
(Signature)
………………………
(Signature)
……………………………
(Name)
……………………..
(Name)
…………………………..
(Official address)
……………………..
(Official address)
Attorney as per power
Of Attorney No…………..
Date……………………..
Notes
* This sum shall be 10%(Ten) of the Contract price.
** The date will be 90(Ninety) days after the end of the Warranty Period as specified in the contract.
1. The stamp paper of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of issuing bank.
84
PROFORMA OF EXTENSION OF BANK GUARANTEE
Ref…………………………..
Date…………………….
To
The Chief General Manager (PP&D)
Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd.
Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar
Guwahati-1
Dear Sirs/ Madam,
Sub:
Extension of Bank Guarantee No……………….. for Rs…………………. Favouring yourselves ,
expiring on …………………. On account of M/S………………………….. in respect of contract
no……………………. dated …………….. ( hereinafter called original Bank Guarantee).
At the request of M/s ……………………… we …………………… bank, branch office at
………………….. and having its Head Office at ………………………. Do hereby extend our liability
under the above mentioned Bank Guarantee No………………… dated………………………for a further
period of ……………………… ( Years/ Months) from………………….. to expire on…………………..
expect as provided above, all other terms and conditions of the original Bank Guarantee
No………………………. dated ………………. Shall remain unaltered and binding.
Please treat this as an integral part of the original Bank Guarantee to which it would be attached.
Yours faithfully
For………………………………
Manager/ Agent/Accountant …………………..
Power of attorney No……………………
Dated……………………………………
SEAL OF BANK
Note: The non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of the Bank
who has issued the Bank Guarantee.
85
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCEPAYMENT
( To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act )
Ref…………………………..
Bank guarantee No……………………
Date…………………….
To
The Chief General Manager (PP&D)
Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd.
Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar
Guwahati-1
Dear Sirs/ Madam,
In consideration of Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd.(hereinafter referred to as the ‘Owner’,
which expressions shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors,
administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s…………………………… hereinafter referred to as
the ‘Contractor’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof , include its
successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a Contract by issue of Owner’s letter of Award
No…………………… Dated……………………and the same having been acknowledged by the
contractors, resulting in a Contract bearing no…………………. Dated…………………. Valued
(at………………………………( in words and figures). For ………………………….Contract (space of
work)………………………………….. (hereinafter called the ‘Contract’) and the Owner having agreed to
make an advance payment to the Contractor for performance of the above contract amounting
……………………………… (in words and figures) as an advance against Bank Guarantee to be
furnished by the Contractor.
We…………………………..( Name of the Bank) having its Head Office at……………………………… (
hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof , include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee
and undertake to pay the owner , immediately on demand any or, all monies payable by the contractor
to the extent of ………………..as aforesaid at any time upto…………………….. (a….) without any
demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the contractor. Any
such demand made by the Owner on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any
difference between the Owner and the Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal,
Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and
shall continue to be enforceable till the owner discharge this guarantee.
The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this
guarantee, from time to time to vary the advance or to extent the time for performance of the contract by
the Contractor. The Owners shall have the fullest liberty without affecting this guarantee, to postpone
from time to time the exercise of any power vested in them or of any right which they might have against
the Contractor and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce any
covenants, contained or implied, in the contact between the Owner and the Contractor or any other
course or remedy or security available to the Owner. The Bank shall not be released of its obligations
under this presents by any exercise by the owner of its liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid of
any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the
part of the owner or any other indulgence shown by the owner or by any other matter or thing
whatsoever which under law would be for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
The Bank also agrees that the Owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee against the
Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the contractor and not
withstanding any security or other guarantee that the owner may have in relation to the contractors
liabilities.
86
Notwithstanding anything hereinabove our liability under this guarantee is limited to………… and it shall
remain in force upto an including ……………………….( @ and shall be extended from time to time for
such
period
(
not
exceeding
1
year
as
may
be
desired
by
M/s…………………………………………………………………...dated this ………. Day of ………………..
20……. At……………………………..
WITNESS……………………………………..
………………………………
(Signature)
…….………………………..
(Signature)
…………………………….
(Name)
………………………………
(Name)
…………………………..….
(Designation)
(Official Address) (With Bank Stamp)
Attorney as per Power of attorney No……………………… …. Dated………………….
Strike whichever is not applicable
@ The date will be 90(ninety) days after the date of completion of the Contract.
87
PROFORMA OF “AGREEMENT”
(To be executed on non-Judicial stamp paper)
This Agreement made this …………….. day of ………… two thousand……………. Between Assam
Power Distribution Company Ltd. having its head office at Bijulee Bhawan, Paltanbazar, Guwahati-1 (
hereinafter referred to as ‘Owner’ or ‘APDCL’, which expression shall include its administrators,
successors and assign on one part and (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Contractors ‘X’ ( Name of the
contracting Co.) which expression shall include its administrators, successors, executors and permitted
assigns) on the other part.
WHEREAS APDCL desirous of …………………….. in ……………. Circle associated with APDCL at
……………….(District)
invited
Bids
for……………………………………………..
………………………………. (Briefly describe scope of works) for the first state of the project as per its
Bid Specification No………………………………
AND WHEREAS……………………….”X” ………………………. Had participated in the above referred
Bidding vide their proposal No……………………. dated………………. And awarded the Contract
to……………..” X”…………….. on terms and conditions documents referred to therein which have been
acknowledged by……………….”X”…………………..resulting into a “Contract”
NOW THEREFORE THIS DEED WITNESS AS UNDER:-
1.0 Article
1.1 Award of Contract
APDCL awarded the contract to……………..”X”……………… for the work of …………… on the terms
and conditions contained in its letter of Award No…….. ………. Dated…………… and the documents
referred to therein. The award has taken effect from aforesaid letter of award. The terms and expression
used in this agreement shall have the same meaning as are assigned to them in the ‘Contract
Documents’ referred to in this succeeding Article.
2.0 Documentation
2.1 The contract shall be performed strictly as per the terms and condition stipulated herein and in the
following documents attached herewith( hereinafter referred to as “Contract Documents”.)
i) Section 1-11 of the Bidding Document.
ii) Proposal Sheets, Data Sheets, Drawing work schedule submitted by “X”.
APDCL’s Letter of Award No………….. dated……………….duly acknowledged by “X”.
Quality Plans for manufacturing and field activities entitled as Quality Plan.
All the aforesaid Contract Documents shall form an integral part of this agreement , in so far as the
same or any part conform to the bidding documents and what has been specifically agreed to by the
Owner in its letter of Award. Any matter inconsistent therewith, contrary or repugnant thereto or any
deviations taken by the Contractor in its ‘Proposal’ but not agreed to specially by the Owner in its Letter
of Award shall be deemed to have been withdrawn b y the Contractor. For the sake of brevity, this
agreement along with its aforesaid Contract Documents shall be referred to as the ‘Agreement’.
3.0 Conditions & Covenants
3.1 The scope of Contract, Consideration, Terms of Payment, Price Adjustments, Taxes wherever
applicable, Insurance, Liquidated Damage, Performance Guarantees and all other terms and conditions
are contained in APDCL’s Letter of Award No………........... dated……………… read in conjunction with
other aforesaid contract documents. The contract shall be duly performed by the Contract Documents,
but which are needed for successful, efficient, safe and reliable operation of the equipment unless
otherwise specifically excluded in the specification under ‘exclusion’ or Letter of Award.
3.2 The scope of work shall also include supply and installation of all such items which are not
specifically mentioned in the contract Documents, but which are needed for successful, efficient, safe
88
and reliable operation of the equipment unless otherwise specifically excluded in the specifications
under ‘exclusions’ or ‘Letter of Award’.
3.3 Time Schedule
3.3.1 Time is the essence of the Contract and schedules shall be strictly adhered to “X” shall perform
the work in accordance with the agreed schedules.
3.4 Quality Plans
3.4.1 The Contractor is responsible for the proper execution of the Quality Plans mentioned in Section
4.8 of GTC. The work beyond the customer’s hold points will progress only with the owners consent.
The Owner will also undertake quality surveillance and quality audit of the Contractor’s /Subcontractor’s works, systems and procedures and quality control activities. The Contractor further agrees
that any change in the Quality Plan will be made only with the Owner’s approval. The contractor shall
also perform all quality control activities, inspection and tests agreed with the Owner to demonstrate full
compliance with the contract requirements.
3.4.2 The contractor also agrees to provide the Owner with the necessary facilities for carrying out
inspection, quality audit and quality surveillance of contractors and its Subcontractor’s Quality
Assurance Systems and Manufacturing Activities.
These shall include but not limited to the following:
 Relevant plant standards, drawing and procedures;

Detailed Quality Assurance System manuals for manufacturing activities.
 Storage procedures and instructions weld, NDT, heat treatment prior to commencement of
manufacture;
 Complete set of log sheets (blank) mentioned in the Quality Plans.
It is expressly agreed to by the contractor that the quality test and inspection by the owner shall not
in any way relief the contractor of its responsibilities for quality standards and performance guarantee
and their other obligations under the Agreement. 3.4.4 “X’ agrees to submit quality Assurance
Documents to APDCL for review and record after completion and within 3 weeks of dispatch of material.
The package will include the following :
 Factory test result, inspection report for testing required by this contract or applicable codes
and standards.
 Two copies of inspection reports duly signed by Quality Assurance personnel of both
APDCL and “X” for the agreed customer hold points.
 Report of the rectification works where and if applicable.
3.5 It is expressly agreed to by the Contractor that notwithstanding the fact that the Contract is termed
as Supply-cum-Erection Contract or indicates the break-up of the Contract consideration, for
convenience of operation and for payment of sale tax on supply portion, it is in fact one composite
Contract on single source responsibility basis and the Contractor is bound to perform the total Contract
in its entirely and non-performance of any part or portion of the Contract shall be deemed to be breach
of the entire Contract.
3.6 The Contractor guarantees that the equipment package under the Contract shall meet the ratings
and performance parameters as stipulated in the technical specifications (Section
10) and in the event of any deficiencies found in the requisite performance figures, the Owner may at its
option reject the equipment package or alternatively accept it on the terms and conditions and subject to
levy of the liquidated damages in terms of Contract documents. The amount of liquidated damages so
leviable shall be in accordance with the contract document and without any limitation.
3.7 It is further agreed by the contractor that the contract performance guarantee shall in no way be
constructed to limit or restrict the owner’s equipment right to recover the damages/compensation due to
shortfall in the equipment performance figures as stated in Para 3.6 above or under any other clause of
the agreement. The amount of damages/compensation shall be recoverable either by way of deduction
from the contract price, contract performance guarantee and or otherwise. The contract performance
guarantee furnished by the contractor is irrevocable and unconditional and the owner shall have the
power to invoke it notwithstanding any dispute or difference between the owner and the contractor
pending before any court tribunal, arbitrator or any other authority.
89
3.8 This Agreement constitutes full and complete understanding between the parties and terms of the
payment. It shall supersede all prior correspondence terms and conditions contained in the Agreement.
Any modification of the agreement shall be effected only by a written instrument signed by the
authorized representative of both the parties.
4.0 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
4.1 It is specifically agreed between parties that all the differences or disputes arising out of the
agreement or touching the subject matter of the agreement shall be decided by process of settlement
and Arbitration as specified in clause 41 of the General Condition of the Contract and provision of the
Indian Arbitration Act, 1996 shall apply. Guwahati Courts alone shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the
same.
4.2 NOTICE OF DEFAULT
Notice of default given by either party to the other under agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly and properly served upon the parties hereto if delivered against
acknowledgement or by telex or by registered mail with acknowledgements due addressed to the
signatories at the addresses mentioned at Guwahati.
IN WITNESS WHEROF, the parties through their duly authorized representatives have executed these
presents (execution where of has been approved by the competent authorities of both the parties) on
the day, month and year first above mentioned at Guwahati .
WITNESS:
1. ………………………..
2. ………………………
3. ……………………..
4. ……………………..

(Owner’s signature) ( Printed Name)
(Designation)( Company’s Stamp)
(Contractor’s Signature)(Company’s Name)
(Designation)(Company’s Stamp)
Applicable in case of single award is placed on one party on Supply-cum- Erection basis. In two
separate awards are placed on single party/two different parties this clause is to be modified
suitably while signing the contract agreement to be signed separately for two awards to
incorporate cross fall breach clause.
90
FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR JOINT VENTURE
(On Non-judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate value to be Purchased in the Name of
Joint Venture)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE, the Partners whose details are given
hereunder……................................................................. have formed a Joint Venture under the laws
of……………………..and
having
our
Registered
Office(s)/Head
Office(s)
at
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....(herein
after called the 'Joint Venture' which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns)
acting
thorough M/S………………
………………………………………………………………………….. being the Partner in-charge do
hereby'
constitute,
nominate
………………………………..a
Company
and
appoint
incorporated
under
M/S……………………………………
the
laws
of
arid
having
its
Registered/Head Office at..as our duly 'constituted lawful Attorney (hereinafter called "Attorney" or"
Authorized Representative" or "Partner In-charge") to exercise all or any of the powers for and on
be.ha1f of, the Joint Venture in regard* to ---------------------(Name of the Package) (Specification No.------------------------) of Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd. Bijulee Bhawan, Paltan Bazar,
GUWAHATI (hereinafter called the "Owner"). and the bids for which' have been invited by the Owner,
to undertake the following acts:
i)
To submit proposal and participate in the aforesaid Bid Specification of the Owner on behalf of
the “Joint Venture”.
ii) To negotiate with the Owner 'the terms and' conditions for award of the Contract pursuant to the
aforesaid Bid and to sign the Contract with the Owner for and on behalf of the "Joint Venture'.
iii) To do any other act or submit any document rated to the above.
iv) To receive, accept and execute .the Contract for and on behalf of the "Joint Venture".
It is clearly understood that the Partner In-charge (Lead Partner) shall ensure performance of the
Contract(s) and if one or more Partner fail to perform their respective portion of the Contract(s), the
same shall be deemed to be a default by all the Partners.
It is expressly understood that this Power of Attorney shall remain valid binding and irrevocable till
completion of the Defect Liability Period in terms of the Contract.
The Joint Venture hereby agrees and undertakes to ratify and confirm all the above whatsoever the
said Attorney/ Authorized Representative/Partner In-charge quotes in the bid, negotiates and signs the
Contract with the Owner and/or proposes to act on behalf of the joint Venture by virtue of this Power of
Attorney and the same shall bind the Joint Venture as if done by itself.
* Strike which is not applicable.
91
IN WITNESS THEREOF the Partners Constituting the Joint Venture as aforesaid have executed these
presents on this …………….. day of ……………....... under the Common Seal(s) of their Companies.
for and on behalf of
the Partners of Joint
Ventures
The Common Seal of the above Partners of the Joint Venture:
The Common Seal has been affixed there unto in the presence of :
WITNESS
1.
Signature _________________________
Name___________________________
Designation_______________________
Occupation ________________________
2.
Signature _________________________
Name___________________________
Designation_______________________
Occupation ________________________
92
FORM OF JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
(ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE TO BE PURCHASED IN THE
NAME OF JOINT VENTURE)
PROFORMA OF JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT BETWEEN ______________________
______________________________ AND ____________________________________________
FOR BID SPECIFICATION No_______________________________OF ASSAM POWER
DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LTD.
THIS Joint Venture agreement executed on this _____day of ______________Two thousand eight and
between M/S _________________________________________________ a Company incorporated
under the laws of _______________________________ and having its registered office at
__________________________________ _____________________________ (herein after called the
“Lead Partner” which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) and
M/S _______________________________________________ a Company incorporated under the
laws
of
_______________________________
and
having
its
registered
office
at
________________________________________________________________ (herein after called the
“Partner” which expression shall include its successors, executors and permitted assigns) for purpose
of making a bid and entering into a contract* (in case of award) for Construction of
_______________________________(name of the
package) against the specifications
No._____________________ of APDCL BIJULEE BHAWAN, PALTAN BAZAR, GUWAHATI –
781001, an Electricity Distribution Company registered under Indian Electricity Act, 2003 having its
registered office at Bijulee Bhawan, Paltan Bazar, Guwahati – 781001 (herein after called the “Owner”)
WHEREAS the Owner invited bids as per the above mentioned Specification for the design
manufacture, supply and erection, testing and commissioning of Equipment/Materials stipulated in the
bidding documents under subject Package*
For_________________ (Package Name) (Specification No.:_____________________)
AND WHEREAS Annexure – A (Qualification Requirement of the Bidder). Section-4, forming part of the
bidding documents, stipulates that a Joint Venture of two or more qualified firms as partners, meeting
the requirement of Annexure-A, Section 4 as applicable may bid, provided the .Joint Venture fulfills all
other requirements of Annexure-A, Section 4 and in such a case, the BID shall be signed by all the
partners so as to legally bind all the Partners of the .Joint Venture, who will be jointly and severally
liable to perform the Contract and all obligations hereunder .
* Strike which is not applicable.
The above clause further states that the Joint Venture agreement shall be attached to the bid and the
contract performance guarantee will be as per the format enclosed with the bidding document without
any restriction or liability for either party.
AND 'WHEREAS the bid has been submitted to the Owner vide proposal
No ............................. dated .....................................................by Lead Partner based on the Joint
Venture agreement between all the Partners under these presents and the bid in accordance with the
requirements of Annexure-A (Qualification Requirements of the Bidders), Section -4 has been signed by
all the partners.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH AS UNDER:
93
In consideration of the above premises and agreements all the Partners to this ,Joint Venture do hereby
now agree as follows:
1. In consideration of the award of the Contract by the Owner to the Joint Venture partners, we, the
Partners to the Joint Venture agreement do hereby agree that M/S__________________ shall act
as Lead Partner and further declare and confirm that we shall jointly and severally be bound unto
the Owner for the successful performance of the Contract and shall be fully responsible for the
design, manufacture, supply, and successful performance of the equipment in accordance with the
Contract.
2. In case of any breach of the said Contract by the Lead Partner or other Partner(s) of the Joint
Venture agreement, the Partner(s) do hereby agree to be fully responsible for the successful
performance of the Contract and to carry out all the obligations and responsibilities under the
Contract in accordance with the requirements of the Contract.
3. Further, if the Owner suffers any loss or damage on account of any breach in the Contract or any
shortfall in the performance of the equipment in meeting the performance guaranteed as per the
specification in terms of the Contract, tile Partner(s) of these presents undertake to promptly make
good such loss or damages caused to the Owner, on its demand without any demur. It shall not be
necessary or obligatory for the Owner to proceed against Lead Partner to these presents before
proceeding against or dealing with the other Partner(s)
4. The financial liability of the Partners of this Joint Venture agreement to the Owner, with respect to
any of the claims arising out of the performance of non-performance of the obligations set forth in
the said Joint Venture agreement, read in conjunction with the relevant conditions of the Contract
shall, however, not be limited in any way so as to restrict or limit the liabilities of any of the Partners
of the Joint Venture agreement.
5. It is expressly understood and agreed between the Partners to this Joint Venture agreement that
the responsibilities and obligations of each of the Partners shall be as delineated in Appendix-I (*To
be incorporated suitably by the Partners) to this agreement. It is further agreed by the Partners that
the above sharing of responsibilities and obligations shall not in any way be a limitation of joint and
several responsibilities of the Partners under this Contract.
6. This Joint Venture agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of
India and the courts of Delhi shall have the exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising there under.
7. In case of an award of a Contract, We the Partners to the Joint Venture agreement do hereby agree
that we shall be jointly and severally responsible for furnishing a contract performance security from
a bank in favour of the Owner in the forms acceptable to purchaser for value of 10% of the Contract
Price in the currency/currencies of the Contract.
8. It is further agreed that the Joint Venture agreement shall be irrevocable and shall form an integral
part of the Contract, and shall continue to be enforceable till the Owner discharges the same. It
shall be effective from the date first mentioned above for all purposes and intents.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partners to the Joint Venture agreement have through their authorised
representatives executed these presents and affixed Common Seals of their companies, on the day,
month and year first mentioned above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partners to the Joint Venture agreement have through their authorized
representatives executed these presents and affixed Common Seals of their companies, on the day,
94
month and year first mentioned above.
1.
Common Seal of_________________
has been affixed in my/our presence
pursuant to the Board of Director's
resolution dated________________
For Lead Partner
(Signature of authorized
representative)
Name
Signature
Designation
Name
Common Seal of the Company
Designation
2.
Common Seal of_________________
has been affixed in my/our presence
pursuant to the Board of Director's
resolution dated_______________
For Other Partner
(Signature of authorized
representative)
Name
Signature
Designation
Name
Common Seal of the Company
Designation
WITNESSES
1. Name
.
(Signature)
(Official address)
2. Name
.
(Signature)
(Official address)
95
SECTION 6
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
96
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EXECUTION OF WORK
(for 11KV & LT LINES)
1.0
SCOPE : ERECTION OF 11 KV LINES & LT LINES WITH 9.75 M AND 8.5/7.5 M
PSC POLES
The scope covers the survey of the proposed route, tree clearance wherever necessary transport of materials
to the locations, erection of the line testing of the line and handing over to the APDCL as per specification.
Materials such as steel, cement, PSC Poles, top cleats, clamps, washers, earth wires, HBG metal, sand,
water, cost of bolts and nuts etc., as given in Annexure-1 are to be procured by the contractor cost of which
shall be included in the bid.
2.0
General :
The Contractor should be well acquainted with the IE Rules 1956 as amended from time to time and with the
Indian Telegraph Act 1889 so that necessary provisions therein may be followed.
3.0
SURVEY OF THE ROUTE
The Tentative route map of the line to be erected will be furnished by the APDCL to the Contractor along with
the copy of the concluded agreement.
The Contractor is required to carry out the detailed survey of the route of the line and fix up the locations at
the average span indicated in the schedule and mark the locations and submit a detailed route map to the
Engineer in charge of the work within 30 days for approval. In the course of surveying by the contractor, any
conspicuous variations in the change and physical feature to those indicated in the route map and as actually
existing are noticed, the deviations must be brought to the notice of the APDCL Engineer. The APDCL
Engineer if considered necessary shall make alterations, which shall be carried out accordingly and the
APDCL after inspecting the surveyed route and the revised route map shall be given for final approval in
writing. The contractor shall not commence the work until the final approval of the route map is given by the
Engineer in charge in writing to the contractor.
4.0
WAY LEAVES AND TREE CUTTINGS
Proposals for way leaves and right of way shall be submitted by the contractor. Permission will be obtained by
the APDCL within reasonable time for which due notice shall be given by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
arrange for tree cutting or tree branches cutting also.
The widths of tree clearance to be adopted for lines of various voltages are as detailed below:
11 KV Line and LT (Normal Line)
All growth within 4.572 M (15 ft) on both side from center line of support and all trees that may fall and foul the
line.
The Contractor shall take all possible steps to see that standing crops, etc. are not damaged while attending
to tree cutting. When such damage is inevitable the compensation will be borne by the APDCL provided the
damage is with the prior concurrence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall bear the compensation for
damage caused by the gangs without prior concurrence of the Engineer concerned.
No trees shall be cut until the APDCL has made necessary arrangement with the authorities concerned and
permission is given to the Contractor to fell such trees. The contractor shall arrange to remove the obstacles
as soon as possible.
At such times, when it may not possible for APDCL to arrange right-of-way for excavation of pole pits or
erecting the poles of stringing the line, then at all such times, the contractor shall shift his gangs to other
areas. The rates quoted shall cover all such contingencies and no extra payments shall be claimed for such
contingencies.
5.0
5.1
EXCAVATION OF POLE PITS, STAY PITS AND D.P. PITS
After the final survey of the line and after marking the pole locations with pegs, excavation work has to be
commenced in accordance to the approved route map. Excavation is generally done by pick axes, crow Vbars and showers although some times earth augers are used. Excavation of pole pits in very hard or rocky
soil or in rock beds, may involve blasting with suitable explosives. The pits for the supports are excavated in
the direction of the line as this will facilitate the erection of support are excavated in the direction of the line
as this will facilitate the erection of support, in addition to giving greater lateral stability, the depth of the
97
foundation to be excavated for poles shall be in accordance with relevant sketch for the erection of pole or
stay of D.P. etc.
6.0
ERECTION OF SUPPORTS
After the excavation of pits is completed the supports to be erected may be brought to the pits location. Then
the pole may be erected inside the pit. Wooden support may be utilized to facilitate lifting of the pole at the pit
locations.
Before the pole is put into pit, RCC padding may be laid below the pole to increase the surface contact
between the pole and the soil. The padding will distribute the weight of the pole uniformly on the soil.
Having lifted the pole, the same should be kept in a vertical position with the help of manila rope of 25 mm dia.
using the rope as a temporary anchor.
As the poles are being erected say from the pole already erected to the next location where the pole is being
erected, the alignment of the poles are to be checked and set right by visual check. The verticality’s of the
poles are to be checked with a spirit level on both transverse and longitudinal directions.
Having satisfied that the verticality and alignment are all right, earth filling or concreting is to be done.
In swampy and special locations, however, before earth filing, the poles are to be concreted up to ground level
of the pit.
After the poles have been set the temporary anchors are to be removed. The supports shall be buried to a
depth as per sketch enclosed.
7.0
ERECTION OF D.P. STRUCTURES FOR ANGLE LOCATIONS (FOR 11 KV LINES):
Generally, for angles of deviation more than 20° double pole structures of spacing 1.2 mts (4.0 ft) may be
erected. The pits are to be excavated as per bisection of the angle of deviation.
After the poles are erected, the horizontal / cross bracing should be fitted and the supports held in a vertical
position with the help of temporary guys of manila rope of at least 25 mm dia. Ensuring that the poles are held
in a vertical position (this can be checked with a spirit level) the concreting of the poles with cement, granite
chips of size 20/30 mm mesh and sand in the ratio M400 conforming to ISS is to be done from the bottom of
the support to the ground level. Before lifting the pole in the pit, concrete padding of not less than 75 mm
thickness may be put for the distribution of the load of the support on the soil.
After the concreting is done, the pit may be filled with earth after curing of the concrete is completed.
Four stays along the line, two in each direction and two stays along the bisection of angle of deviation are to
be provided.
Stay concreting may be done with M 400 concrete mixture.
The D.P. shall be erected as per the sketch enclosed.
8.0
ANCHORING AND PROVIDING GUYS FOR SUPPORTS
Guys are to be provided to the supports at the following places (i) Angle locations, (ii) Dead end locations, (iii)
Tee-off points, (iv) Steep gradient locations to avoid uplifted on the poles.
The installation of guy will involve the following works:
i) Excavation of pit and fixing of stay rod.
ii) Fastening guy wire to the support.
iii) Tightening guy wire and fastening to the anchor
The marking of the guy pit for excavation, the excavation of pits and setting of the anchor rod must be
carefully carried out. The stay rod should be placed in the position such that the angle of inclination of the rod
with the vertical face of the point is 30°/45° as the case may be. The concreting of the stay at the bottom
should then be carried out. The back filling and ramming must be well done thereafter, and allowed to set for
at least 7 days. The free end of the guy wire is passed through the eye of the anchor rod, bent back parallel to
the main portion of the guy and bound after inserting the G.I. Thimble. The loop is protected by the G.I.
Thimble, where it bears on the anchor rod. Where the existence of guy wire proves hazardous, it should be
protected with suitable asbestos pipe, filled with concrete of about 2 mts length above the ground level, duly
98
painted with white and black stripe so that it may be visible at night. The turn buckle shall be mounted at the
pole end of the stay and guy wire so fixed that the eye bolt turn buckle is half way in the working position, thus
giving the maximum movement for tightening or loosening.
Guy insulators are placed to prevent the lower part of the guy from becoming electrically energized by a
contact of the guy when the conductors snap and fall on them of due leakage. No guy insulator shall be
located less than 2.6 mts. from the ground.
The anchoring and providing guys for supports (Single guy Bow guy fly guy) shall be done as per sketch
enclosed. Bow guy and fly guy shall be provided as per field conditions.
9.0
FIXING OF CROSS ARMS INSULATORS
After the erection of supports and providing guys, the next step would be to mount the cross arms on the
support erected. The lineman should climb the support having requisite tools with him and the cross arm is
then tied to a hand line and pulled up by the ground man and should station himself well to one side so that if
any material drops from the top of the pole it may not strike him. All the materials required should be lifted or
lowered by means of the hand line. In no case, the materials of the tools should be dropped or thrown from the
pole top.
The fixing of 33 KV, 11 KV and LT Cross arms shall be in accordance to spacing detailed in Sketch. G.I. bolts
and nuts and spring washers of good quality only shall be used which will have to be procured by the
contractor.
9.1 Back Clamps
The back clamps for fixing of the seating channels, “V” cross arms, horizontal cross arms and top
cleats will have to be procured by the contractor and shall be in accordance with sketch enclosed
and the clamp shall be fabricated with 75 X 8 mm M.S. Flat for 33 KV and 50 X 8 mm M.S Flat for 11
KV and LT.
9.2 Top Cleats
The top cleats shall be got fabricated with M.S. Channel of size 75 X 40 mm for 33 KV and 11 KV
and shall be in accordance with sketch enclosed..
10.0 INSULATORS
The pins for insulators shall be fixed in the holes provided in the cross arms and the pole top brackets.
The insulators shall be mounted in their places over pins and tightened. In the case of strain or angles
supports, where strain fittings are provided for this purpose, one strap of the strain fitting is placed over the
cross arm before placing the bolts in the hole of the cross arms. The nut of the strap is so tightened that
the strap can move freely in horizontal direction, as this is necessary to fix the strain insulator.
The insulator shall be cleaned and examined for defects before fixing, it shall be ensured that all the
current carrying parts are smooth and without dirt, cracks or chips.
11.0
STRINGING OF THE LINE CONDUCTORS
11.1
11.2
For the guidance of the contractor certain do’s and don’ts are given below before the workmen
actually commence the stringing work.
Do’s and Don’ts
DO’s
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
Use proper equipment for handling aluminum conductors at all times.
Use skids, or similar method for lowering reels or coils from transport or ground.
Examine reel before unreeling for presence of nails or any other object, which might
damage the conductor.
Rotate the reel or coil while unwinding conductor.
Grip all strands while pulling out the conductor.
Control the unreeling speed with suitable braking arrangement.
Use wooden guards of suitable braking arrangement.
Use long straight, parallel jaw grip with suitable liners when pulling conductor thus
avoiding nicking or kinking of the conductor.
99
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
xiii.
xiv.
Use free running sleeves or blocks with adequate grooves for drawing/paving
conductors.
Use proper sag charts.
Mark conductors with crayons or adhesive tape of such (other) material, which will not
damage the strand.
Make all splicing with the proper tools.
Use a twisting wrench for twisting the joints.
Chromite or graphite conducting oxide-inhibiting grease should be used before cleaning
with wire brush.
DON’Ts
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Do not handle conductors without proper tools at any stage.
Do not pull conductors without ensuring that there are no obstructions on the ground.
Do not pull out excess quantity of conductor than is required.
Do not make jumper connections on dirty or weathered conductor.
Do not handle aluminum conductors in a rough fashion but handle it with care it
deserves.
11.3
CONDUCTOR ERECTIONS
The erection of overhead line conductor is a very important phase in construction. The erection of
conductors can be sub-divided into 4 separate parts as follows:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Transport of conductors to work site.
Paving and stringing of conductors.
Tensioning and sagging of conductors.
Joining of conductors.
At the important crossing of roads, canals, navigable rivers, railways etc., flagmen should be in attendance
to ensure that normal services are not unduly interrupted. These crossing should only be carried out in
conjunction with and with the approval of the proper authorities concerned.
The conductor drums shall be transported to the tension point without injuring the conductor, if, it is
necessary to roll the drum on the ground for a small distance, it should be slowly rolled in the direction of
the marked on the drum. The drum should be so supported that it can be rotated freely. For this purpose
the drum should either be mounted on the cable drum supports of jacks or hung by means of chain pulley
of suitable capacity, suspended from a tripod. In case if it is not possible to raise the conductor drum by
any of the above method, a trench of suitable depth slightly bigger than the conductor drum may be dug,
so as to facilitate free rotation of the cable drum when it is suspended in the trench by means of M.S.
Shaft. While paving, care should be taken to see that conductor does not rub against any metallic fitting of
the pole or on the bad/rocky ground. Wooden trusses should be used for this purpose to support the
conductor. The conductor should be passed over the poles on wooden or aluminum snatch pulley blocks
provided with low friction bearings. While conductor is being paved out slowly, some braking arrangement
should be made so that the rotation of the drum may be stopped in emergency.
In case the length of one piece of the conductor is less than the length of the section in which conductor
paving is being done, it is easy to stretch one length of all phases from one end the remaining length from
another end of the section any part of the conductor shall be left at a height of less than that of 5 meters,
above the ground by rough sagging.
11.4
Mid Span Jointing of Conductors
The mid span jointing of conductors can be carried by twisting the joint at the ends and the wire should
project a few centimeter, beyond the end of the sleeves. The projected wires are given a sharp bend to
keep them from slipping out of the sleeve. The end of the sleeves are then held tightly by twisting
wrenches and then 4 to 5 turns in one direction generally anti-clock wise direction. Crimping Tools are
preferably to be used for joints and jumpers.
11.5
SAGGING AND TENSIONING
On the completion of the paving of the conductors and making mid span joints if any, tensioning
operations will commence. Temporary guys will have to be provided for both the anchoring supports in the
section where the stringing has to be done. At the tensioning end, one of the conductors is pulled
manually up to a certain point and then come along clamp is fixed to the conductor to be tensioned. The
grip to the come along clamp is attached to double sleeve pulley block or the pulley lift machine and
gradually tensioned.
100
The conductor should then be sagged in accordance with the sag temperature chart for the particular
conductor and span. The sag should then be adjusted in the middle span of the section. The sag chart is
to be provided. The stretch of the conductor has to be taken out before stringing in order to avoid the
gradual increase in sag due to the setting down of the individual wires. There are ways of accomplishing
this:
Pre-stressing
In this method the conductor is pulled up to tension considerably above the correct figures, but never
exceeding 50% of breaking load for a short period of say twenty minutes. As this method requires more
time and involves the use of stronger tackle to secure the higher tension the other method of over
tensioning is commonly adopted.
Over-tensioning
This method consists of pulling up the conductor to a tension a little above the theoretical tension for
prevailing temperature and fixed it up at that tension with correspondingly reduced sag. After a certain
time the conductor will settle down to the correct sag and tension. A tension of five to eight percent more
than the theoretical value has been found to be suitable for the sizes of ACSR and AAAC conductors
standardized by REC. The ambient temperature during sagging may be recorded correctly.
Conductors can be sagged correctly only when the tension is the same in each span throughout the entire
length of section. Use of snatch blocks reduces the friction and chances of inequality of tension in various
spans.
Sagging can be accomplished by several different methods but most commonly used method is
“Slighting”. The slighting sag method of measuring sag is by the use of targets placed on the supports
below the cross arms. The targets may be light strip of wood clamped to the pole at a distance equal to
the sag below the conductor when the conductor is placed in snatch block. The lineman sees the sag from
the next pole. The tension of the conductor is then reduced or increased, until the lowest part of the
conductor in the span coincides with the lineman’s line of sight.
When sagging is completed, the tension clamps shall be fixed. The clamp can be fitted on the conductor
without releasing the tension. A mark is made on the conductor at a distance from the cross-arm equal to
the length of complete strain insulator. Before the insulator set is raised to position, all nuts should be free.
Come along clamp is placed on the conductor beyond the conductor clamp and attached to the pulling
unit. The conductor is pulled in sufficiently to allow the insulator assembly to be fitted to the clamp. After
the conductor is clamped to insulator, assembly unit may be released gradually.
If the tension is released with a jerk, an abnormal stress may be transferred to conductor and support,
which may result in the failure of the cross arm, stay or pole in some cases. After the stringing is
completed, all poles, cross arms, insulators, fittings etc. are checked upto ensure that there have been no
deformities etc.
The next step is to place the conductor on the top of the pin insulator from the snatch block and removing
snatch blocks. Conductors are then fastened to insulator by the use of aluminum wires. The following
points should be observed:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
Proper size of the tie binding wire which can be readily handled and with adequate strength is to
be used.
The length of tie wire should be sufficiently long for making complete tie including the end
allowances for gripping with ends.
A good tie should provide a secure binding between the line conductor and insulator and should
reinforce the conductor on either side of the insulator.
The use of cutting pliers for binding the tie wire should be avoided.
The tie wire which has been used previously should be reused
Before tying the conductor to the insulator two layers of Aluminum tapes should be wrapped over the
conductor in the portion where it touches the insulator. The width and thickness of aluminum tape to be
used for a specific size of conductors has been specified in hand books of aluminum conductor
manufacturers and the same be referred to. The Aluminum tapes should also be used at the tension
clamp and for proper grip.
Normally in straight runs of line, the conductors are run on the top of insulators. When there is small of
deviation the conductor is placed inside groove and bound. Accordingly, there are two methods of tying
the conductors to insulators. The binding wire/tie wire has to be procured by the contractor and the bid
price shall include the cost of this.
101
11.6
11.7
The contractor shall be entirely responsible for any damage to the supports, other accessories and
conductor. He shall also be responsible for proper distribution of the conductor drums to keep number and
lengths of cut pieces of the conductor to a minimum.
CONDUCTOR DAMAGE AND REPAIR
If the conductor is damaged for whatever reasons, and damage is not repaired by aluminum sleeves, etc.,
it shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer and shall not be used without his approval. Even repairing
of conductor surfaces shall be done only in case of minor damages, scuff marks etc., which are safe from
both electrical and mechanical points of view. The final; conductor surface shall be clean, smooth, without
any projection sharp points, cut or abrasion etc. giving satisfactory corona and R.I. performance.
11.8
No joints or splice be made in span’s crossing over main roads, railways, small rivers or intension spans. Not
more than one joint per conductor shall be allowed in one span. The strength of the joint shall conform to
IE Rule 75.
11.9
STRINGING.
Whatever necessary ground clearances have to be measured to ensure obtaining adequate line clearance as
per IE Rule 77 (i)
12.0 EARTHING
12.1
Pipe Earthing
At D.P Locations, Pits are to be excavated the steel and metal parts are to be earthed by pipe earthing as
per the drawing or sketch enclosed to this specification. Duly filling the pits with finely broken coke having
granule sizes not more than 25 mm thick. The coke shall be maintained up to a distance of 300 mm for the
pipe on all sides. The top edge of the pipe shall be at least 200 mm below the ground level. The CI strips
shall be fixed not less than 300 mm deep from the ground level.
The tenders shall quote the charges for earthing inclusive of the cost of coke, excavation and back filling.
12.2
Pole Earthing: Supports shall be properly earthed.
13.0 CONCRETING
13.1
The cement concrete used for the foundations shall be of M 400 grade.
13.2
The full concreting for the poles if erected in excavated act shall be done so that the complete block will be
of dimensions( 0.6 X 0.6 X 1.6) + 0.2 X 0.2 Mtr. (0.6 X 0.6 X 1/35) + 0.2 X 0.2 X 0.2 Mtrs. so as to maintain
as exposed portion for 0.2 Mtrs height above the ground level.
13.3
If augur is used for making pole pits, ramming shall be done after erection of pole.
14.0 WORKMANSHIP
The contractor shall entirely be responsible for correct erection of all support as per the approved
drawings, and their correct setting and alignment, as approved by the engineer. If the supports and D.P.
structures after the erection are found to differ from approved route maps and drawings or to be out of
alignment, the contractor shall dismantle and re-erect them correctly at his own cost without extension of
time. The supports must be truly vertical and in plumb after erection and no straining will be permitted to
bring them to vertical position. Verticality of each support shall be measured by the contractor and
furnished to the Engineer.
15.0.
Location numbers for each pole shall be painted on the pole.
Anti-climbing devices and danger boards are to be provided at all railway crossings and road crossings.
No extra charges shall be admissible even though separate gangs may have to be sent by the contractor
for fitting these accessories and attachments on the support at the appropriate time.
16.0.
FINAL CHECKING, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
After the completion of the work final patrolling and checking of the line shall be done by the contractor to
ensure that all foundations work, pole erection and stringing have been done as approved by the
Engineer, and also to ensure that they are completed in all respects. Contractor shall prepare pole
102
schedules and hand it over to the Engineer. All works shall be thoroughly inspected keeping in view of the
following main points.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
Sufficient back filled earth is lying over each foundation pit and it is adequately compacted.
Concreting and coping of poles are in good and finally shaped conditions.
All the accessories and insulators are strictly as per drawings and are free from any defects or
damages, what-so-ever.
All the bolts and nuts should be of G.I material and as per contractual provisions.
The stringing on the conductor has been done as per approved sag and desired clearances are
available.
No damage, minor or major to the conductor, earth wire, accessories and insulator strings still
unattended are noticed.
For all points double jumpers shall be provided to each phase. The jumpers provided at the cut
points are connected rigidly to the tension hardware utilizing all the jointing bolts provided for the
purpose.
The contractor shall submit a report to the above effect to the Engineer. In case, it is noticed later that
some or any of the above are not fulfilled the Engineer will get such items rectified through other agencies
and recover the cost of such works from the bills payable to the contractor against that contract or any
other contract executed by him for APDCL.
After final checking, the lines shall be tested for insulation in accordance with tests prescribed by the
Engineer. All arrangements for such testing or any other tests desired by the Engineer shall be done by
the Contractor and necessary labour, transport and equipment shall be provided by him. Any defects
found out as a result of such tests, shall be rectified by the Contractor, forthwith, without any extra charges
to APDCL.
In addition to the above, the Contractor shall be responsible for testing and ensuring that the total and
relative sags of the conductors are within the specified tolerance. Such tests shall be carried out at
selected points along the route as required by the Engineer and the Contractor shall provide all necessary
equipment and labour to enable the tests to be carried out.
The APDCL will arrange statutory inspection of the line and indicate the defects noticed. The Contractor
has to rectify all such defects and intimate to APDCL Engineer.
After satisfactory tests on the line and an approval by the Engineer the line shall be energized at full
operating voltage before handing over.
17.0.
SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS BY THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor has to make his own arrangements for procurement, supply and use of construction
materials like cement, M.S. rounds, HBG metal and sand.
17.1.
CEMENT
The contractor has to make his own arrangements for the procurement of cement to require specifications
required for the work subjected to the follows:
a.
The contractor shall procure cement, required for the works only from reputed cement factories
(Man producer) acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall be required to be
furnished to the Engineer-in –Charge bills of payment and test certificates issued by the
manufacturers to authenticate procurement of quality cement from the approved cement factory.
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for adequate storage of cement.
b.
The contractor shall procure cement in standard packing of all 50 kg per bag from the authorized
manufactures. The contactor shall make necessary arrangement at his own cost to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge for actual weighment of random sample from the available
stock and shall conform to the specification laid down by the Indian Standard Institution or other
standard foreign institutions as the case may be. Cement shall be got tested for all the tests as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge at least one month in advance before the use of cement hags
brought and kept on site Go down. Cement bags required for testing shall be supplied by the
contractor free of cost. However, the testing charges for cement will be borne by the APDCL. If
the tests prove unsatisfactorily, then the charges for cement will be borne by the contractor.
103
17.2.
c.
The contractor should store the cement of 60 days requirement at least one month in advance to
ensure the quality of cement so brought to site and shall not remove the same without the written
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
d.
The contractor shall forthwith remove from the works area any cement that the Engineer-inCharge may disallow for use, an account of failure to meet with required quality and standard
e.
The contractor shall further, at all times satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge on demand, by production
of records and books or by submission of returns and other proofs as directed, that the cement is
being used as rested and approved by Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose and the contractor
shall at all times, keep his records upto date to enable the Engineer-in-Charge to apply such
checks as he may desire
f.
Cement which has been unduly long in storage with the contractor or alternatively has
deteriorated due to inadequate storage and thus become unfit for use in the works will be
rejected by the department and no claim will be entertained. The contractor shall forthwith
remove from the work area, any cement the Engineer-in-Charge may disallow for use on work
and replace it by cement complying with the relevant Indian Standards
STEEL
The contractor shall procure mild steel reinforcement bars, high yield strength deformed(HYSD) bars, rods
and structural steel etc. required for the works only from the main or secondary producers manufacturing
steel to the prescribed specifications of Bureau of Indian Standards or equivalent and licensed to affix ISI
or other equivalent certification marks and acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge. Necessary ISI list
certificates are to be produced to Engineer-in-Charge before use on works. The unit weight and
dimensions shall be as prescribed in the relevant Indian Standard specification for steel.
18.0.
INFORMATION AND DATA
a)
The information furnished is the best available however, the APDCL does not guarantee the
correctness of interpretations, deductions or conclusions which are given as supplementary
information in the Bid Documents or in any reports, maps, drawings, diagrams or in other reference
information available to the bidder from APDCL of or otherwise.
The information has been produced as found, communicated to ascertained or otherwise/learned by
the APDCL.
b)
it will be the Bidder’s responsibility to satisfy himself from the “Reference Information” supplied and or
inspection of the site that sufficient quantities of construction materials required for the works shall
exist in the designated borrow areas or quarry sites.
The APDCL does not accept any responsibility either in handing over the quarries or procuring the
materials or any other facilities. The Tenderer will not be entitled for any extra rate or claim for the
misjudgment on his part for the quantity and quality of materials available in the quarries.
Failure by the Bidder to have done all the timings which is in accordance with this condition he is
deemed to have done shall not relieve the successful Bidder of the responsibility for satisfactorily
completing the work as required at the rates quoted by him.
104
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR POLES OF : 11 KV, AND L T OVERHEAD POWER LINES
1.0
SCOPE
This covers supply of poles, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of poles.
Pole Clamp
The pole clamp is to made from MS Flat of size 40mm x 6 mm with necessary drilling of holes and painting
with primer and anti-corrosive aluminium paint..
Nuts & Bolts & Ring washer
The MS Nuts and Bolts and washer should be of different sizes as required in site.
PSC POLES
2.1
SCOPE
This covers design manufacturing, testing at works, transport to site, insurance, storage, erection and
commissioning of PSC poles shall be of solid rectangular and Virendeel type with an overall length of
9.75M and 8.50M,
suitable for use in overhead 11 KV lines, L T lines and double pole structures for
11/0.433 kV substations.
2.2
Applicable Standards
a)
b)
c)
Except when they conflict with specific requirements in this Specific ht: 8nm, the psc poles shall comply
with the relevant provisions mentioned' in the' following Indian Standards or the latest versions thereof.
IS: 1678, Specification for pre-stressed concrete poles for overhead power, traction and
telecommunication lines.
IS: 2905, Method of test for concrete poles for overhead power and telecommunication lines.
IS: 7321, Code of Practice for selection, handling and erection of concrete poles for overhead power and
telecommunication lines.
2.3
.3.1.
.3.1.1.
Terminology
For the purpose of this specification, following definitions shall apply:
Average Permanent Load
That fraction of the working load which may be considered of long duration over a period of one year.
.3.1.2.
Load Factor
The ratio of ultimate transverse load to the transverse load at first crack.
.3.1.3.
Transverse
The direction of the line bisecting the angle contained by the conductor at the pole. In the case of a
straight run, this will be normal to the run of the line.
.3.1.4.
Transverse Load at First Crack
For design, the transverse load at first crack shall be taken as not less than the value of the working load.
.3.1.5.
Working Load
The maximum load in the transverse direction, that is ever likely to occur, including the wind pressure on
the pole. This load is assumed to act at a point· 600 mm below the top with the butt end of the pole
planted to the required depth as intended in the design.
.3.1.6.
Ultimate Failure
The condition existing when the pole ceases to sustain a load increment owing to either crushing of
concrete, or snapping of the pre-stressing tendon or permanent stretching of the steel in any part of the
pole.
.3.1.7. Ultimate Transverse Load
The load at which failure occurs, when it is applied at a point 600 mm below the top and perpendicular to
the axis of the pole along the transverse direction with the butt end of the pole planted to the required
depth as intended in the design.
2.4 Application
2.4.1
8.50 M Poles
2
2
These poles shall be used at tangent locations for L T lines in wind pressure zones of 50 kg/M , 75 kg/M
2
and 100 kg/M in accordance with REC Construction Standards referred to in the following table:
Pole Length
Line Description
Reference to REC
105
8.5 M
2.4.2
LT lines, Vertical formation
Construction Standard
A-5, B-6
The maximum permissible spans shall be as per REC Construction Standard B 8 (for L T lines).
9.75 M
These poles shall be used for in 11 kV lines, such as road crossings, etc.
2.4.3
For use in cyclone affected Coastal areas, or in areas with higher wind pressures than indicated in Clause
2.4.2, special designs of poles would have to be evolved for such areas.
2.5 Material
2.5.1
Cement
The cement used in the manufacture of pre-stressed concrete poles shall be ordinary or rapid hardening
Portland cement conforming to IS: 269 (Specification for ordinary and low heat Portland cement) or IS:
8041 E (Specification for rapid hardening Portland cement), or high strength ordinary Portland cement
conforming to IS: 8112 (Specification of high strength ordinary Portland cement).
2.5.2
Aggregates
Aggregates used for the manufacture of pre-stressed concrete poles shall confirm to IS: 383 (Specification
for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete). The nominal maximum size of
aggregates shall in no case exceed 10 mm (for poles above 9.0 M) and 12 mm (for 7.5 and 8.0 M poles).
2.5.3
Water
Water should be free from chlorides, sulphates, other salts and organic matter, Potable water will be
generally suitable.
2.5.4
Admixture
Admixture should not contain Calcium Chloride or other chlorides and salts which are likely to promote
corrosion of pre-stressing steel.
2.5.5
Pre-stressing Steel
The pre-stressing steel wires including those used as un-tensioned wires (See
Annexure. I, II & III), should conform to IS: 1785 (part-I) (Specification for plain hard-drawn steel wire for
pre-stressed concrete. Part-I cold drawn stress relieved wire), IS: 1785 (part-II) (Specification for plain
hard-drawn steel wire) or IS: 6003 (Specification for indented wire for pre-stressed concrete). The type
designs given in Annexure-I, II and III are for plain wires of 4 mm diameter with a guaranteed ultimate
2
strength of 175 kg/mm .
2.5.6
The concrete mix shall be designed to the requirements laid down for controlled concrete (also called
design mix concrete) in IS: 1343 (Code of practice for pre-stressed concrete) and IS: 456 (Code of
practice for plain and reinforced concrete), subject to the following special conditions:
a)
b)
c)
d)
2.6
2
Maximum works cube strength at 28 days should be at least 400 kg/cm (for poles
2
above 9.0 M) and 420 kg/cm (for 7.5 and 8.5 M poles).
2
The concrete strength at transfer should be at least 200 kg/cm (for poles above 9.0 M)
2
·and 210 kg/cm (for 7.5 and 8.5 M poles).
The mix should' contain at least 380 kg of cement per cubic meter of concrete.
The mix should contain as Iowa water content as is consistent with adequate workability.
If it becomes necessary to add water to increase the workability, the cement content also
should be raised in such a way that the original value of water cement ratio is
maintained.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The poles shall be designed for the following requirements:
a) The poles shall be planted directly in the ground with a planting depth as per IS: 1678.
b)
The working load on the poles should correspond to those that are likely to come on the
pole during their service life. Designs given in Annexure I, ll and III are for 140 kg, 200 kg,
300 kg, and 400 kg., applied at 0.6 M from top.
106
The factor of safety for all poles above 9.0 M shall not be less than 2.0. For 7.5 M and 8.5
M poles, the factor of safety shall not be less than 2.5.
d)
The average permanent load shall be 40% of the working load.
e)
The F.O.S. against first load shall be 1.0.
2
f)
At average permanent load, permissible tensile stress in concrete shall be 30 kg/cm .
2
g)
At the design value of first crack load, the modulus of rupture shall not exceed 53.0 kg/cm
2
for M-400 concrete and 55.2 kg/cm for M-420 concrete.
2
h)
At the design value of first crack load, the modulus of rupture shall not exceed 53.0 kg/cm
for M-400 concrete.
i)The ultimate moment capacity in the longitudinal direction should be at least one fourth of that
il1 the transverse direction.
c)
j)
k)
2.6.1
The maximum compressive stress in concrete at the time of transfer of pre- stress should
not exceed 0.8 times the cube strength.
The concrete strength at transfer shall not be less than half the 28 days strength ensured in
2
2
the design, i.e., 400 x 0.5 = 200 kg/cm or 420 x 0.5 = 210
kg/cm .
Service Conditions
PSC poles have to be designed to suit the following climatic conditions:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
2.6.2
Maximum temperature of air in shade
Minimum temperature of air in shade
Maximum temperature of air in sun
Maximum humidity
Average number of thunder storm days per
annum
Maximum rainfall per annum
Average rainfall per annum
Wind pressure
Altitude above MSL
40°C
2°C
45°C
93%
45 Days
3500 mm
2200 mm
2
97.8 Kg/m
100 M to 1000 M
Dimensions and Reinforcements
The cross-sectional dimensions and the details of pre-stressing wires should conform to REC standard.
The provisions of holes for fixing cross-arms and other fixtures should conform to the REC standards.
2.0.3
Manufacture
2.0.3.1 Attire--stressing wires and reinforcements shall be accurately fixed as shown in drawings and maintained
in position during manufacture. The un-tensioned reinforcement, as indicated in the drawings, should be
held in position by the use of stirrups which should go round all the wires.
2.6.3.2 AII wires shall be accurately stretched with uniform pre-stress in each wire. Each wire or a group of wires
shall be anchored positively during casing. Care should be taken to see that the anchorages do not yield
before the concrete attains the necessary strength.
2.6.4.
Cover
The cover of concretE1 measured from the outside of pre-stressing tendon shall be normally 20 Nm.
2.6.5.
Welding and Lapping of Steel
The high tensile steel wire shall be continuous over the entire length of the tendon. Welding shall not be
allowed in any case. However, jointing or coupling may be permitted provided the strength of the joint or
coupling is not less than the strength of each individual wire.
2.6.6.
Compacting
Concrete shall be compacted by spinning, vibrating, shocking or other suitable mechanical means. Hand
compaction shall not be permitted.
107
2.6.7.
Curing
The concrete shall be covered with a layer of sacking, canvass, Hessian or similar absorbent material and
kept constantly wet up to the time when the strength of concrete is at least equal to the minimum strength
of concrete at transfer of pre-stress. Thereafter, the pole may be removed from the mould and watered at
intervals to prevent surface cracking of the unit, the interval should depend on the atmospheric humidity
and temperature.
2.6.8.
The pre-stressing wires shall be detensioned only after the concrete has attained the specified strength at
2
transfer (i.e., 200 or 210 kg/cm as applicable). The cubes cast for the purpose of determining the
strength at transfer should be cured, as far as possible, under conditions similar to those under which the
poles are cured. The transfer stage shall be determined based on the daily tests carried out on concrete
cubes till the specified strength indicated above is reached. Thereafter the test on concrete shall be
r
carried out as detailed in IS: 1343 (Code of p 3ctice for pre-stressed concrete). The manufacturer shall
supply, when required by the owner or his representative, result of compressive test conducted in
accordance with IS: 456 (Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete) on concrete cubes made
from the concrete used for the poles. If the owner so desired, the manufacturer shall supply cubes for test
purposes and such cubes shall be tested in accordance with IS: 456 (Code of practice for plain and
reinforced concrete).
The detensioning shall be done by slowly releasing the wires, without imparting shock or sudden load to
the poles. The rate of detensioning may be controlled by any suitable means either mechanical (screw
type) or hydraulic.
The poles shall not be detensioned or released by cutting the pre-stressing wires using flames or bar
croppers while the wires are still under tension.
Separate eye-hooks or holes shall be provided for handling the transport, one each at a distance of 0.15
times the overall length, from either end of the pole. Eye-hooks, if provided, should be properly anchored
and should be on the face that has the shorter dimension of the cross-section. Holes, if provided for lifting
purposes, should be perpendicular to the broad face of the pole.
Stacking should be done in such a manner that the broad side of the pole is vertical. Each tier in the stack
should be supported on timber sleeper located as 0.15 times the overall length, measured from the end.
The timber supported in the stack should be aligned in a vertical line.
Poles should be transported with their broad faces placed vertically and, in such a manner that the shocks
are avoided. Supports should be so arranged that they are located approximately at a distance equal to
0.15 times the overall length from the ends. The erection of the pole should be carried out in such a way
that the erection loads are applied so as to cause moment with respect to the major axis, i.e., the rope
used for hoisting the pole should be parallel to the broader face of the pole.
2.6.9. Earthing
2.6.9.1 Earthing shall be provided by having length of 8 SWG GI wire embedded in concrete during manufacture
and the ends of the wires left projecting from the pole to a length of 100 mm at 250 mm from top and 150
mm below ground level.
2.6.9.2 Earth wire shall not be allowed to come in contract with the pre-stressing wires.
2.7
Tests
2.7.1
Transverse Strength Test
2.7.1.1 Poles made from ordinary Portland cement shall be tested only on the completion of 28 days and poles
made from rapid hardening cement only on the completion of 14 days, after the day of manufacture.
2.7.1.2 The poles may be tested in either horizontal or vertical position. If tested in horizontal position, provisions
shall be made to compensate for the overhanging weight of the pole, for this purposed, the overhanging
portion of the pole may be supported on a movable trolley or similar device.
2.7.1.3 The pole shall be rigidly supported at the butt end for a distance equal to the agreed depth of planting.
2.7.1.4 Load shall be applied at a point 600 mm from the top of the pole and shall be steadily and gradually
increased to the design value of the transverse load at first crack. The deflection at this load shall be
measured.
A pre-stressed concrete pole shall be deemed not to have passed the test if visible cracks appear at a
stage prior to the application of the design transverse load for the first crack.
The load then be reduced to zero and increased gradually to a load equal to the first crack load plus 10%
of the minimum ultimate transverse load, and held up for 2 minutes. This procedure shall be repeated until
the load reaches the value of 80 per cent of the minimum ultimate transverse load and thereafter
108
increased by 5 per cent of the minimum ultimate transverse load until failure occurs. Each time the load is
applied, it shall be held for 2 minutes. The load applied to pre-stressed concrete pole at the point of failure
shall be measured to the nearest five Kilograms.
The pole shall be deemed not to have passed the test if the observed ultimate transverse load is less than
the design ultimate transverse load.
2.7.1.5 Measurement of Cover
After completion of the transverse strength test, the sample pole shall be taken and checked for cover.
The cover of the pole shall be measured at 3 points, one within 1.8 meter from the butt end of the pole. the
·second within 0.6 meters from the top and the third at an intermediate point and the mean value
compared with the specified value.
The mean value of the measured cover should not differ by more than (±) 1 mm from the specified cover.
The individual values should ;not differ by more than (±) 3 mm from the specified value.
If these requirements are not met, the workmanship with reference to aligning of the end plates and prestressing wires and assembly of moulds should be improved and inspection at pre-production stage
tightened suitably.
3.0
MARKING
The pole shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the following particulars either during or after
manufacture but before testing at a position so as to be easily read after erection in position.
a) Month and year of manufacture
b) Transverse strength of pole in Kg
c) Maker's serial No and mark and Project Central Assistance 2008-09.
4.0
INSPECTION
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture. The
supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser's representative or third party nominee at a reasonable
time when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this specification by
the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the
specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found defective.
109
ECONOMICAL DESIGN FOR VIRENDEEL TYPE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE POLES
Factor of safety =
2.5
Cost Ratio
=
Concrete Grade = M-420
11
Lengt
h of
Pole
Loa
d
Botto
m
Depth
Breadt
h
(L)
M
I
7.5
(P)
Kg
2
140
200
140
200
140
200
(dt)
Cm
3
25.5
27.5
27.5
29
27
35
(B)
8.0
9..75
Diameter of Prestressing Wires
=4
mm
With a Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength of 175 Kg/mm Sq.
4
10.5
14.5
10.5
14.5
10.5
12.0
Top
Dept
h
5
8.5
8.5
9
9.0
10
17.5
No. of
Tensione
d Wires
per Pole
6
8
12
8
12
10
22
No. of
Untensione
d Wires per
Pole
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
Length of
each
Untensione
d Wire
Concrete
Quantity
(lc)
Concret
e
Quantity
Steel
Quantit
y
Cubic M
Kg/Pole
8
4.55
3.75
4.7
3.95
4.5
4.45
9
0.115
0.134
0.137
0.157
0.169
0.203
10
6.81
9.61
7.24
10.25
9.76
11.54
Note: 1. Untensioned wires of the given length should be placed at the bottom of the pole
Cost of one MT of pre-stressing steel
2.Cost ration =
Cost of one cubic m of concrete
110
ECONOMICAL DESIGN FOR VIRENDEEL TYPE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE POLES
Factor of safety = 2.0
Cost Ratio
= 11
Concrete Grade = M-400
Sl.No
Overall
Length
of Pole
Bottom
Depth
Nos. of Windows = 4
Top
Depth
Breadth
Diameter
Thicknes Thickne
of Pres
ss
stressing
wires
No. of
Length
No. of
Untensio of Each
Tensione
ned
Untensio
d Wires
Wires per
ned
per Pole
Pole
Wires
Concrete
Quantity
M
M/Pole
Kg/Pole
Kg/Pole
Cm
Steel
Quantity
Weight
Kg/Pole
M
Kg
Cm
Cm
Cm
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
9.75
300
39.5
11.0
12.5
7.0 5
8
2
5.62
0.205
12.82
490
2
9.75
400
48.0
11.0
14.5
7.0 5
,8
2
6.45
0.255
13.06
610
3
9.5
200
37.5
10.5
12.5
6.5 5
8
2
6.53
0.208
8.78
500
4
9.5
300
41.0
11.0
12.5
7.0 5
8
2
6.14
0.225
13.60
540
5
9.5
400
50.0
11.0
15.0
7.0 5
8
2
6.96
13.85
700
0.291
111
ECONOMICAL DESIGN FOR SOLID RECTEANGULAR TYPE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE POLES
Factor of safety
Cost Ratio
Concrete Grade
Sl.No
1
Overall
Length
of Pole
Bottom
Depth
= 2.0
= 11
= M-400
Top
Depth
Breadth
Diameter of Prestressing wires
Thickness
No. of
Tensioned Concrete
Wires per Quantity
Pole
M/Pole
Steel
Quantity
Weight Kg/Pole
M
Kg
Cm
Cm
Cm
Kg/Pole
Kg/Pole
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
9.0
200
31.5
14.5
8.5
4
12
0.176
10.65
425
2
9.0
300
35.5
18.5
10.0
4
16
0.243
14.20
585
3
9.0
400
39.5
22.5
10.0
4
20
0.279
17.76
670
4
9.5
200
31.5
14.5
10.0
4
12
0.218
11.25
525
5
9.5
300
36.5
18.5
10.0
4
16
0.261
14.99
625
6
9.5
400
40.5
22.5
10.0
4
20
18.74
720
0.299
112
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM ALLOY CONDUCTORS (AAAC) FOR OVERHEAD LINES
1.0 Scope
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing at works, transport, insurance, storage, erection
and commissioning of All Alluminium Alloy Stranded Conductors at site in 11 KV and LT overhead
lines.
2.0 Conductor Size for Different Applications
11 KV & LT Lines
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
3/2.50 mm (14 mm² Alloy Area) for street light only
7/2.00 mm (20 mm² Alloy Area)
7/2.50 mm (30 mm² Alloy Area)
7/3.15 mm (50 mm² Alloy Area)
3.0 Applicable Standards
Unless otherwise stipulated in this specification, the conductor shall comply with IS:398 (Part-IV)- 1994 or the
latest version thereof.
4.0 Properties of Wires
The properties of Aluminium alloy wires to be used in the construction of the stranded conductors shall be as in
the following Table-1
Table-1
Nominal
Mm
2.00
2.50
3.15
3.81
4.26
Min
mm
1.98
2.47
3.12
3.77
4.22
Mass
Maximum
breaking
load after
stranding
Kg/Km
8.48
13.25
21.04
30.78
38.48
KN
0.92
1.44
2.29
3.34
4.18
Cross area
of nominal
Dia wire
Diameter
Max
mm
2.02
2.53
3.18
3.85
4.30
2
mm
3.142
4.909
7.793
11.401
14.253
Resistance at 20° C
Max
Ohm/Km
10.653
6.845
4.290
2.938
2.345
Stamdard
Ohm/Km
10.345
6.621
4.170
2.851
2.280
5.0 Properties of Conductors
The properties of stranded all aluminium alloy conductors of various sizes shall be as in the following table-II
All Aluminium Alloy Conductors( AAAC)
Nominal
Alloy Area
Stranding &
Wire dia
Sectional
area
Approx.
overall dia
Approx.
Mass
Calculated
resistance at
20° C (Max)
1
2
mm
14
20
30
50
80
100
2
mm
3/2.5
7/2.00
7/2.5
7/3.15
7/3.81
7/4.26
3
2
mm
14.73
21.99
34.36
54.55
79.81
99.77
4
mm
5.39
6.00
7.50
9.45
11.43
12.78
5
Kg/Km
40.15
60.16
94.00
149.20
218.26
272.86
6
Ohm/Km
2.304
1.541
0.990
0.621
0.425
0.339
Approx
calculated
breaking
load
7
KN
4.33
6.45
10.11
16.03
23.41
29.26
6.0 Free From Defects
The wire shall be smooth and free from all imperfection such as spills, splits etc.
113
7.0 Joints in Wires
7.1 Conductors containing three/seven wires. There shall be no joint in any wire of a stranded conductor
containing three/seven wires except those made in the base rod or wire before final drawing.
8. Stranding
8.1 The wires used in the construction of a stranded conductor shall before stranding satisfy all the relevant
requirements of this standard.
8.2 The lay shall be within the limits given in Table-III
Lay Ratios for Aluminium Alloy Stranded Conductors
No. of wires in conductors
3
7
Lay ration
Min.
10
10
Max
14
14
8.3 The outer layer shall be right handed. The wires in each layer shall be evenly and closely stranded.
8.4 Climatic Conditions
The conductor shall be designed to suit for the climatic conditions specified in these bidding documents.
9.0 Tests
The samples of individual wires for the test shall normally be taken before stranding. The manufacturer shall
carry out test on samples taken out at least from 10% of aluminium wire spools. However, when desired by the
purchaser, the test sample may be taken form the stranded wires. However the minimum breaking load test
shall be done on a sample taken from stranded wires and the minimum breaking load shall not be less than the
value indicated in Table-I.
The wires for alloy conductors shall comply with the following tests as per IS: 398(Part-IV)-1994
i)
Breaking loads test.
ii)
Elongation test
iii)
Resistance test
10.0 Packing and Marking
The conductors shall be owned in reels or drums conforming to the latest version of IS: 1778-1980 “
Specification for reels and drums for bare wire and name of the project ABY shall be indicated clearly on the
drums.
10.1 Packing
10.1.1 The gross mass of packing of various conductors shall not exceed by more than 10% of the values
given in the following table:
Conductor size
2
14 mm alloy area ( 3/2.50mm)
2
20 mm alloy area ( 7/2.00mm)
2
30 mm alloy area ( 7/2.50mm)
2
50 mm alloy area ( 7/3.15mm)
2
80 mm alloy area ( 7/3.81mm)
2
100 mm alloy area ( 7/4.26mm)
Gross Mass
1100 Kg
1100 Kg
1100 Kg
1500 Kg
1600 Kg
2000 Kg
10.1.2 The normal length of various conductors shall be as given in the following table:
Conductor size
2
14 mm alloy area ( 3/2.50mm)
2
22 mm alloy area ( 7/2.00mm)
2
30 mm alloy area ( 7/2.50mm)
2
50 mm alloy area ( 7/3.15mm)
2
80 mm alloy area ( 7/3.81mm)
2
100 mm alloy area ( 7/4.26mm)
Normal Length
2.0 Km
2.0 Km
2.0 Km
1.7 Km
1.3 Km
1.1 Km
114
10.1.2.1 Longer lengths shall be acceptable.
10.1.2.2 Short length , not less than 50% of the normal length shall be acceptable to the maximum extent of 10%
of the quantity ordered 10.2 marking.
The following information be marked on each package.
4.1. Manufacturer’s name.
4.2. Trade Mark, if any.
4.3. Drum or identification number.
4.4. Size of conductor
4.5. Number & lengths of conductor
4.6. Gross Mass of the package
4.7. Net mass of the conductor
4.8. ISI certification mark.
4.9. Name of the Project ABY
10.0 INSPECTION
All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture. The manufacturer shall afford the
inspection representing the purchaser or third party nominee all reasonable facilities without charge to satisfy
him that the material is being furnished in accordance with this specification.
115
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV DROP OUT TYPE EXPULSION FUSE DISCONNECTS
1.0
Scope
1.1
This specification covers the design, manufacture and testing, transport to site, insurance,
storage, erection and commissioning of outdoor type dropout type expulsion fuse disconnects
suitable for use on 11K.V. power system conforming to 155:2692 of 1956 and 15 : 5792/1970 with
upto date amendments and revisions.
2.0
Design Considerations
Ratings
2.1
11 kV, 150 Amps, 50 Cycles, A.C.3 Phase.
2.2
Type
The D.O. should be of Bracket type for 11 KV., 150 Amps, and should be suitable for vertical mounting
the fuse barrel being in an angle of 30 degree to vertical when closed and opening downwards. The fuse
shall be opened and closed by a hook-stick.
2.3
Insulators
There should be 2(two) nos. of Insulators/ Insulator stacks for pole. The insulators used should be
manufactured as per ISS:2544/63 with upto date amendments and revisions and it should be easily,
replaceable in the event of any damage to it. The post insulators should be 320 m Creepage Distance
only and tested quality.
The post insulator should be procured from reputed insulator manufacturers only and should bear the
manufacturers monogram on the insulators. A certificate supported by drawing should be furnished from
the manufacturers. The following Insulator manufacturers are preferable :The caps and the posts should be made of Galvanised Cast Iron. It should be integrally cast by the
manufacturers.
2.4
2.5
Contacts
Top side contact of the D.O.'s shall be lift off type with suitable guides to place the moving contacts in the
position and guides should be provided with sufficiently strong Phosphor Bronze Springs, one set for
holding the barrel in position and another type and set for electrical contacts. The contact Phosphor
Bronze Springs shall be leaf type and number of leaves (which should be seven pieces) should be clearly
stated.
The bottom side contact should be trunion type, provided with leaf springs (7 numbers) to
obtain sufficient electric contact. Adequate facilities for insertion and removal of the fuse barrel
in service should be provided.
All the contacts, contact springs and the current carrying paths should be made of suitable non-ferrous
metal alloy such as Bronze, Gunmetal, Brass etc. which should be clearly indicated.
Fuse Barrels
The D.O. Units shall be completed with synthetic resin bonded paper tubes fitted with metal contacts at
each end. These fuses should be manufactured strictly as per ISS : 1314 (Part I) of 1946 and test reports
in respects of them to from the manufacturer shall invariably be furnished along with the offer.
The following manufacturer who claim to manufacture SRBP tube as per BSS: 1314/26 are preferable:
VIZ.,
I) M/S Bakelite Hylam Ltd.
II) M/S Bengal Laminate Industries
116
The SRBP tubes should be sufficiently strong mechanically, Fire and Moisture resistant and should be of
the following sizes:
2.6
3.0
a)
For 11 KV Class -outside dia 25 mm, thickness 7 mm and length 39 cm.
The metallic fixtures of the tubes should be made of suitable non-ferrous alloys like Brass, Gunmetal,
Bronze etc. and should be of sufficient sections to carry the rated current continuously. The name of alloy
used should be indicated clearly.' The fuse barrel shall be capable of swiveling in a vertical plane on
hinges mounted on the lower of the two insulators which hold the barrel in position. Both contacts of the
barrel shall be fitted with eye rings into which hooked operating rod or Hook stick can be inserted from
ground level. By pulling the upper eye ring it shall be possible to pull the fuse barrel out of the top insulator
contact' in the manner of an isolating switch. In the isolated' position, the lower eye ring shall be
accessible, so that the fuse barrel can be removed with hook stick by giving a sharp upward jerk,' for
rewiring purposes.
Terminal Connections
The D.O. fuse units be provided with detachable 6 (six) bolts plan type 100cm length terminal connectors
smoothly grooved to accommodate conductors upto 12.5 mm dia. The connectors including the fixing nuts
and bolts should be with a pair of grass washer with proper tin plating suitable ferrous metal such as
bronze, gunmetal, brass etc. The name of the metal used should clearly be indicated.
Climatic Conditions
The equipment shall be designed for satisfactory operations under the following climatic conditions.
a)
Maximum temperature of air in shade
40° C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2° C
c)
Maximum humidity
93%
d)
Average annual rainfall
2280 mm
e)
Average number of rainy days per annum
f)
Basic wind pressure
g)
Isoceraumic level
h)
Altitude above MSL
150
150 Kg/M
2
60
100 M to 1000 M
3.1 General
The D.O. units should be supplied complete with mounting brackets etc. so as to fix them. On mounting
structures and with nuts and bolts. Double bolted fixture arrangements with flexible adjustments in a slot
or hole is preferable All ferrous parts should be hot dip galvanised as per the relevant Indian Standard
Specification.
4.0
Tests
The offers for the' 0.0/5 should invariably be 0upported by type test certificates from National Test Housel
CPRI or any other recognised Public Institutions as per ISS: 2692/56 with upto date amendments and as
given in ANNEXURE -II. The D.O. fuse disconnects also shall be subjected to milivolt drop test
temperature rise test and all other electrical and mechanical tests as per relevant ISS or BSS. Test
certificate as per relevant ISS or BSS in respect of each of the component parts such as insulators,
barrels etc. should also be submitted. The manufacturer should have the necessary facilities for carrying
out the laboratory tests, as per ISS or BSS on the product. They should furnish the detailed specification
along with the make and capacity of testing equipments at their disposal along with tender.
The D.O. offered must be supported by a Short Circuit Withstand capacity (not less than 25 KV) cost
certificate from competent authorities like CPR I. In absence of such a test certificate the offer may not be
considered.
117
5.0
6.0
INSPECTION
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture. The
supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser's representative or third party nominee at a reasonable time
when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this specification by the
purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the
specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found defective.
Guaranteed Technical Particulars
The guaranteed technical particulars in respect of the D.O.'s offered shall be submitted along with the
tender.
118
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV COMPOSITE POLYMERIC INSULATORS
1.0
SCOPE
This section covers the specifications for design, manufacture, shop & laboratory testing before despatch of
11 kv composite polymeric pin insulators .The Composite insulator shall be pin insulator for straight line
location and Long rod insulator for conductors in tension application at angle/ cut point, the insulator shall be
of boll and socket type or tongue & Clevis type.
1.1
STANDARDS
Sl.
Indian
No.
Standard
1.
2.
3.
4.
IS:731
IS:2071
IS:2486
5.
6.
IS:13134
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.2
IS:8263
IS:4759
IS:2629
IS:6745
IS:3203
16.
17.
18.
IS:2633
19.
IS:4699
Title
Definition, test method and acceptance criteria for
composite insulators for a. c. overhead lines above.
Porcelain insulators for overhead power lines with a
nominal voltage greater than 1000V
Methods of High voltage testing
Specification for insulator fitting for overhead power
lines with a nominal voltage greater than 1000V
General Requirements and tests Dimensional
Requirements locking devices.
Thermal mechanical performances test on string
insulator units.
Guide for the selection of insulators in respect of
polluted conditions.
Characteristics of string insulator units of the long rod
type.
Hydrophobicity classification
Radio interference characteristics of overhead power
lines and high-voltage equipment
Methods of RI test of HV insulators
Standard for insulators- composite distribution dead
end type
Hot dip Zinc coatings on structural steel & other
allied products.
Recommendation of weight for hot, dip galvanization
for iron and steel
Determination of weight of Zinc coatings on zinc
coated iron and steel articles
Method of testing of local thickness of electroplated
coating
Testing of uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles
Standard specification for glass fiber standards
Standard test method for compositional analysis of
thermogravimetry
Specification for refined secondary Zinc
International
Standard
IEC:61109
IEC:60383
IEC:60060-1
IEC:60120
IEC:60372
IEC:60575
IEC:60815
IEC:60433
STRI GUIDE 1.92/1
CISPR:18-2 PART2
IEC:60437
ANSI c29.13-2000
ISO:1459
ISO:1461
ISO:1461(E)
ISO:1460
ISO:2178
ASTM D 578-05
ASTME 1131- 03
SERVICE CONDITION
0
Maximum ambient temperature :* *48 C
0
Minimum ambient temperature : - 5 C
Relative humidity
: 0 to 100%
119
The size of composite insulator, minimum creepage distance and mechanical strength alongwith hardware fittings
shall be as follows.
Sl
.
N
o.
Type of
composite
insulator
i
Long rod
insulator
ii
Post/ pin
insulator
Nominal
system
voltage
KV (rms)
Higest
system
voltage
KV
(rms)
Visible
discharg
e test
voltage
KV (rms
Wet
power
frequen
cy
withstan
d
voltage
KV (rms
11
12
9
35
33
36
27
11
12
33
36
Impulse
withstan
d
voltage
KV (rms
Minimum Creepage
distance (mm)
Normal &
moderatel
y polluted
(20mm/
KV)
Hea
vily
pollu
ted
(25mm
/ KV)
Min.
Failin
g load
KN
75
240
320
45
75
170
720
900
45/70
**
9
35
75
240
320
5
27
75
170
720
900
10
Pin
ball
shank
diame
ter
mm
16
Dimensional Tolerance of composite insulators
±(0.04d=1.5) mm when d < 300 mm
±(0.025d=6) mm when d < 300 mm
REQUIRED TECHNiCAL PARICULARS OF COMPOSIT POLYMERIC INSULATOR
FOR 11 KV , 5 KN PIN INSULATOR TYPE
Sl. no
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.
5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
6.
(a)
Description
Type of Insulator
Standard according to which the
Insulator manufacture and tested
Name of material used in manufacture
Of the insulator with class/grade
Material of core (FRP rod)
i) E-glass or ECR- glass
ii) Boron content
Material of housing &Weather sheds
Silicon content by weight
( material of end fitting )
Sealing compound for end fittings
Color
Electrical characteristics
Normal system voltage
Highest system voltage
Dry power Frequency withstand voltage
Wet power frequency withstand voltage
Dry flashover voltage
Wet flashover voltage
Dry lighting impulse withstand voltage
a) Positive
b)Negative
Dry lighting impulse flashover voltage
c) positive
d) Negative
R/V at 1MHz when energized at
10KV/30KV(rms) under dry condition
Creepage distance (mm)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum failing load
Unit
11KV , 5 KN , PIN INSULATOR
Composite polymeric Insulators
IES-61109 with up to date amendments
Silicon/ Polyolefin material
ECR glass boron content free
36%
Hot dip galvanized high strength steel
Silicon based sealants
Grey/ Red
KV(rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms )
KV (rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms)
11 KV
12 KV
35 KV
35 KV
>35KV
>35KV
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
75KV
75 KV
95KV
95 KV
KV(peak)
Microvolt
As per IES specification
mm
320 mm
KN
5KN
120
REQUIRED TECHNLCAL PARICULARS OF COMPOSIT POLYMERIC INSULATOR
FOR 11 KV , 45 KN ( T & C ) TYPE
Sl. no
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.
5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
6.
(a)
7.
Description
Type of Insulator
Standard according to which the
Insulator manufacture and tested
Name of material used in manufacture
Of the insulator with class/grade
Material of core (FRP rod)
i) E-glass or ECR- glass
ii) Boron content
Material of housing &Weather sheds
Silicon content by weight
( material of end fitting )
Sealing compound for end fittings
Color
Electrical characteristics
Normal system voltage
Highest system voltage
Dry power Frequency withstand voltage
Wet power frequency withstand voltage
Dry flashover voltage
Wet flashover voltage
Dry lighting impulse withstand voltage
a) Positive
b)Negative
Dry lighting impulse flashover voltage
c) positive
d) Negative
R/V at 1MHz when energized at
10KV/30KV(rms) under dry condition
Creepage distance (mm)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum failing load
Dimension of insulator
Unit
11KV , 45 KN , T& C type
Composite polymeric Insulators
IES-61109 with up to date
amendments
Silicon/ Polyolefin material
ECR glass boron content free
36%
Hot dip galvanized high strength
steel
Silicon based sealants
Grey/ Red
KV(rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms )
KV (rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms)
KV(peak)
11 KV
12 KV
35 KV
35 KV
>35KV
>35KV
KV(peak)
75KV
75 KV
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
Microvolt
95KV
95 KV
As per IES specification
mm
320 mm
KN
45KN
Inter changeability
The composite insulators including the end fitting connection shall be of standard design suitable for use
with the hardware fittings of any make conforming to relevant IEC/IS standards.
Corona and RI performance
All surfaces shall be clean, smooth without cuts, abrasions or projections. No parts shall be subjected to
excessive localized pressure. The insulator and metal parts shall be so designed and manufactured that it shall
avoid local corona formation and not generate any radio interference beyond specified limit under the operating
conditions.
Core
It shall be a glass – fiber reinforce epoxy resin rod of high strength (FRP rod). Glass fibers and resin shall
be optimized in the FRP rod. Glass fibers shall be Boron free electrically corrosion resistant(ECR) glass fiber or
boron free E- class and shall exhibit both high electrical integrity and high resistance to acid corrosion . the matrix
of the FRP rod shall be Hydrolysis resistant. The FRP rod shall be manufactured through pultrusion process . the
FRP rod shall be void free.
Housing (Sheath)
The FRP rod shall be covered by a seamless sheath of a silicon elastometric compound or silicon alloy
compound of a thickness of 3 mm minimum.
It should protect the FRP rod against environment influences, external pollution and humidity. It shall be excluded
or directly moulded on the core and shall have chemical bonding with the FRP rod. The strength of the bond shall
121
be greater than the tearing strength of the polymer. Sheath material in the bulk as in the sealing/ bonding area
shall be free from voids.
Weather sheds
The composite polymer weather sheds made of silicon elastomeric compound of silicon alloy shall be firmly
bounded to the sheath, vulcanized to the sheath or moulded as part of the sheath and shall be free from
imperfections. The weather sheds should have silicon content of minimum 30% by weight. The strength of the
weather sheds to sheath interface shall be greater than the tearing strength of the polymer. The interface, if any,
between sheds and sheath (housing) shall be free from voids.
End Fittings
End fittings transmit then mechanical load to the core. They shall be made of spheroid graphite cast iron,
malleable cast iron or forged steel or aluminium alloy. They shall be connected to the rod by means of a controlled
compression technique. The gap between fitting and sheath shall be sealed by a flexible silicon elastomeric
compound or silicon alloy compound sealant. System of attachment of end fitting to the rod shall provide superior
sealing performance between housing, i.e. seamless sheath and metal connection. The sealing must be moisture
proof.
The dimensions of end fittings of Insulators shall be in accordance with the standard dimensions stated in
IS:2486/IEC:60120
Equipment Marking
5.1
Each insulator unit shall be legibly and marked with the following details as per IEC-61109
(a) Month & Year of manufacture
(b) Min. Failing load/ guaranteed mechanical strength in kilo Newton followed by the word KN to facilitate
easy identification.
(c) Manufacture’s name / trade mark.
5.2
One 10mm thick ring or 20mm thick spot of suitable quality of paint shall be marked on the end fitting of
each composite long rod of [particular strength in case of 33 KV insulators for identification in case both type of
insulators are procured by the utility. The paint shall be not have deteriorating effect on the insulator
performance, following codes shall be used as identification mark:
For 45 KN Long unit
: Blue
For 70 KN Long unit
: Red
6.0
Bid Drawings
6.1
The full description and illustration of the materials offered.
6.2
The bidder furnish alongwith the bid the outline drawing ( 3 copies ) of each insulator unit including a
cross sectional view of the long rod insulator unit. The drawing shall include but not be limited to the following
information.
(a) Long rod diameter with manufacturing tolerance.
(b) Minimum creepage distance with positive tolerance.
(c) Protected creepage distance.
(d) Eccentricity of the long rod unit
(i)
Axial run out
(ii)
Radial run out
(e) Unit mechanical and electrical characteristics
(f) Size and weight of ball and socket/ tongue & cleaves
(g) Weight of composite long rod units
(h) Materials
(i)
Identification Mark
(ii)
Manufacturer’s catalogue number
7.0
Type tests
Description of type test
Test procedure / standard
Sl.
No.
1.
Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage test
As per IEC 61109 (Clause 6.1)
2.
Wet power frequency test
As per IEC 61109 (Clause 6.2)
3.
Mechanical load- time test
As per IEC 61109 (Clause 6.4)
4.
Radio Interference test
As per IEC 61109 (Clause 6.5) revised
5.
Recovery of Hydrophobicity test
Annexure-B This test may be repeated every
3 yrs by the manufacturer
6.
Chemical composition test for silicon
Annexure-B or any other test method
content
acceptable to the owner
7.
Brittle fracture resistance test
Annexure-B
122
8.0
8.1
8.2
Acceptance (Sample) Tests
For Composite Insulators
A
Verification of dimensions
B
Verification of the locking system ( if possible)
C
Galvanizing Test
D
Verification of the specified mechanical load
Routine Tests
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
8.3
Clause 7.2 IEC:61109
Clause 7.3 IEC:61109
IS 2633 / IS 6745
Clause 7.4 IEC:61109
Description
Identification of marking
Visual Inspection
Mechanical routine test
Standard
As per IEC:61109 Clause 8.1
As per IEC:61109 Clause 8.2
As per IEC:61109 Clause 8.3
Tests During Manufacture
Following tests shall also be carried our
A
B
C
Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanizing
Chemical analysis, mechanical, metallographic test and magnetic particle inspection for
malleable castings
Chemical analysis, hardness and magnetic particle inspection for forigngs
123
18.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV SURGE ARRESTORS
(Applicable for Outdoor 12 kV Switchgear, Overhead lines etc., which are not enclosed in a cable box)
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
The specification covers the design, manufacture, shop & laboratory
testing before dispatch, supply, transport to site, insurance, erection and commissioning of 12 kV
Surge Arrestors in for installation on outdoor type 11 kV switchgear, transmission lines,
transformers etc. 11 kV side of which is not enclosed in a cable box.
2.0
STANDARDS
1.1
The design, manufacture and performance of Surge Arrestors shall comply with IS:3070 Part-3 and other
specific requirements stipulated in the specification. Unless otherwise specified, the equipment, material and
processes shall conform to the latest applicable Indian/International Standards as listed hereunder:
(Part – 1)
IS:2071-1993
Requirements.
:Methods of High Voltage Testing General Definitions & Test
IS-2071-1974
:Test Procedures
IS:2629-1925
: Recommended Practice for hot dip galvanizing on Iron & Steel
IS:2633-1986
: Method for Testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated Articles.
IS: 3070-1993
: Specification for surge arrestor for alternating current systems.
Oxide lightning Arrestors without gaps
IS:4759-1996
(Part-2)
(Part-3)
Metal-
: Specification for hot dip zinc coating on 8tructural 8teel and Other allied products.
IS:5621-1980
: Hollow Insulators for use in Electrical Equipment.
IS:6209-1982
: Methods of Partial discharge measurement.
IS:6745
: Method for determination of mass of zinc coating on zinc coated iron and steel articles
ANSI/IEEE-C.62.11(1982) : Metal oxide, Surge Arrestor for AC Power Circuits
IEEE-99-4
: Surge Arrestors
The equipment complying with any other internationally accepted standards shall also be considered if it ensures
performance equivalent to or superior to the Indian Standards.
2.0
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
2.1
The metal oxide gap less Surge Arrestor without any series or shunt gap shall be suitable for protection of
11 kV Distribution transformers, associated equipment and 11 kV lines from voltage surges resulting from
natural disturbance like lightning as well as system disturbances.
2.2
The surge arrestor shall draw negligible current at operating voltage and at the same time offer least
resistance during the flow of surge current.
2.3
The surge arrestor shall consist of non-linear resistor elements placed in series and housed in electrical
grade porcelain housing / silicon polymeric of specified creepage distance.
2.4
The assembly shall be hermetically sealed with suitable rubber gaskets with effective sealing system
arrangement to prevent ingress of moisture.
2.5
The surge arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size. The ground side
124
terminal of surge arrestor shall be connected with 25x6 mm galvanized strip, one end connected to the
surge arrestor and second end to a separate ground electrode. The bidder shall also recommend the
procedure which shall be followed in providing the earthing/system to the Surge Arrestor.
2.6
The surge arrestor shall not operate under power frequency and temporary over voltage conditions but
under surge conditions, the surge arrestor shall change over to the conducting mode.
2.7
The surge arrestor shall be suitable for circuit breaker performing O-O.3sec- CO-3min-CO- duty in the
system.
2.8
Surge arrestors shall have a suitable pressure relief system to avoid damage to the porcelain! silicon
polymeric housing and providing path for flow of rated fault currents in the event of arrestor failure.
2.9
The reference current of the arrestor shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading and stray
capacitance on the measured reference voltage.
2.10
The Surge Arrestor shall be thermally stable and the bidder shall furnish a copy of thermal stability test with
the bid.
2.11
The arrestor shall be capable of handling terminal energy for high surges, external pollution and transient
over voltage and have low losses at operating voltages.
2.12
The surge arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size. The line side terminal
2
shall be suitable for 100 mm (code Name: Dog) Aluminium area, 6/4.72 mm Aluminium + 7/1.75 mm Steel
SCA conductor.
3.0
ARRESTOR HOUSING
3.1
The arrestor housing shall be made up of porcelain/silicon polymeric housing and shall be homogenous,
free from laminations, cavities and other flaws of imperfections that might affect the mechanical and
dielectric quality. The housing shall be of uniform brown colour, free from blisters, burrs and other similar
defects.
Arrestors shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units together, surge counters
with leakage current meters and terminal connectors.
3.2
The housing shall be so coordinated that external flashover shall not occur due to application of any
impulse or switching surge voltage upto the maximum design value for arrestor. The arrestors shall not·
fail due to contamination. The 11 kV arrestors housing shall be designed for pressure relief class as given
in Technical Parameters of the specification.
3.3
Sealed housings shall exhibit no measurable leakage. '.
4.0
Arrestor Mounting
The arrestors shall be suitable for mounting on 4 pole/2 pole structure used for pole/plinth mounted transformer
and for incoming and outgoing lines.
The arrestor shall be capable of handling energy from 11 kV lines of length ranging from 1 km to 20 km.
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
Fittings & Accessories
The surge arrestor shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units together, surge
counters with leakage current meters and terminal connectors.
The terminals shall be non-magnetic, corrosion proof, robust and of adequate size and shall be so located
that incoming and outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends. The top metal cap and
base of' surge arrestor shall be galvanized. The line terminal shall have a built in clamping device which
can be adjusted for both horizontal and vertical take off ..
Self contained discharge counters, suitably enclosed for outdoor use and requiring no auxiliary or battery
supply for operation shall be provided for each single pole unit along with necessary connection. Suitable
leakage current meters should also be supplied within the same enclosure. The reading of the milliampere
meter and counter shall be visible through an inspection glass panel. The design of surge counter shall be
125
such that it is possible to tilt the surge monitor downwards by an angle upto 45° from horizontal plane.
Surge monitor consisting of discharge counter and milliampere meter shall be tested for IP 55 degree of
protection.
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
TESTS
Test on Surge Arrestors
The Surge Arrestors offered shall be type tested and shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in
accordance with IS : 3070 (Part-3)-1993. In addition, the suitability of the Surge Arrestors shall also be
established for the following :
- Residual voltage test
- Reference voltage test
- Leakage current at M.C.O.V
- P.O. test
- Sealing test
- Thermal stability test
- Aging and Energy capability test
- Watt loss test
Each metal oxide block shall be tested for guaranteed specific energy capability in addition to
routine/acceptance test as per lEC/IS.
The maximum residual voltages corresponding to nominal discharge current of 10 kA for steep current,
impulse residual voltage test, lightning impulse protection level and switching impulse level shall generally
conform to Annex-K of IEG-99-4.
The bidder shall furnish the copies of the type tests and the characteristics curves between the residual
voltage and nominal discharge current of the offered surge arrestor and power frequency voltage vs. time
characteristic of the surge arrestor subsequent
to impulse energy consumption as per clause 6.6 of
IS:3070 (Part-3) offered along with the bid.
The surge arrestor housing shall also be type tested and shall be subjected to routine
and acceptance tests in accordance with IS :2071.
4.5
Galvanization Test
All Ferrous parts exposed to atmospheric condition shall have passed the type tests and be subjected to
routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS:2633 & IS 6745 .
4.6
Test on Surge Arrestor Disconnectors
The test shall be performed on surge arrestors which are fitted with arrestor disconnector or on the
disconnector assembly alone if its design is such as to be un-affected by the heating of adjacent parts of
the arrestor in its normally installed portion in accordance with IS:3070 (Part-3).
4.7
5.0
5.1
5.2
NAME PLATE
The name plate attached to the arrestor shall carry the following information:

Rated Voltage

Continuous Operation Voltage

Normal discharge current

Pressure relief rated current

Manufacturers Trade Mark

Name of Sub-station

Year of Manufacturer

Name of the manufacture

Name of Client

Purchase Order Number along with date, name of the project MMABY
INSPECTION
All tests and inspection shall be made at the manufacturer's works by the purchaser or third party
nominee. The manufacturer shall afford to the inspector representing the purchaser, all reasonable
facilities, without charge to satisfy him that the material being furnished is in accordance with these
specifications. The purchaser reserves the right to get any component /material being used by the
manufacturer of the Surge Arrestor tested from any recognized test house.
The inspection by the purchaser or his authorized representative or third party nominee shall not relieve the
bidder of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification.
126
6.0
DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS
Within 15 days of receipt of the order, the successful tenderer shall furnish to the purchaser the following
drawings and literature for approval:
(i)
Outline dimensional drawings of Surge Arrestor and all accessories.
(ii)
Assembly drawings and weights of main component parts.
(iii)
Drawings of terminal clamps.
(iv)
Arrangement of earthing lead.
(v)
Minimum air clearance to be maintained of line components to ground.
(vi)
Name plate
(vii)
Insulating base
(viii)
Surge monitor
(ix)
Instructions manual
(x)
Drawing showing details of pressure relief valve
(xi)
Volt-time characteristics of surge arrestors
(xii)
Detailed dimensional drawing of porcelain housing/Silicon polymeric i.e.
internal diameter, external diameter, thickness, height, profile, creepage distance, dry arcing
distance etc.
7.0
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
7.1
The surge arrestors shall conform to the following standard technical requirements. The Insulation
values shall be enhanced considering the altitude of operation & other atmospheric conditions.
System Parameters
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Nominal system voltage : 11kV
Highest system voltage
System earthing
Frequency (Hz)
Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage (kVP)
Power frequency withstand Voltage (kV rms)
Arrestor duty

Connection to system
: Phase to earth

Type of equipment to be protected : 11 KV Transformer & Switchgear
7.2
Surge Arrestors
(i)
Type
: Gapless Metal Oxide outdoor.
(ii)
Arrestor rating
:
12
(iii)
Continuous Operating Voltage(KV rms)
: 9.60 to 10.20
(iv)
Standard Nominal Discharge Current rating (kA)(8X20 Micro impulse shape: 10
(v)
Degree of protection
:
IP 55
(vi)
Protection Level (kV peak)
:
(vii)
Steep Current at 10 KA
:
45
(viii)
Lightning Impulse at 10 kA
:
40
(ix)
Energy capability corresponding to
a. Arrestor rating (Kj/Kv)
: 4.0
b. COV (Kj/Kv)
: 4.9
(x) Peak current for high current impulse operating duty or arrestor classification 10 kA(kA) :
7.3
Insulator Housing
(i)
Power frequency withstand test voltage (wet) (kV rms) :
28
(ii)
Lightning impulse withstand /test voltage 9kVP)
:
75
7.4
100
Galvanization.
(i)
Fabricated Steel Articles
a. 5 mm thick cover
:
b. Under 5 mm but not less than 2 mm thick
:
c. Under 2 mm but not less than 1.2 mm thick :
(ii)
Casting
a. Grey Iron, malleable iron.
(iii)
Threaded works other than tubes & fittings
a. Under 100 mm Dia
10 mm Dia and above
610 g/m²
460 g/m²
340 g/m²
:
:
300 g/m²
270 g/m²
127
19.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV PIN INSULATOR
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at manufacturer's works, transport to
site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of insulators required for 11 kV lines.
1.0
STANDARD
The pin insulators shall comply with the Indian Standard specification IS : 731/1971 as amended from
time to time having mechanical failing load of 10 K.N for 33 kV insulator and 5 kN for 11 kV insulator.
Insulators conforming to any other internationally accreted standards which ensure equal or higher quality
than the standard mentioned would also be acceptable.
Where the material is offered according to the inter-national standard a copy of the specification shall be
attached with the tender.
2.1
General requirement: The porcelain should be sound, free from defects, thoroughly vitrified and smoothly
glazed.
2.2
Unless otherwise specified, the glaze shall be brown colour. The glaze shall cover all the porcelain parts
of the insulators except those areas which serve as support during firing or are left unglazed for purpose
of assembly.
2.3
The design of the insulator shall be such that stress due to expansion and contraction in any part of the
insulator shall not lead to deterioration. The porcelain shall not engage directly with hard metal.
2.4
Cement used in the construction of insulator shall not cause fracture by expansion or loosening by
contraction and proper care shall be taken to locate the individual parts correctly during cementing. The
cement shall not give rise to chemical reaction with metal fitting and its thickness shall be as uniform as
possible.
2.5
The insulator shall be multi-petty-coat type.
2.6
CLIMATIC CONDTIONS
2.0
a)
Maximum temperature of air in shade
40° C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2° C
c)
Maximum humidity
93%
d)
Average annual rainfall
2280 mm
e)
Average number of rainy days per annum
f)
Basic wind pressure
g)
Isoceraumic level
h)
Altitude above MSL
150
150 Kg/M
2
60
100 M to 1000 M
BASIC INSULATION LEVEL
The test voltage (minimum requirement) of the insulator shall be as follows:
1.
2.
Highest system voltage (rms)
Wet one minute power frequency test(rms)
33 KV
11 KV
36 KV
76 KV
12 KV
35 KV
128
3.
4.
5.
6.
a)
b)
3.0
Power frequency puncture withstand (rms)
Impulse voltage withstand test(Peak)
Dry one minute power frequency test (rms)
Power frequency flush and voltage
Dry
Wet
180 KV
170 KV
95 KV
105 KV
75 KV
-
95 KV
80 KV
-
MECHANICAL LEADS
The minimum failing load of the insulators shall be 5 kN for 11 kV and the load shall be applied
in transverse direction.
4.0
CREEPAGE DISTANCE
The minimum total creepage distance for insulators shall be 580 mm for 33 kV and 320 mm for
11 kV insulators.
5.0
MARKING
Each insulator shall be legibly and indelibly marked to show the following:
1.0
Name or trade mark of the manufacturer
2.0
Month and year of manufacture
3.0
Minimum failing load in KN
4.0
Country of manufacture
5.0
ISI certificate mark, if any
6.0
Name of the Project under MMABY.
The marking on porcelain shall be printed and shall be applied before firing.
6.0
Type Tests
\
The following type tests shall be conducted on 'a suitable number of individual insulator unit,
components, materials or complete strings:
a)Verification of dimensions
b)Thermal mechanical performance test
c)Power frequency voltage withstand and flashover test (i) dry (ii) wet
d)Impulse voltage withstand and flashover test (dry)
e) Visible discharge test (dry)
f)RIV test (dry)
g)Mechanical failing Load Test (for pin insulator only)
h)24 hrs. mechanical strength test (for strain / string insulator only)
7.4
Acceptance Test
i. Visual examination
ii. Verification of dimension
iii. Temperature cycle test
iv. Galvanizing test
v. Mechanical performance test
vi. Test on locking device for ball and socket coupling
vii. Eccentricity test
viii. Metallurgical test
a)
Grain test
b)
Inclusion rating For metal fittings only (in black condition)
c)
Chemical analysis
d)
Microstructure.
ix. Mechanical failing load test (for Pin Insulator only)
x. Electro-mechanical strength test (for strain insulator only)
xi. Porosity test
xii. Puncture test(for Strain Insulator only)
xiii.
129
7.5
ROUTINE TEST
a)Visual Inspection
b)Mechanical routine test (for Strain Insulator only)
c)Electrical routine test (for Strain Insulator only)
7.6 Tests During Manufacture
On all components as applicable
a)Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanizing
b)Chemical analysis, mechanical, metallographic test and magnetic particle inspection for malleable castings.
c)Chemical analysis hardness tests and magnetic particle inspection for forgings
d)Hydraulic Internal Pressure tests On disc insulator shells
7.7
SCHEDULE OF TESTING AND ADDITIONAL TESTS
7.7.1
a)
b)
c)
d)
7.7.2
The Bidder has to indicate the schedule of following activities in their bids:
Submission of drawings for approval
Submission of Quality Assurance Programme for approval
Offering of material for sample selection for type tests
Type testing.
Additional Tests
7.7.2.1 The Owner reserves the right of having at his own expense any other test(s) or reasonable nature carried
out at Contractor's premises, at site, or in any other place in addition to the aforesaid type, acceptance
and routine tests to satisfy himself that the material comply with the Specifications.
7.7.2.2 The Owner also reserves the right to conduct all the tests mentioned in this specification at his own
7.7.3
expense on the samples drawn from the site at Contractor's premises or at any other test center. In case
of evidence of noncompliance, it shall be bindirg on the part of the Contractor to prove the compliance of
the items to, the technical specifications by repeat tests or correction of deficiencies, or replacement of
defective items, all without any extra cost to the Owner.
Co-ordination for Testing
The Contractor shall have to co-ordinate testing of insulators with hardware fittings to be supplied by other
Contractor and shall have to also guarantee overall satisfactory performance of the insulators with the
hardware fitting.
7.7.4 Test Reports
7.7.4.1 Copies of type test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies along with one original. One copy
shall be returned duly certified by the Owner only after which the commercial production of the concerned
materials shall start.
7.7.4.2 Copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies. One copy shall be returned
duly certified by the Owner, only after which the material shall be despatch.
7.7.4.3 Record of routine test reports shall be maintained by the Contractor at his works for periodic inspection by
the Owner's representative.
7.7.4.4 Test certificates of test during manufacture shall be maintained by the Contractor. These shall be
produced for verification as and when desired by the Owner.
Inspection
7.7.5
7.7.5.1 The Owner's representative or third party nominee shall at all times be entitled to have access to the
works and all places of manufacture, where. insulator, and its component parts shall be manufactured and
the representatives shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of the Contractor's and ;1ubContractor's works, raw materials, manufacture of th::; material and for conducting necessary test as
detailed herein.
7.7.5.2 The material for final inspection shall be offered by the Contractor only under packed condition as detailed
in the specification. The Owner shall select samples at random from the packed lot for carrying out
acceptance tests. Insulators shall normally be offered for inspection in lots not exceeding 5000 nos. the lot
should be homogeneous and should contain insulators manufactured in the span of not more than 3-4
consecutive weeks.
130
7.7.5.3 The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and the progress of
manufacture of material in their various stages so that arrangements could be made for inspection.
7.7.5.4 No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture before it has been satisfactorily inspected
and tested unless the inspection is waived off by the Owner in writing. In the latter case also the material
shall be dispatched only after satisfactory testing for all tests specified herein have been completed.
7.7.5.5 The acceptance of any quantity of material shall be no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
meeting all the requirements of the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection, if such
material are later found to be defective.
7.0
8.0
8.1
BID DRAWING
The Bidder shall furnish full description and illustration of the material offered.
The Bidder shall furnish along with the bid the outline drawing (6 copies) of each insulator unit including a
cross sectional view of the insulator shell. The drawing shall include but not limited to the following
information:
a)
Dimensions with manufacturing tolerances
b)
Minimum creepage distance with positive tolerance
c)
Protected creepage distance
d)
Eccentricity of the disc
i. Axial run out
ii. Radial run out
e)
Unit mechanical and electrical characteristics
f)
Size and weight of Pin Ball Shank / ball and socket parts
g)
Weight of unit insulator disc
h)
Materials
i)
Identification mark
j)
Manufacturer's catalogue number
8.2
After placement of award, the Contractor shall submit fully dimensioned insulator drawings containing all
the details, in four (4) 'copies to Owner for approval. After getting approval from Owner and successful
completion of all the type tests, the Contractor shall submit 20 more copies of the same drawing to the
Owner for further distribution and field use at Owner's end.
9.0
Guaranteed Technical Particulars
The guaranteed technical particulars in respect of the Pin Insulators offered shall be submitted along
with the tender.
131
20.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV DISC. INSULATORS (T&C) 45 KN
1.0
SCOPE
This specification cover the design, manufactures, testing at manufacturer's works, transport to
site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of strain insulators required for 11 KV line.
2.0
STANDARD
Strain insulators Tongue and Clevis type suitable for 11 KV lines shall be conforming to IS : 731/1971 with
its latest amendments and revision and having mechanical failing load of 45 K.N.
Insulators conforming to any other internationally accepted standards which ensure equal or higher quality
than the standard mentioned would also be acceptable.
Where the material is offered according to the inter-national accepted standard a copy of the specification
shall be attached with the tender.
GENERAL REQUIREMENT:
The porcelain should be sound, free from defects, thoroughly verified and smoothly glazed. Unless
otherwise specified, the glaze shall be brown colour. The glaze shall cover all the porcelain parts of the
insulators except these areas which serve as support during firing or are left unglazed for purpose of .
assembly.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
The design of the insulator shall be such that stress due to expansion and contraction in any part of the
insulator shall not lead to deterioration. The porcelain shall not engage directly with hard metal.
The cement use in the construction of insulator shall not cause fracture by expansion or loosening by
contraction and proper care shall be taken to locate the individual parts correctly during commencing. The
cement shall not give rise to chemical reaction with metal fitting and its thickness shall be as uniform as
possible.
The insulator shall be multi-petty-coat type.
The insulator shall be in one piece.
CLIMATIC CONDITIONS.:
(i) Maximum ambient temperature in shade
(ii) Minimum daily average ambient air temperature
(iii) Maximum yearly average ambient air temperature
(iv) Maximum ambient temperature
(v) Maximum relative humidity
(vi) Average number of thunder storms days per annum
(vii) Average number of rainy days per annum
(viii) Average annual rainfall
(ix) Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions
(x) Maximum wind pressure
(xi) Altitude not exceeding
4.0
:
40°C
:
35°C
:
30°C
:
2°C
:
93%
:
45 days
:
150 days
:
2280 mm
:
5 months
:
150 Kg/sq.m
:
1000 M
BASIC INSULATION LEVEL
The test voltage (minimum requirement) of the insulator shall be as follows:
a)Highest system voltage
b)Wet one minute power frequency test
c)Power frequency puncture withstand test
d)Impulse voltage withstand test
5.0
: 12 KV(rms)
: 35 KV(rms)
: 1.3 times the actual dry flashover voltage
: 75 KV (rms)
MECHANICAL LOADS
The minimum failing load of the insulators shall be 45 KN and the load shall be applied transverse.
132
6.0
CREEP AGE DISTANCE:
The minimum total creepage distance for insulators shall be suitable for heavily polluted and humidity
atmospheric conditions and shall be 320 mm.
7.0
MARKING
Each insulator shall be legibly and indelibly marked to show the following:
a)Name or trade mark of the manufacturer
b)Month and year of manufacture
c)Minimum failing load in KN
d)Country of manufacture
e)ISI certificate mark and name of the project
The marking on porcelain shall be printed and shall be applied before suitably.
TEST
7.1
Type test
The following type tests shall be conducted on a suitable number of individual insulator unit, components,
materials or complete strings:
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Verification of dimensions
Thermal mechanical performance test
Power frequency voltage withstand and flashover test (i) dry (ii) wet
Impulse voltage withstand and flashover test (dry)
Visible discharge test (dry)
RIV test (dry)
Mechanical failing Load Test (for pin insulator only)
24 hrs. mechanical strength test (for strain I string insulator only)
7.2
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Acceptance Tests
Visual examination
Verification of dimensions
Temperature cycle test
Galvanizing test
Mechanical performance test
Test on locking device for ball and socket coupling
g)
Eccentricity test
h)
Metallurgical test
(i)
Grain size
(ii)
Inclusion rating
(iii)
Chemical analysis
(iv)
Microstructure
i)
Mechanical failing load test (for Pjn Insulator only)
j)
Electro-mechanical strength test (for Strain insulator only)
k)
Porosity test
l)
Puncture test (for strain Insulator only)
Routine Tests
a. Visual Inspection
b. Mechanical routine test for Strain Insulator only)
c. Electrical routine test (for Strain Insulator only)
7.3
7.4
Tests During Manufacture
On all components as applicable
a)Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanizing
b)Chemical analysis, mechanical, metallographic test and magnetic particle inspection for malleable castings.
c)Chemical analysis hardness tests and magnetic particle inspection for forgings
133
d)Hydraulic Internal Pressure tests On disc insulator shells
8.0
SCHEDULE OF TESTING AND ADDITIONAL TESTS
8.1
The Bidder has to indicate the schedule of following activities in their bids:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Submission of drawings for approval
Submission of Quality Assurance Programme for approval
Offering of material for sample selection for type tests
Type testing.
8.2
Additional Tests
8.2.1
The Owner reserves the right of having at his own expense any other test(s) or reasonable nature carried
out at Contractor's premises, at site, or in any other place in addition to the aforesaid type, acceptance
and routine tests to satisfy himself that the material comply with the Specifications.
8.2.2
The Owner also reserves the right to conduct all the tests mentioned in this specification at his own
expense on the samples drawn from the site at Contractor's premises or at any other test center. In case of
evidence of noncompliance, it shall be binding on the part of the Contractor to prove the compliance of the
items to the technical specifications by repeat tests or correction of deficiencies, or replacement of
defective items, all without any extra cost to the Owner.
Co-ordination for Testing
The Contractor shall have to co-ordinate testing of insulators with hardware fittings to be supplied by other
Contractor and shall have to also guarantee overall satisfactory performance of the insulators with the
hardware fitting.
Test Reports
Copies of type test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6)' copies along with one original. One copy
shall be returned duly certified by the Owner only after which the commercial production of the concerned
materials shall start.
Copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies. One copy shall be returned
duly certified by the Owner, only after which the material shall be despatch.
Record of routine test reports shall be maintained by the Contractor at his works for periodic inspection by
the Owner's representative.
8.3
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
Test certificates of test during manufacture shall be maintained by the Contractor. These shall be
produced for verification as and 'When desired by the Owner.
9.0
INSPECTION
9.1
The Owner's representative or third party nominee shall at all times be entitled to have access to the works
and all places of manufacture, where insulator, and its component parts shall be manufactured and the
representatives shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of the Contractor's and sub Contractor's
works, raw materials, manufacture of the material and for conducting necessary test as detailed herein.
9.2
The material for final inspection shall be offered by the Contractor only under packed condition as detailed
in the specification. The Owner shall select samples at random from the packed lot for carrying out
acceptance tests. Insulators shall normally be offered for inspection in lots not exceeding 5000 nos. the lot
should be homogeneous and should contain insulators manufactured in the span of not more than 3-4
consecutive weeks.
9.3
The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and the progress of
manufacture of material in their various stages so that arrangements could be made for inspection.
9.4
No material shall be dispatched from. its point of manufacture before it has been satisfactorily inspected
and tested unless the inspection is waived off by the Owner in writing. In the latter case also the material
shall be dispatched only after satisfactory testing for all tests specified herein have been completed.
9.5
The acceptance of any quantity of material shall be no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
meeting all the requirements of the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection, if such
134
material are later found to be defective.
10.0
DRAWING
10.1
The Bidder shall furnish full description and illustration of the material offered.
10.2
The Bidder shall furnish along with the bid the outline drawing (6 copies) of each insulator unit including a
cross sectional view of the insulator shell. The drawing shall include but not limited to the following
information:
a. Dimensions with manufacturing tolerances
b. Minimum creepage distance with positive tolerance
c. Protected creepage distance
d. Eccentricity of the disc
(i)
Axial run out
(ii)
Radial run out
e. Unit mechanical and electrical characteristics
f. Size and weight of Pin Ball Shank I ball and socket parts
g. Weight of unit insulator disc
h. Materials
i. Identification mark
j. Manufacturer's catalogue number
10.3
After placement of award, the Contractor shall submit fully dimensioned insulator drawings containing all
the details, in four (4) copies to Owner for approval. After getting approval from Owner and successful
completion of all the type tests, the Contractor shall submit 20 more copies of the same drawing to the
Owner for further distribution and field use at Owner's end.
135
21.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF L T & HT GUY INSULATOR
1.0
1.0
2.0
Scope
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing, transport to site, insurance, storage,
erection and commissioning of the strain type porcelain Guy Insulator used in distribution
overhead power lines.
Standard
This insulators shall comply with Indian Standard specification IS: 5500/1969 and as amended from time to
time except where they conflict with the requirements in this specification.
Offers conforming to any other internationally accepted standard which ensure equal or higher quality than
the standard mentioned will be acceptable.
Service Conditions
The service conditions at which Insulator has to be designed is as follows:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
3.0
Maximum ambient temperature in shade
Minimum daily average ambient air temperature
Maximum yearly average ambient air temperature
Maximum ambient temperature
Maximum relative humidity
Average number of thunder storms days per annum
Average number of rainy days per annum
Average annual rainfall
Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions
Maximum wind pressure
Altitude not exceeding
:
:
:
:
:
40°C
35°C
:
30°C
2°C
93%
45 days
:
150 days
:
2280 mm
:
5 months
:
150 Kg/sq.m
:
1000 M
General Requirements
This porcelain shall be sound, free from defects, thoroughly vitrified and smooth glazed.
The design of the insulator shall be such that stresses to expansion and contraction at any part of the
insulator shall not load to its deterioration.
The glaze, unless otherwise specified, shall be brown in colour. The glaze shall cover the entire porcelain
surface parts except those areas that serves as supports during firing or area otherwise required to be left
unglazed.
4.0
Insulator Characteristics
The Guy Strain Insulators shall have the electrical and mechanical characteristics as shown below:
L.T. Strain
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Type Porcelain Guy Insulator
Length
Diameter
Cable hole dia'
Minimum failing load
Creepage distance
Dry one minute power frequency withstand voltage
Wet one minute power frequency withstand voltage
The dimensions are shown in Figure
H.T. Strain Type Porcelain Guy Insulator (11 KV)
1)
Length 140 mm
2)
Diameter
85 mm
3)
Cable hole dia
25 mm + 1.5
4)
Minimum failing load
88 KN
5)
Creepage distance
48 mm
6) Dry one minute power frequency withstand 27 KV (rms) voltage
7) Wet one minute power frequency withstand 13 KV (rms) voltage
5.0
All other dimensions are shown in the Figure
Test
All insulators shall comply the following test as per IS : 5300
A) Routine test:
136
The following shall be carried out as., routine test.
a)
Visual Examination
Every insulators shall be visually examined. The insulators shall be free from physical distortion of
shape and defects, and thoroughly verified and smoothly glazed. They should be free from cracks or
any other defects likely to be prejudicial to the satisfactory performance in service.
b) Type test:
The following shall constitute the type test and those shall be conducted in the order given below:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Visual examination
Verification of dimensions
Temperature cycle test
Dry one minute power frequency voltage withstand test
Wet one minute power frequency voltage withstand test
Mechanical strength test
Porosity test.
The number of samples for type test are to be agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.
c)
Acceptance Test (to be conducted in the following order)
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Verification of Dimensions
Temperature cycle test
Mechanical strength test
Porosity test
The number of samples for acceptance test shall be in accordance to IS: 5300.
d) Type test certificate fro National Test House/ Govt. recognized institutions/ Govt. recognized
public Testing Laboratories are also to be submitted along with the offer, failing which the offer is
liable for rejection.
6.0
7.0
8.0
Marking
Each insulator shall be legibly and indelibly marked to shown the following:
a.Name of trade mark of the manufacturer
b.Year of manufacture and name of project
Marking on porcelain shall be printed and shall be applied before firing. Insulators may also be marked
with the ISI certification mark.
Inspection
All tests and inspections shall be carried out at the place of manufacturer unless otherwise agreed by the
purchaser and the manufacturer at the time of purchase. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector
representing the purchaser or the third party nominee, all reasonable facilities, without charge, to satisfy
that materials are being furnished in accordance with the specification. The purchaser reserves the right to
have the test carried out at his own cost by an independent agency whenever there is dispute regarding
the quality of materials supplied.
Drawing
Drawing specifically showing all dimensions is to be submitted along with technical bid.
137
22.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR L T SHACKLE INSULATOR
1.0
Scope
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing at works, transport to site, insurance, storage,
erection and commissioning of the porcelain shackle insulators for use on 415/240 volts over-head power
lines.
4.0
Standard
The insulators shall comply with the Indian Standard specification IS:14451977 and as amended from time
to time, except for any specific-requirements stated in this specification.
Offers, conforming to other internationally accepted standard which ensure equal or higher quality than
the standard mentioned will be acceptable.
3.0
Atmospheric Conditions
The climatic conditions under which the insulators are required to operate is given as below:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
Maximum ambient temperature in shade
:
40°C
Minimum daily average ambient air temperature
:
35°C
Maximum yearly average ambient air temperature
:
30°C
Maximum ambient temperature
: 2°C
Maximum relative humidity
: 93%
Average number of thunder storms days per annum
: 45 days
Average number of rainy days per annum
: 150 days
Average annual rainfall
: 2280 mm
Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions
: 5 months
Maximum wind pressure
: 150 Kg/sq.m
Altitude not exceeding
: 1000 M
Reference atmospheric conditions at which insulator characteristics shall be expressed for the purpose of
comparison shall be given as follows:
a.
b.
c.
Ambient temperature
: 20°C
Barometric pressure
: 1013 mili bars
Absolute humidity
: 11 gm to water per cubic mtr.
Test for the purpose of this standard shall preferably be carried out under conditions of temperature and
humidity specified in IS: 196-1966 (That is a temperature of 27 C.±. 2°C and relative humidity of 65 .±2
percent) and at the prevailing atmospheric pressure. When this is not possible test may be carried out
under conditions naturally obtaining at the time of test. The Barometric pressure, Air temperature and
humidity shall be recorded for the purpose of corrections.
4.0
General Requirements
The porcelain shall be found free from defects, thoroughly verified and smoothly glazed.
The glaze unless otherwise specified shall' be brown in colour. Except for the
screw threads and the parts on which the porcelain is supported during firing, which may be left unglazed,
all other surface of the insulator shall be effectively glazed.
The design of the insulator shall be such that stress due to expansion and contraction in any parts of the
insulator shall not lead to it deterioration.
The insulator shall be in one piece and shall have dimensions as shown below and as per drawing.
a. Outer Diameter of porcelain disc Upper
: 115mm
b. Outer diameter of porcelain disc Bottom
: 100mm
c. Upper glazed porcelain dia
: 50mm
138
--'/-
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.1
7.2
Bottom unglazed porcelain dia
: 55mm
Hollow diameter
: 20mm
Height of the insulator
: 100mm
Conductor supporting grove
: 13mm. Radius & diameter 65mm
Top curvature of upper porcelain disc : 22 mm radius
Type Of Insulators
Shackle insulator is an insulator consisting of one porcelain part and intended to be mounted vertically or
horizontally between and in contact with two ends of a 'U' straps or a pair of straps with its axis vertical
and intended to secure a line conductor in tension.
Insulator Characteristics
The insulators shall have the electrical and mechanical characteristics as shown below:
a. Dry power frequency withstand test voltage 23 KV(rms)
b. Wet power frequency withstand test voltage 10 KV(rms)
c. Power frequency puncture withstand test 1.3 X the actual dry flashover voltage
d. Minimum failing load
16 KN
Tests
Type test
The following type tests shall be conducted on a suitable number of individual insulator unit, components,
materials or complete strings:
a)
Verification of dimensions
b)
Thermal mechanical performance test
c)
Power frequency voltage withstand and flashover test (i) dry (ii) wet
d)
Impulse voltage withstand and flashover test (dry)
e)
Visible discharge test (dry)
f)
RIV test (dry)
g)
Mechanical failing Load Test (for pin insulator only)
h)
24 hrs. mechanical strength test (for strain / string insulator only)
Acceptance Tests
a)
Visual examination
b)
Verification of dimensions
c)
Temperature cycle' test
d)
Galvanizing test
e)
Mechanical performance test
f)
Test on locking device for ball and socket coupling
g)
Eccentricity test
Metallurgical test
a.
b.
c.
d.
7.3
7.4
Grain size
Inclusion rating – For metal fittings only (in black condition)
Chemical analysis
microstructure
Mechanical failing load test (for Pin Insulator only)
Electro-mechanical strength test (for Strain Insulator only)
Porosity test
Puncture test (for Strain Insulator only)
Routine Tests
a)
Visual Inspection
b)
Mechanical routine test for Strain Insulator only)
c)
Electrical routine test (for Strain Insulator only)
Tests During Manufacture
On all components as applicable
a)
Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanizing
b)
Chemical analysis, mechanical, metallographic test and magnetic particle inspection for
malleable castings.
c)
Chemical analysis hardness tests and magnetic particle inspection for forgings
d)
Hydraulic Internal Pressure tests on disc insulator shells
139
7.5
Schedule Of Testing And Additional Tests
7.5.1
The Bidder has to indicate the schedule of following activities in their bids:
a)
Submission of drawings for approval
b)
Submission of Quality Assurance Programme for approval
c)
Offering of material for sample selection for type tests
d)
Type testing.
Additional Tests
7.5.2
The Owner reserves the right of having at his own expense any other test(s) or reasonable nature carried
out at Contractor's premises, at site, or in any other place in addition to the aforesaid type, acceptance
and routine tests to satisfy himself that the material comply with the Specifications.
7.5.2.1 The Owner also reserves the right to conduct all the tests mentioned in this specification at his own
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.5.4.1
expense on the samples drawn from the site at Contractor's premises or at any other test center. In case
of evidence of noncompliance, it shall be binding on the part of the Contractor to prove the compliance of
the items to the technical specifications by repeat tests or correction of deficiencies, or replacement of
defective items, all without any extra cost to the Owner.
Co-ordination for Testing
The Contractor shall have to co-ordinate testing of insulators with hardware fittings to be supplied by other
Contractor and shall have to also guarantee overall satisfactory performance of the insulators with the
hardware fitting.
Test Reports
Copies of type test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies along with one original. One
copy shall be returned duly certified by the Owner only after which the commercial production of the
concerned materials shall start.
7.5.4.2
Copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies. One copy shall be
returned duly certified by the Owner, only after which the material shall be despatch.
7.5.4.3
Record of routine test reports shall be maintained by the Contractor at his works for periodic
inspection by the Owner's representative.
7.5.4.4
Test certificates of test during manufacture shall be maintained by the Contractor. These shall be
produced for verification as and when desired by the Owner.
8.0
Inspection
8.1
The Owner's representative or third party nominee shall at all times be entitled to have access to the works
and all places of manufacture, where insulator, and its component parts shall be manufactured and the
representatives shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of the Contractor's and sub Contractor's
works, raw materials, manufacture of the material and for conducting necessary test as detailed herein.
8.2
The material for final inspection shall be offered by the Contractor only under packed condition as detailed
in the specification. The Owner shall select samples at random from the packed lot for carrying out
acceptance tests. Insulators shall normally be offered for inspection in lots not exceeding 5000 nos. the lot
should 'be homogeneous and should contain insulators manufactured in the span of not more than 3-4
consecutive weeks.
8.3
The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and the progress of
manufacture of material in their various stages so that arrangements could be made for inspection.
8.4
No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture before it has been satisfactorily inspected
and tested unless the inspection is waived off by the Owner in writing. In the latter case also the material
shall be dispatched only after satisfactory testing for all tests specified herein have been completed.
8.5
The acceptance of any quantity of material shall be no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
meeting all the requirements of the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection, if such
material are later found to be defective.
9.0
Marking
Each insulator shall be legibly and indelibly marked to show the following
a.
Name or trade-mark of the manufacturer
b.
Year of manufacture
140
c.
ISI marking and name of the project MMABY.
Marking on porcelain shall be printed and shall be applied before fixing.
10.0
10.1
10.2
Drawing
The Bidder shall furnish full description and illustration of the material offered.
The Bidder shall furnish along with the bid the outline drawing (6 copies) of each insulator unit including a
cross sectional view of the insulator shell. The drawing shall include but not limited to the following
information:
a. Dimensions with manufacturing tolerances
b. Minimum creepage distance with positive tolerance
c. Protected creepage distance
d. Eccentricity of the disc
i)
Axial run out
ii)
Radial run out
e. Unit mechanical and electrical characteristics
f. Size and weight of Pin Ball Shank / ball and socket parts
g. Weight of unit insulator disc
h. Materials
i. Identification mark
j. Manufacturer's catalogue number
141
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR G.I. PIN OF 11 KV PIN INSULATOR
1.0
Scope
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing at manufacturer’s works, transport to site,
storage, insurance, erection and commissioning of galvanized forged steel pins for use in 11 KV
lines.
Standard
11 kV:
The galvanized Iron forged steel pins having stalk length 165 mm and shank length 150 mm shall be of
type SL- 65p/conforming to IS 2486 (PT-I/1971) and IS: 2486 (PT-II/1963) with latest amendments and
revisions from time to time. Details of the pin are shown in the drawing.
The pins conforming to any other internationally accepted standards which ensure equal or higher quality
than the standard mentioned would also be acceptable.
General Requirements
2.0
2.1
2.2
3.0
The pins shall be single piece obtained by process of forging. They shall not be made by joining, welding,
shrink fitting or any other process for more than one piece of materials. They shall be of good finish, free
from flaws and other defects. The finish of the collar and the shank is avoided.
All ferrous pins, nuts spring washers shall be galvanized and small fittings like spring washers, nuts etc.
may be electroplated with zinc. The threads of nuts and tapped holes etc. shall be rounded. The
galvanizing should be as per ISS: 2633/1964.
The dimensions of the pins shall be as follows:
11 KV
a) Stalk length
165mm
b) Shank length
150 mm
c) Thickness of collar
5 mm
d) Diameter of collar
40 mm
e) Diameter of shank
20 mm
f) Threaded length of shank
100 mm
g) Diameter of stalk head
18.29 mm
h) Threaded length of stalk
4 mm
i)
The pins shall have minimum failing load of 5 KN for 11 kV and 10 kN for 33 kV.
4.0
33KV
230 mm
150 mm
6 mm
50 mm
24 mm
100 mm
27.78 mm
47 mm
Tests
Pin shall comply with the following tests.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type test:
a) Visual examination test
b) Verification of dimensions
c) Checking of threads
d) Galvanizing test
e) Mechanical strength tests
Routine test:
a) Visual examination test
Acceptance test:
Checking of threads on heads
a) Galvanizing test
b) Mechanical test
5.0
Inspection
All tests and inspections or shall be carried out at the place of manufacturers unless otherwise agreed by
the purchaser and the manufacturers at the time of purchase. A manufacturer shall afford the inspector or
third party nominee representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy that the
materials are being purchased as per specification. The purchaser reserved the right to have the test
carried out at his co.st by an independent agency, whenever there is dispute regarding the quality of the
materials supplied.
6.0
Marking
The pins shall be marked with name of manufacturer, year and name of project
142
24.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR STAY SET (HT & LT)
1.0
Scope:
This specification covers the design, manufacture testing at manufacturer's works, transport to site,
insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of the Stay Sets
(L T/HT) required from the
distribution lines at designated locations.
2.0
Standard: All the materials of stay sets shall comply in all respects with the requirements of the latest
edition of the relevant Indian or British Standard specification except in so far as they are modified this
specification.
3.0 Design Consideration: Stay Rods shall be Galvanised and shall be of circular Cross-section with bow, thimble,
nuts and bolts. The Rods shall be threaded at one end up to a minimum of 30 cm length and shall be
complete with Galvanised M.S. Anchor Plates with all necessary accessories. All parts shall be heavily
galvanised.
4.0
Climatic Conditions
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
Maximum ambient temperature in shade
Minimum daily average ambient air temperature
Maximum yearly average ambient air temperature
Maximum ambient temperature
Maximum relative humidity
Average number of thunder storms days per annum
Average number of rainy days per annum
Average annual rainfall
Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions
Maximum wind pressure
Altitude not exceeding
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
40°C
35°C
30°C
2°C
93%
45 days
150 days
2280 mm
5 months
150 Kg/sq.m
1000 M
5.0
Testing: Type and Routine Tests should be carried on different components of each stay sets as per
relevant Indian Standard specification and certified copies of the above should be submitted along with the
tender.
6.0
Schedule Requirement·:
Stay sets complete with Thimble bow stay
Rod/Anchor plate with nuts etc. and made of Rolled mild Steel Rod and plates as per detailed given
below:
A) Anchor Plate:
II)
Thickness not below 5 mm.
III)
Size not below 230 mmX230 mm with smooth edges (for L T)
IV)
Size not below 300 mmX300 mm with smooth edges (for HT)
V)
Well galvanised
VI)
Materials M.S. Rolled plate
VII)
About 20 mm square hole at centre for locking the plate with the Anchor Rod (for HT) & 19
mm (for L T)
B)
Anchor Rod:
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Length 1800 mm or above
Threaded length 30 cm or above
Diameter 18 mm or above (for HT)
Anchor plate and head: square size 30mm X 30mm with thickness 25 mm having
matching square size shank for locking the Anchor plate.
One ratched lock nuts, grooves must match the grooves at bow flange
One check nut.
143
2.7
2.8
2.9
Materials H.S.
Component well galvanised with extra care for the threaded portion.
Both lock and check nuts should be matching to the Anchor Rod thread such that
punching of thread after assembly at site safeguards them against removal.
C) Thimble: The match bow diameter and bend should be well galvanised.
D) Bow: Rod diameter 12mm/16mm or above overall length 35cm/40cm or above. Flange with well
formed locking grooves matching the locking nut, bow ends will be riveted securely with the flange. All
items to be galvanised.
7.0
Inspection:
All tests and inspections shall be carried out at the place of manufacturer unless otherwise agreed by the
purchaser and the manufacturers at the time of purchase. A manufacturer shall afford the inspector
representing the purchaser or third party nominee, all reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy that
the materials are being purchased as per specification. The purchaser reserves the right to have the test
carried out at his cost by an independent agency, whenever there is dispute regarding the quality of the
materials supplied.
8.0
Marking
The material shall be marked with name of the manufacturer, year and also the name of the project
144
25.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR G.I. STAY WIRE
1.0
Scope
The specification covers design, manufacturing and testing, transporting to site, insurance, storage,
erection and commissioning of G.I. Stay Wire 7/10SWG and 7/14SWG.
2.0
Materials.
The wire shall be manufactured from steel, made by any suitable process and shall not contain sulphur and
phosphorus exceeding 0.065 percent each.
The wires shall be coated with Zinc Grade Zn 98 of IS:209-1966
The general requirements for the supply of Galvanized stay strand shall be in accordance with IS:1387-1967
3.0
Construction
3.1
Grades: The wire shall be of Grade-I and tensile strength range 45 up to and including Kg/mm
3.2
The Galvanized stay strand shall be of 7/2 mm and 7/3.15 mm. the lay of the strands shall be of the length
of 7/2 mm and Tables-I of IS: 2141-1963. the wires shall be so stranded together that when and evenly
distributed pull is applied at the end of the completed strand each wire will take equal share of the pull.
3.3
The length of the strand which may be supplied without joints in the individual wires comprising it, depend
on the length of wire which may be carried by the bobbin in a normal stranding machine. The normal
lengths of strand which shall be supplied without joints in the individual wires, excluding welds made in the
rod before drawing shall be as given below. The lengths may be exceeded by agreement between the
manufacturer and the purchaser.
Diameter of wire in strand
3.15 mm
2.0 mm
Normal length without joints of weld
1000 M
3000 M
3.4
In cases where joints are permitted, they shall be made by welding of brazing joints in the same wire shall
be separated by a length of not less than that shown in 3.3 and joints in different wires in a strand shall not
be less than 20 M apart.
4.0
Freedom from Defects :
4.1
Each coil shall be warranted to contain no weld joint or splice other than in the rod before it is drawn and
those permitted in 3.4. The wire shall be circular and shall be free scale, irregularities imperfections flaws
splits and other defects. The Zinc coating shall be smooth, even the bright.
5.0
5.1
Tests:
Chemical Analysis: Unless otherwise agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier, the chemical
analysis be carried out.
5.2
Tensile Test: The wire when tested in accordance with IS: 1521-1960, on gauge length of 100 mm shall
have the minimum tensile strength specified in Tables 1 of IS : 2141/1968 according to the grade of the
wire.
5.2.1
The tensile strength of the finalised strand shall be not less tI~an 93 percent of the aggregate of the single
wires.
5.3
Delivery test: The wire shall be subjected to the wrapping test in accordance with IS : 1755/1961. When
wrapped eight times round its own diameter and on being subsequently strengthened the wire shall not
break or split.
5.3.1
Coating test: The uniformity of Zinc coating shall be tested by the method specified in IS : 2633/1964. The
wire shall withstand the number or dips as specified in IS : 4826-1968.
145
6.0
Marking:
6.1
Each coil shall be provided with a label, fixed firmly on the inneJ part of the coil, bearing 'the following
information.
a. Manufacturer's name or trade mark
b. Lot number and coil number
c. A brief description and quality of the materials.
d. Weight and
e. Any other particulars specified by the purchaser
f. Name of the project .
6.2
The label may also be marked with the ISI certification mark.
7.0
Inspection:
The test should be carried out in presence of the inspecting officer deputed by purchaser or third party
nominee and the test should be in conformity with relevant IS .
146
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CAST IRON EARTH PIPE
1.0
Scope
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing, transport to site, insurance, storage, erection and
2.0
commissioning of the cast iron earth pipe for use on line & substation as earthing pipe.
Standard
The Earth pipe shall comply with the Indian Standard specification IS: 1729/1964 and as amended from
time to time except where they conflict with the specific requirements in this specification.
3.0
4.0
Climatic Conditions
I.
Maximum ambient temperature in shade
:
40°C
II.
Minimum daily average ambient air temperature
:
35°C
III.
Maximum yearly average ambient air temperature
:
30°C
IV.
Maximum ambient temperature
:
2°C
V.
Maximum relative humidity
:
93%
VI.
Average number of thunder storms days per annum
:
45 days
VII.
Average number of rainy days per annum
:
150 days
VIII.
Average annual rainfall
:
2280 mm
IX.
Number of months of tropical monsoon conditions
X.
Maximum wind pressure
:
150 Kg/sq.m
XI.
Altitude not exceeding
:
1000 M
:
5 months
Manufacture
Metal used for the manufacture of pipes shall be good quality cast iron.
Casting shall be stripped with all precautions necessary to avoid wrapping and shrinkage defects. They
shall be free from defects which effect the use of castings. By agreement between the purchaser and the
manufacturer, minor defects may be rectified.
Pipes shall be such that they could be cut, drilled or machines.
Bolts, buts & washers shall be made of Steel and well galvanized. The bolts shall be of 200 mm length, 16
mm diameter with 2(two) nos. plain washers, one locknut & one check nut. Threaded length of the bolts
should be 50 mm.
5.0
Sizes
Dimensions of pipe & socket shall be conform to the sizes shown below and as per drawing
enclosed:
Nominal length of the pipe with socket
Nominal diameter of pipe
External diameter of pipe
Thickness of pipe
Projection of spigot bead
Width of spigot bead
Internal dia of socket
Thickness of socket
Internal depth of socket
Internal Radius of socket
1800 mm
100 mm
110 mm
5 mm
3 mm
15 mm
129 mm
6 mm
70 mm
5 mm
Width of grooves of socket
10 mm
External dia of grooves socket
155 mm
Depth of grooves of socket
Nominal weight of pipe (Exclusive of ear)
5 mm
21.67 Kg
147
5.0
Tolerance
The Tolerance of the 100 mm nominal diameter pipe shall be ±3.5 mm
The Tolerance of pipe thickness shall be
- 15 percent
The Tolerance of length of the pipe shall be
- ± 20mm
The Tolerance of weight of the pipe shall be
- 10 Percent
Pipes weighing more than the nominal weight may be accepted provided they comply in every
other respect with the requirements of this standard.
6.0
TEST
6.1
Hammer test: Each pipe when tested for soundness by striking with a light hand hammer shall emit a clear
ringing sound.
6.2
Hydraulic test : If so required by the purchaser, pipe shall be tested hydraulically at a pressure of 0.4 kg/cm
without showing any sign of leakage, sweating or other defect of any kind. The pressure shall be applied
internally and shall be maintained for not less than 15 seconds. The tests shall be conducted before
coating of pipe.
7.0
Inspection
2
All tests and inspection shall be carried out at the place of manufacturers unless otherwise agreed by the
purchaser and the manufacturer at the time of purchase. A manufacturer shall afford the inspector
representing the purchaser or third party nominee all reasonable facilities without charge to satisfy that the
materials are being purchased as per specification. The purchaser reserves the right to have the test
carried out at his cost by an independent agency, whenever there is dispute regarding the quality of
8.0
materials supplied. All incoming consignment shall be checked at stores.
Coating
9.0
Normally pipes, unless specially ordered, shall be supplied free of coating on surfaces.
Marking
Each pipe shall have the Trade mark of the manufacturer and nominal size suitably marked on it. The pipe
marked with the ISI certificate mark, shall be preferred. Name of the project shall be marked.
148
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CROSS ARM
1.0
Scope
This covers manufacturing, transport to site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of different
2.0
3.0
types of Cross Arms suitable for 11 kV and L T lines.
Climatic Conditions
The cross arms should be suitable for the climatic condition mentioned below:
a) Maximum temperature of air in shade
40°C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2°C
c)
Maximum temperature of air in Sun
40°C
d)
Maximum Humidity
93%
e)
Average number of thunderstorm days
45
f)
Average numbers of dust storms per annum
10
g)
Maximum rainfall/annum
3500 mm
h)
Average rainfall
2280 mm
i)
Wind Pressure
97.8 Kg/Sq.mm
j)
Altitude above MSL
100 m to 1000 m
Standards
A.
For 11 KV’ Cross-Arm

Cross Arms shall be made as per the drawings enclosed.

The Cross Arms shall be made out of 75 X 40 X 6 mm MS Channel and MS Flat 50 X 6 mm

Cross Arms shall be hot dip galvanized generally conforming to IS-2633/1972

Cross Arms should not be welded/joined at any place except as specified.

The clamps for the Cross Arms shall be made of 50 X 6 MS Flat and shall be hot dipped
galvanized.

The clamps shall be designed to fit for the specified STP/PSC poles.

The rolling and cutting tolerance for steel products conforming to IS-226 shall be those specified
in IS-1852/1973 or latest version.
B.
Cross Arm for 33 KV Lines.

The Cross Arms shall be made as per the drawings.

The Cross Arms shall be made out of 100 X 50x6mm MS Channel and MS Flat 75 X 8
mm

The Cross Arm shall be hot dipped galvanized generally conforming to the IS2633/1972

The Clamps for the Cross Arms shall be made out of 75 X 8 mm MS Flat and shall be
hot dipped galvanized conforming to IS-2633/1972

The Clamps shall be designed to fit for STP/PSC Poles.

The rolling and cutting tolerance for steel products conforming to IS-226 shall be those
specified in IS-1852/1972 or latest version.
C.
Horizontal Type Cross Arm for 11 KV / 33 KV

It shall comprise of 100 X 50x6 mm, 3.2 M long MS Channel for 33 KV and 2.2 mt. long
for 11 KV to be provided on STP/ PSCC Poles

The rolling and cutting tolerance for steel products conforming to IS-226 shall be those
149
specified in IS-1852/1972 or latest version.

The Cross Arm shall be hot dipped galvanized generally conforming to the IS2633/1972

The clamps for the Cross Arms shall be made of 50 X 6 MS Flat and shall be hot
dipped galvanized.

D.
The Cross Arm should not have any welded joints.
Cross Arm for LT Lines

The Cross Arms shall comprise of 40 X 40 X 6 mm, 0.51 Mt. long MS Channel to be
provided on PSCC Poles.

The rolling and cutting tolerance for steel products conforming to IS-226 shall be those
specified in IS-1852/1972 or latest version.

The Cross Arm shall be hot dipped galvanized generally conforming to the IS-2633/1972

The Cross Arm should not have any welded joints.

The clamps shall be manufactured with MS Flat 50 X 6 mm suitable for PSCC poles and
shall be hot dipped galvanized.
E.
LT MS Angle Cross Arm size 75 X 40 X 6 X 1020 mm

The Cross Arm should not have any welded joints.

All the Cross Arms shall be properly brushed to make free from rust and then coated with
two coatings of red oxide chromate paint as per IS-5660/1970.

The sample Cross Arm and supplied made hereafter should bear identification mark by
way of punching or painting.

One copy of the drawing for each size of the cross arm tendered for should be given to
the purchaser.

The rolling and cutting tolerance for steel products conforming to IS-226 shall be those
specified in IS-1852/1972 or latest version.
4.0
Marking.
The cross arm shall be marked with name of the manufacturer, year and name of the project
‘CMABY’
5.0
INSPECTION
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture.
The supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser's representative or third party nominee at a
reasonable time when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this
specification by the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in
accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found
defective.
150
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR G.I. WIRE
1.0
Scope
This specification covers the manufacturing, testing at works, transport to site, insurance, storage,
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
erection and commissioning of Galvanised Iron Wire of sizes 4 mm and 5 mm diameter.
General requirements
It relating to the supply of mild steel wire shall be as per IS: 1387/1967 and the wire shall be drawn from
the wire rods conforming to IS: 7887/1975.
The requirements for chemical composition for the wires shall conform to IS:7887/1975.
Mild steel wire for General Engineering purpose shall be of following sizes:
I)
4mm - diameter (8 SWG)
II)
5mm - diameter (6 SWG)
2.4
3.0
Tolerance permitted on the diameter of wire shall be as per Table -1 of IS:280/1978.
Climatic Conditions
4.0
The cross arms should be suitable for the climatic condition mentioned In these bidding documents:
Mechanical Properties
2.10
Tensile Test: Tensile strength of wire when tested in accordance with IS:
2.11
Wrapping Test: Wires shall be subjected wrapping test in accordance with IS: 1755-1961. The wire shall
1521-1972, shall be within the limits given in Table-2 of IS: 280/1978.
withstand without breaking or splitting. being wrapped eight times round its own diameter and
subsequently straightened.
5.0
Surface finish
5.1
The wire shall have galvanized finishes. The galvanized coating of steel wire shall conform to the
requirements for anyone of the types of coatings given in IS: 4826-1968 as per agreement with the
purchaser.
The coating test for finishes other than galvanized, copper coated or tinned shall be subject to between the
purchaser and the manufacturer.
Unless otherwise agreed to the method of drawing representative samples of the material and the criteria
for conforming shall be as prescribed in Appendix (A) of IS: 280/1978.
All finished wires shall be well and cleanly drawn to the dimensions specified. The wire shall be sound,
free from splits, surface flaws, rough jagged and imperfect edges and other harmful surface defects.
Each coil of wire shall be suitably bound and fastened compactly and shall be protected by suitably
wrapped.
Marking
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
6.0
Each coil of wire shall be marked legibly with the finish size of wire, lot number and trade mark of the name
of the manufacturer. The material may also be marked with the ISI certification mark and name of the
7.0
project ABY.
INSPECTION
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture. The
supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser's representative or third party nominee at a reasonable
time when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this specification by
the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the
specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found defective.
151
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR P.G CLAMP FOR AAA CONDUCTOR
1.0
Scope:
The scope covers design, manufacturing, testing at work, transport at site, insurance, storage,
erection and commissioning of P.G. Clamp suitable for Conductor size Wolf/Raccoon/Weasel/3
Bolt Type strictly conforming to IS : 2121 and Galvanising conforming to IS : 2633 as per the
following:
Standards:
 P.G. Clamps suitable for conductor size, wolf/raccoon/weasel 3 bolt types strictly conforming to IS :
2121 and galvanizing conforming to IS: 2633 as per the following:
 P.G. clamp body to be made from aluminium alloy
 Clamps nuts and bolt and washer should be made of hot deep galvanized steel
 Spring washer be made of electro-galvanize special steel.
2.0
B
mm
Dimensions
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
79
48
22
½
14.45
95
57
30
20.78
140
76
42
Style No.
Maximum
conductor
diameter in mm
A
mm
A-80
10.11
A-81
A-83
5.0
6.0
No of
Bolts
Approx.
Weight Kg.
2
2
0.17
½
2
2
0.18
5/8
1
3
0.51
a)
Climatic Conditions.
Maximum temperature of air in shade
40°C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2°C
c)
Maximum temperature of air in Sun
40°C
d)
Maximum Humidity
93%
e)
Average number of thunderstorm days
45
f)
Average numbers of dust storms per annum
10
g)
Maximum rainfall/annum
3500 mm
h)
Average rainfall
2280 mm
i)
Wind Pressure
97.8 Kg/Sq.mm
j)
Altitude above MSL
100 m to 1000 m
INSPECTION
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture. The
supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser's representative or third party nominee at a reasonable
time when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this specification by
the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the
specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found defective.
152
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV A.B. GANG OPERATED SWITCHES
1.0
Scope:
This specification covers the design, manufacture and testing at works, transport to site, insurance,
storage, erection and commissioning of outdoor type A.C. Gang Operated Air Break Switches suitable for
use on 11 KV power systems conforming to 155: 1818/1972 with up to-date amendments and revisions.
2.0
i)
ii)
iii)
Ratings: 11 KV 400 Amps 50 C/S AC, 3-Phase continuous
Type: The insulators should be of tilting type for 11 KV class and should be suitable
for both horizontal and vertical mounting.
Insulators: There will be 3(three) insulators stacks per pole. The insulators should be
manufactured strictly conforming to ISS: 731 1971 with its up to date amendments and revisions
and it should be easily replaceable in the event of any damage or defect.
The insulator /insulators/stacks and fixture should be procured from reputed insulator
manufacturers as integral union and should bear the manufacturers monogram both on the
insulators as well as on the malleable caps. A certificate should be furnished to the effect that the
insulators along with the fixtures are procured as integral units from the manufacturers. The
fixtures are to be of malleable casting wherever applicable .
iv)
Main Contacts : The insulators should be complete with :nale contuc~ blades and self aligning
full-floating jaw type female contacts aided with powerful springs to provide sufficient contact
pressure on both sides of the male contact. The contact surface should be made of non-ferrous
alloy such as bronze, gun-metal of brass. The name of the alloy should be mentioned clearly. Full
floating type contacts shall be preferred. The contacts shall be designed so as to withstand the
rated currents without over-heating and should also be able to withstand electromagnetic
stresses and shattering of rated short time current. The contact should also assure a good wiping
action during engagement and dirt accumulation.
v)
Arching Contacts : The insulators should be provided with securely placed and replaceable type
arching contacts to act as the first and the last contacts to prevent burning of the main contacts.
The moving arching contact arm should be of adequate section to withstand the arching, should
be of sufficient mechanical strength and should be placed preferably on the top of the main male
contact.
vi)
Current Carrying Path: All current carrying paths should be of non- ferrous Metals. In case of
tilting type of design the flexible cords are to be of honey comb design and should be made of
suitable non-ferrous metal. The terminals of the cord should be of the same width as that of the
cord itself and be fixed with non-ferrous nuts and bolts. While designing individual areas of all
current carrying paths made of nonferrous alloy, prime consideration of mechanical loading and
electrical copper equivalent of 1 Amp! sq.mm. loading should be considered.
vii)
Terminal Connectors : The insulators should be provided with detachable 6 (six) bolted palm type
terminal connectors 100 mm long suitably grooved to accommodate conductors up to 12.5 mm
diameter. The connector including the fixing bolts and nuts should be made of suitable nonferrous metals such as brass, bronze and gun-metal which should be clearly indicated.
The six bolted palm type connector-groove portion should be finely grinded and finished to
accommodate aluminium conductor up to 12.5 mm diameter suitably.
It may be noted that all nonferrous parts should be tinned properly as per best engineering
practice.
A pair of brass plate washer must be provided on each nuts & bolts of the connector.
153
viii)
Operating Mechanism: The isolators should be assembled on M.S. Galvanised channel base with
holes suitable for fixing on the mounting structures and should be complete with the follows:
For 11 kV Class Tiltinq Type Desiqn :
Phase coupling shaft: 2 .5 cm x 2.5 cm C.I. solid bar of 2.30 meter length.
Operating Pipe: 2.6 cm outside dia 3.25 mm thick 6 meters long.
The operating mechanism should be complete with intermediate guides suitable operating handle
with padlock and chain for locking the handle in both 'ON' & 'OFF' positions.
The flexible coupling, in case of tilting type design will be supported on hinged linked made of
suitable pairs of G I straps with suitable space to accommodate the cord and with three hinges.
two on the insulator fixtures and one between the line.
The pivots of the hinges shall be of G.1. nuts and bolts with sufficiently strong split pin
arrangements of suitable metal. Suitable spring stop mechanism shall be provided at the base
the moving post insulator/post insulators stacks of each pole to prevent overshooting and ensure
that the contact surface area held in contact uniformly during closed position and also to held it
in position after opening.
Necessary and adequate adjustments should be provided in the operating mechanism to
ensure, synchronous closing and opening in the three phase of the insulator.
Inter locking should be provided so that earthing switch cannot be operated without first isolating
the line. The inter-locking shall be mechanical either through lever arrangements or through
locking arrangements or both. Extra for each may be indicated separately. Auxiliary contacts
enclosed in a terminal board shall be provided for semaphore indications of open and closed
positions of the main isolator as well as open and closed positions of the, earthing contacts.
General considerations: All ferrous parts used in the Isolator units should be hot dip galvanised in
accordance with the relevant ISS.
3.0
TEST.
The offers shall invariably be supported by complete type test certificate from National Test House/C.P.
R.I/any other recognised 'Public Institutions and as per ISS: 9920 (pt-1 to iv) with up to date amendments.
Test certificate should be furnished against individual component parts of the isolator such as insulators
etc. The manufacturers should have the facilities of laboratory testing of the isolators at their works as per
relevant ISS/ BSS. They should furnish the detailed specifications along with the make and capacity of
testing equipments at their disposal along with tender.
4.0
Sample
The tenderer shall submit the sample complete with accessories at his own cost along with the tender.
Samples not received within the stipulated time may· disqualify the tender. The tender without sample may
be rejected outright.
5.0
a)
Climatic Conditions:
Maximum temperature of air in shade
40°C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2°C
c)
Maximum temperature of air in Sun
40°C
d)
Maximum Humidity
93%
e)
Average number of thunderstorm days
45
f)
Average numbers of dust storms per annum
10
g)
Maximum rainfall/annum
3500 mm
h)
Average rainfall
2280 mm
i)
Wind Pressure
97.8 Kg/Sq.mm
j)
Altitude above MSL
100 m to 1000 m
154
6.0
Inspection
The manufacturer shall afford the inspection representing the purchaser or third party nominee at works all
facilities to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with specification.
7.0
Name Plate
The bidder has to provide the following particulars on the name plate of the equipment:
a.
Name of the equipment
b.
Manufacture's name
c.
Operating range
d.
Name of the purchaser
e.
Name of the project
155
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS OF CAPACITY 63/100/250 KVA
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at manufacturer's works, transport to
site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of Oil immersed, naturally cooled, three phase double wound out-door type transformers of capacity 25/63/100/250/315 KVA, having
working voltage of 11 KV/0.433 KV complete with all fittings and accessories for installation.
Any fitting, accessory or operation which may not have been mentioned specifically in the
specification, but which are normally used or necessary for safe and efficient working of the
transformer shall be deemed to be automatically included in this specification.
2.0
STANDARDS
The transformer shall conform in all respects to the following standards and codes as
mentioned below:
IS-335/K 83, BS-148, ASTM D-1275
: New insulating oil for transformer switchgear
IS-2026 (Part 1 to 4)-1977/81)
: Specification for power transformers
IS-2099-1986
: Bushing for alternating voltage above 1000 V
IS-3347, DIN 42531 to 33
: Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushing
IS-3639-1968
: Specification for fittings and accessories for
power transformers
IS-6600-1972
:
Guide
for
loading
of
oil
immersed
transformers
IS-7421-1988
:
Specification
for
porcelain
bushings
for
alternating voltage up to and including 1000 V
IS-10314-1982
: Specification for ceramic bushing for terminals
CB & IP Publication No.275
: Manual on transformer
IS-1180 (Part I & II)
: Outdoor distribution transformers up to and
including 100 kVA
ISS-12444 & ASTM-B-49
: Copper wire rods·
ISS-5484 & ASTM B-233
: Aluminum wire rods
ISS-5/1961 No. 632
: Colours for ready mixed paints
2.1
Material conforming to other internationally accepted standards, which ensure equal or higher quality than
the standards mentioned above would also be acceptable. In case the Bidders who wish to offer material
conforming to the other standards, salient points of difference between the standards adopted and the
specific standards shall be clearly brought out in relevant schedule. Four copies of such standards with
authentic English Translations shall be furnished along with the offer.
3.0
SYSTEM DETAILS
The transformers shall be suitable for outdoor installation with 3-phase 50 Hz, 11 kV system in which the
neutral is effectively earthed and they should be designed suitable for service under fluctuations in supply
voltage upto .:!:. 12 %. Permissible under Indian Electricity Supply Act and rules made there under.
156
4.0
5.0
CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
a)
Maximum temperature of air in shade
40°C
b)
Minimum temperature of air in shade
2°C
c)
Maximum temperature of air in Sun
40°C
d)
Maximum Humidity
93%
e)
Average number of thunderstorm days
45
f)
Average numbers of dust storms per annum
10
g)
Maximum rainfall/annum
3500 mm
h)
Average rainfall
2280 mm
i)
Wind Pressure
97.8 Kg/Sq.mm
j)
Altitude above MSL
100 m to 1000 m
TYPE AND RATINGS – CONVENTIONAL
(i)
(ii)
Capacity (Continuous rating) : 63/100/250 KVA
No load voltage ratio at normal tap position
a)
b)
Primary voltage
: 11000 V
Secondary Voltage : 433 Volts between phases and 250 volts between
neutral
(iii) Nominal frequency
: 50 Hz
(iv) Highest system voltage
: 12 KV
(v) No. of phase
:3
(vi) Winding connections
: Delta/Star
(vii) Vector group
: DyII
(viii)
: ONAN
Cooling method
phase to
(ix) Impulse withstand voltage : 75 KV Peak
(x) Power frequency withstand voltage : 28 KV rms
(xi) Impedance voltage at 75°C : 4.5% for 100 KVA AND 5% ABOVE 100 KVA UPTO
1000 KVA
6.0
TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE AMBIENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH IS-2026
a)
Windings (temperature rise measure by resistance
45°C
method) - over an ambient temperature of 45°C
b)
Top oil (temperature rise measured by thermometer) -
40°C
over an ambient temperature of 45°C
The temperature shall be continuously rated at specified voltage ratio, frequency.
The temperature rise in the core, under the same loading condition, on any part of external surface
should not exceed that permitted for the adjacent part of the winding.
157
7.0
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOSSES & IMPEDANCE
Sl.No
1
2
3
Ratings in
KVA
63
100
250
No-Load/ Loss in
Watts 50%
145/380
220/520
570/1050
Full Load Loss in Watts
at 75°C at 100%
1250
1800
3320
% Impedance
4.5
4.5
4.5
These losses are maximum allowable and there 'would not be any positive tolerance. However, the
manufacture can offer losses less than above. The offer will be evaluated as per the loss evaluation
formula given in REC, K-5 Standard- 1997 as amended up-to-date.
8.0
TAPPING RANGE
8.1
Tappings will be provided on the higher voltage in steps of ± 21/2% and ± 5% on all ratings.
8.2
Tap Changing Method
8.2.1
The tap changing device shall be off - circuit type. The tap changing shall be carried out by means of an
externally operated tapping switch capable of being located and locked in any required position.
8.2.2
The taps shall be provided on HV side winding for variation of no load primary voltage over the range
given in clause 3.0 of this specification.
The location of tap changing device shall be such that an operator can very easily change the tap, while
standing on the ground without the aid of any climbing platform.
A warning late indicating that switch shall not be operated' in 'ON' position be provided.
TOLERANCES
8.2.3
8.2.4
9.0
The tolerances on electrical performance shall be as shown below:
a)Voltage ratio
+ 0.5% of the declared ratio or a percentage equal to 10% of the percentage impedance voltage,
whichev~r JS ,less.
b)Impulse & Power Frequency Voltage
The Distribution Transformers shall be capable of withstanding the power frequency and impulse test
voltage.
Nominal system voltage
Highest test voltage
Impulse test voltage
Power frequency voltage
: 11 KV rms
: 12 KV rms
: 75 KV peak
: 28 KV rms
c)Unless otherwise specified herein the test value of the transformers supplied should be within the tolerance
permitted in the IS 2026 on the guarantee value.
10.0
DEISGN OF CORE
10.1
The cores shall be constructed from high grade cold rolled non-aging grain oriented silicon steel
laminations. The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges, development of
short-circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure and the production of flux components
at right angles to the plane of laminations which may cause local heating. The core laminations shall be
held rigidly by a steel framework which shall clamp them together to prevent any vibration. The core shall
be provided with lifting lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and coil assembly of the transformer
without transmitting the stresses to the laminations.
158
10.2
10.3
10.3.1
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.4
10.5
The transformer shall be suitable for over fluxing due to combined effect of system voltage and frequency
upto 12.5% without injurious heating. These laminations shall be as thin as possible consistant with
mechanically strong constructions. At least one side of each lamination shall be coated with a hot oil proof
insulating material. In case the manufacturer's standard method is different from this, It should be clearly
described. The laminations should be free from rust and colour spots. The laminations shall be grade 41
(M4) or better grade.
Core Clamping: The core shall be so insulated that there is no possibility of contact between edges and
the core bolts. The bolts shall be tested at 2500 volts to earth.
M.S. Channel to be used upto 100 kVA, 75 x 40 mm size and 100 x 50mm size for 250 kVA & 315 kVA on
top and bottom.
2 x12 mm high tensile bolts to be used upto 100 kVA and 2 x 16 mm for 250 and 315 kVA in parallel at
each end.
MS channel on LV side to be reinforced at equidistance if holes / cuttings is done on L T side to avoid
bending of channel.
MS channel to be painted with varnish / oil resistant paint.
Flux Density should not be more than 1.55 webers sq. m (Tesla).
No load current (Magnetizing current) shall not exceed 3 % of full load current upto 100 kV A and 1.25 %
for 250 kV A and 315 kV A and will be measured by energizing the transformer at 433 Volts, 5Q Hz on the
secondary. Increase of voltage of 433 volts by 10 % shall not increase the no-load current
disproportionately high. Test for magnetic balance by connecting the LV phase by phase to rated phase
voltage and hleasurement of a n, b n, and c n voltage will be carried out.
10.6
Number of steps of core shall be minimum of 5 Nos. upto 100 kVA and 7 Nos. for 250 kVA and 315 kVA.
10.7
Diameter of core shall not be less than:
10.7.1
Up to 63kVA ,100 kVA ,250 kV A
10.7.2
10.8
Up to 63 kVA
- 100 mm
100 kVA
- 115 mm
250 kV A
- 170 mm
Effective area of core shall not be less than:
Up to 63 kVA
- 70 sq. mm
100 kVA
- 92 sq. mm
250 kV A
- 200 sq. mm
Tie rods: 4 Nos. of 12 mm diameter size (upto 100 kVA) and 8 Nos. of 16 mm diameter size for (250 and
315 kVA) of High tensile steel rods shall be effectively insulated.
10.9
All top and bottom Yoke nuts and bolts and tie rods shall be painted with oil and corrosion resistant paint
before use.
10.10
Core base and bottom Yoke shall be supported with 75 x 40 mm. MS channel with proper bolting. Flat or
cut channel will not be accepted.
NOTE: Tenderers may also quote for the Amorphous core (low loss) and they should furnish design
details in their bid proposal for verification.
11.0
DESIGN OF WINDING
159
1.0
WINDING
1.1
GENERAL
i)
The current density of copper in any part of the windings shall not exceed 2.50 Amps/Sq. mm.
ii)
The current density of Aluminium in any part of the windings shall not exceed 1.50 Amps/Sq. mm.
iii)
All windings shall be made of electrolytic high conductivity Aluminum for transformer of capacity
up to 200 KVA and high conductivity Copper for transformer of capacity 250 KVA and above
shape and braced to provide for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes. Winding
shall be fully insulated as defined in IS: 2026. All neutral points shall be insulated for the voltage
specified in IS: 2026. The winding shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical
voltage, rating shall be interchangeable.
iv)
Number of HV coils per phase should not be less than four (4)for 63, 100&200 kVA and not less
than 8 ( eight ) for 250 KVA & above with the type Crossover/Sectional. Number of secondary
(LV) coil should be one with spiral type winding construction.
v)
LV winding shall be such that neutral formation will be at top.
vi)
Conductor covering for HV winding conductor should be DPC with minimum 0.35mm thickness
and for LV conductor DPC with minimum 0.40 mm thickness.
vii)
Interlayer insulation shall be Nomex/Epoxy dotted Kraft Paper.
viii)
Distribution Transformers shall be designed to withstand the impulse and power frequency test
voltages as per IS: 2026.
ix)
Magnitude of impulse surges transferred from HV to LV windings by induction and capacitance
coupling shall be limited to B.I.L. of LV winding
x)
The completed core and coil assembly shall be dried in vacuum at not more than 0.5mm of
mercury absolute pressure and shall be immediately impregnated with oil after the drying process
to ensure the elimination of air and moisture within the insulation. Vacuum may be applied in
either vacuum over or in the transformer tank
xi)
Winding shall be subjected to a shrinking and seasoning process, so that no further shrinkage
occurs during service. Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up possible shrinkage in
service.
xii)
Winding shall not contain sharp bends which might damage the insulation or produce high
dielectric stresses. No strip conductor wound on edge shall have width exceeding six times the
thickness.
xiii)
Varnish application on coil windings may be given only for mechanical protection and not for
improvement in dielectric properties. In no case varnish or other adhesive be used which will seal
the coil and prevent evacuation of air and moisture and impregnation by oil.
xiv)
The insulation of transformer windings and connection shall be free from insulating composition
liable to soften, ooze out ,shrink or collapse during service and be non catalytic and chemically
inactive in transformer oil.
xv)
The coil clamping arrangement and the finished dimensions of any oil ducts shall be such as will
not impede the free circulation of oil through the ducts.
xvi)
Terminals of all windings shall be brought out of the tank through bushings for external
connections
xvii)
The winding shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage ratings shall be
interchangeable and field repairs to the winding can be made readily without special equipment.
The coils shall have high dielectric strength
xviii)
All leads from windings to terminals shall be rigidly supported to prevent injury from vibration.
Guide tubes may be used where possible.
160
11.1
Winding Connections and Vector Group
11.1.1
The primary of the transformer should be connected in delta and the secondary winding should be
connected in star in accordance with vector symbol Dy-II so as to produce a positive phase
displacement of 30° between the primary and secondary voltage vectors of the same phase. The
neutral should be brought out to a separate insulated terminal for the purpose of grounding etc.
11.1.2
Current density for HV & LV should not be more than and
2.5A/sq. mm for copper (with a
tolerance of 5 % for LV winding) and 1.5 A/sq. mm for aluminium conductor.
11.2
Winding Terminals
HV side : the HV winding terminals should be brought outside the transformer tank through 3
a)
Nos. of weather proof, out door type, brown glazed bushings conforming to ISS:3347 (Pt.V.Sec-l)
1965 for porcelain and I.S.S.:3347 (Pt.-V, see-II) : 1967 (metal parts) with upto be amendments
and revisions. Arching horns with appropriate BIL. (80% of impulse voltage) should be mounted
on the bushings.
LV Side : the LV v:inding terminals should be brought outside the transformer brown glazed bushing
conforming to IS : 3347 (Pt-I, Sec-2) : 1965 (for porcelain parts) and IS : 3347 (Pt-I, sec-2) : 1967 (for
metal parts) with upto date amendments and revisions. Arching horns with appropriate BIL (80% of
impulse voltage) shou1d be mounted on the bushing.
11.3
Winding Construction
a)
The HV and LV winding coils should be circular and arranged concentrically in such a manner
that the lower voltage winding is placed next to the core and the magnetic axis of the winding
should be made coincident as far as possible.
b)
The size of the HV winding wires shall be such as to have greater mechanical strength and
lower current density.
c)
The flux density should not be allowed to exceed 1.9 Tesla under over voltage condition so that
the core is not saturated.
d)Top and bottom coils shall be supported by wooden discs to take care .of electro-mechanical
rd
forces under short-circuit conditions. 2/3 area of the coil should be covered by spacers.
12.0 DESIGN OF TANK
12.1
The transformer tank shall be of robust construction and shall be built of electrically welded MS plates.
All joints of tank and fittings shall be --- tight and no bulging shall occur during service. The tank design
shall be such that the core and windings can be lifted freely. The tank plates shall be of such strength
that the complete transformer when filled with oil may be lifted bodily by means of the lifting lugs
provided. Tank inside shall be painted by varnish. Top cover shall be slightly sloping towards HV
bushing and cover the top with end walls.
12.2 I) Side Wall thickness
II) Top and bottom plate thickness
12.3
: 3.15 mm
: 5.00 mm
The four walls of the tank shall be made of TWO "L" shaped sheets (without joints) fully welded at the
161
corners from inside and outside of the tank for withstanding a pressure of 1 kg/sq.mm for 10 minutes.
All the tank plates shall be of such a strength that the complete transformer with oil and fittings can
be lifted bodily my means of lifting lugs provided.
12.4
Reinforced of welding stiffner angle (40 x 40 x 5 mm) on all the outside walls of the tank shall be
provided to form two equal compartments (upto 100 kVA) and three equal compartments above
100kVA. The tank through longer side walls shall be reinforced additionally by welding suitable size
flat/angle vertically to provide sturdy and robust construction to withstand extreme pressure
conditions. All joints of tank and fittings shall be oil tight and no bulging should occur during the
service. The tank design shall be such that the core coil assembly can be lifted freely. The hooks that
will be used for anchoring the core shall be so located as not to foul with the core coil assembly.
12.5
"U" shaped pressure relief vent of 50mm dia pipe with 0.025 mm copper shim sheet as diaphram
shall be provided on the top cover of the tank such that the pressure released should be directed to
the ground. The vent shall be provided on opposite side of the CB operating rod. The diaphram shall
be provided near to the top cover and other end of the vent pipe shall guarded with suitable mesh
against entering of worms and resting. The diaphragm should burst at a pressure between 0.76
kg/sq.cm to 0.95 kg/sq.cm.
12.5.1
Pressure test will be conducted by the inspecting officer on a transformer vent pipe against each lot
offered for inspection. The diaphragm should burst at a pressure between 0.76 kg/sq.mm to 0.95
kg/sq.mm. For any operational failure of vent pipe and consequent damaged to the tank an addition to
insisting for free replacement of the tank, the State Electricity Board may at its option, recover an
estimated loss sustained by it from the manufacturer.
12.6
Permanent deflection when the tank without oil is subjected to vacuum of 760 mercury shall not be
more than 5 mm up to 750 mm length 6 mm up to 1250 mm length. The tank shall be capable of
withstanding a pressure up to 0.7 kg/sq.cm without any deformation. Inside of the tank shall be
painted with hot oil proof paint.
12.7
The transformer tank top cover shall be fixed with bolts and four corner bolts shall be
welded, to prevent opening of the cover at site by miscreants. In addition to this "U" clamps seals may
be welded on the four sides of the top cover for further prevention of meddling and suitable continuous
neoprene gasket (Rectangular Ring) to avoid leakage of Nitrogen and all the fittings including bushings
in position shall be tested for leakage at a pressure of 0.7 kg/sq.cm inside the tank for 10 minutes. The
above test shall be carried out before final sealing of the transformers.
12.8
The tank shall be fitted with round cooling tubes of minimum of 38 mm outer dia and 1.25
mm thick
bent and directly welded on both sides i.e., inside and outside and outside of the tank. The cooling tubes
shall not be provided underneath the LV bushing to avoid
puncturing of the tubes due to falling down of
LV lead on them.
12.9
Steel surface shall be prepared by sand shot blast on chemical cleaning including phosphating as per
IS : 3618.
12.10 Heat resistant paint (hot oil proof) shall be provided inside the tank.
On external surface one coat of thermo setting powder paint or two coats of zone
chromate followed
by two coats of synthetic 'thermal paint of dark admiralty gray shade conforming to 632 of JS : 5 of
1961 shall be followed:
162
12.11
Heat dissipation by tank walls excluding top and bottom should be limited to 500 W / sq.mt up to
the oil level, 250 Watts / sq.mt above oil level and 300 Watts /sq. mt for
capable of giving continuous rated output
the
cooling tubes. The transformer shall be
without exceeding the specified temperature rise. Tenderer shall submit
calculation sheets.
12.12
Sl.No.
Total minimum oil volume and minimum weights
KVA Rating
Oil in Ltrs. (Incl. of oil
observed in core coil
assembly)
Permissible oil
absorption in
Ltrs.
Core
Lamination
min. in Kgs.
Winding with
Insulation min
in Kgs.
1
63
195
6
145
55
2
100
240
7
207
72
3
250
440
12
394
185
12.13
Lifting Lugs: 2 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of MS plate 8 mm. Thick suitably reinforced by vertical
supporting flat welded edgewise below the lug on the side wall.
12.14
Pulling Lugs: 4 Nos. of welded heavy duty pulling lugs of MS plate of 8 mm, thick shall be provided to
pull the transformer horizontally.
12.15
Top Cover Gasket & Bolts:
i)
The gasket provided in between top cover plate and tank shall be of 5 mm thick neoprene rubberized cork
sheets confirming to IS:4352, Part-II.
ii) GI nut bolts shall be of size 38" x 1 ~" with one plain and one spring washer suitably spaced to press the
cover.
iii) The height of the tank shall be such that the minimum clear height upto the top cover plate of 120 mm,
is achieved from top yoke.
13.0
CONSERVATOR
a)
b)
The total volume of conservator shall be such as to contain 10% quantity of the oil. Normally
3% quantity of the total oil will be contained in the conservator
Oil level indicator shall be provided on the side which will be with fully covered detachable flange with
single gasket and tightened with MS nut bolts.
The pipe from conservator tank connecting to main tank shall have a slopping flap so that the oil falling
from the pipe shall not fall directly on the active job and shall fall on the side walls only.
The conservator shall be provided with the drain plug and a filling hold with cover. In addition, the cover
of the main tank shall be provided with an air release plug.
14.0
BREATHER
Breather joints will be bolted type in case of metal container. Breather made of synthetic materials may
be provided subject to the purchaser's approval. Breather volume in gram of silicagel 250 gms.
15.0
TERMINALS
a)
Bross rods 12 mm dia both for HV & LV upto 100 kVA
b)
Bross rods of 12 mm dia for HV only above 100 kvA
c)
Tinned copper rods of 20 mm dia both for LV and HV above 100 kV A
16.0
BUSHINGS
16.1
The porcelain portion of HT and L T bushings shall be of standard make and conform to IS-2099/1973 (HV),
"Specification for High voltage porcelain bushings" and IS-7421/1974 for LV IS-3347 shall be outdoor type.
The bushing rods and nuts shall be as per clause 18 of specification. The bushings shall be fixed to the
transformers on sides with straight pockets and in the same plane.
The tests as per IS-2099 11962 shall be conducted on the transformer bushings as detailed below:
a)Dry Flash over voltage
163
b)Wet flash ever voltage
c)Dry 1 minute with-stand voltage
d)Impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 micro seconds - Ve wave)
e)Manufacturer's test certification to be furnished for eyery lot of offer
16.2
For 11 kV, 17.5 kV Class bushings shall be used and for 0.433 kV, 1.1 kV class bushings shall be used.
Bushings of plain sheds as per IS-3347 shall be mounted on the side of the tank and not on top level.
16.3
Dimensions of the bushings of the following voltage class shall conform to Indian Standards mentioned
below.
Voltage Class
Indian Standards for Porcelain Parts
ISS for Metal Parts
1.1 KV
IS-3347/Part-I/Sec.1/1965/1979
IS-3347/Part-I/Sec.2/1979 (ass per
IS 1180/1989)
17.5 KV
IS-3347/Part-I/Sec.1/1972
IS-3347/Part-III/Sec.2/1982
16.4
A minimum phase to phase clearance of 75 mm for LV (up to 1.1 kV bushing) and 255 mm for HV (3.3 kV
and above) bushings shall be obtained with the bushing mounted on the transformer.
16.5
The bushings shall be fixed on sides with pockets in the same plane. Arcing horns shall not be provided
and instead brass caps shall be provided.
16.6
Brazing of all inter connections, jumpers from winding to bushing shall have cross section larger than the
winding conductor. For copper, silver brazing alloy to be used. For aluminum L & T aluminum brazing rods
shall be used.
16.7
In the case of LV bushings, the internal bushings shall be made of tough insulating material like epoxy and
shall have embedded stem and a strong coupling connection (screwed), properly secured with a special
joint pin shall be used between stem of the internal and external bushings.
16.8
The LV bushing shall be so located that even under the hottest conditions the level of the transformer oil
shall be below the open.ing meant for fixing the LV bushings. The LV jumpers and bushing material shall
be selected and designed for this condition.
16.9
The design of the internal bushing for LV shall be such as to provide adequate earth clearance as
stipulated i.n the clause 10, 2.1 of 18 1180 Part-I and creepage distance as per clause 7.1 of 18 2099. All
other tests as per relevant standards shall be applicable.
16.10
The terminal arrangement shall not require a separate oil chamber not connected to oil in the main tank.
16.11
The LV bushing and HV bushing stems shall be provided with suitable terminal connectors so as to
connect the jumper without disturbing the bushing stem. High voltage phase windings shall be marked
both in the terminal boards inside the tank and on the outside with capital letter IU, IV, IW and low voltage
windings for the same phase marked by corresponding small letters 2u, 2v, 2 w. The neutral point terminal
shall be indicated by the letter 2 n.
16.12
The vector diagram plate shall clearly indicate the method adopted -for marking the terminals both outside
and interior.
17.0
LIGHTNING ARRESTORS
9 KV 5 KA metal oxide lightning arrestors as per 18:3070/1974 Part-I/lEC-99 (the latest version) one
number per phase shall be fixed under the HV bushings with earth connected to the body of
transformers with necessary clamping arrangements.
18.0
TRANSFORMER OIL
The transformer shall be supplied complete with first filling of oil and the same shall comply with IS335/1983 with latest version thereof. The ageing characteristics after accelerated ageing shall be as
given in Appendix-C of S335/1983 (or) latest version. The characteristics of the oil shall be as follows
164
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
18.1
Characteristic
Electric strength (breakdown voltage)
30 KV (Min)
Electric dissipation factor (tan delta) at 90°C
0.01 (Max)
Specific resistance (resistivity) at 27°C (ohm-cm)
12
Flash point (PM closed)
140°C (Min)
Inter facial tension at 27°C
Neutralization valve (total acidity)
0.03 N/M (Min)
0.05 mg/KOH/g (max)
Water content PPM
35 (Max)
Specified Value
DRYING & OIL-FILLING
The core and the winding after assembly shall be dried in a vacuum drying chamber to a temperature of
90°C. After this drying process the slackness of bolts, nuts and other clamping arrangements shall be
checked and tightened. The tank shall be filled with oil heated upto 80°C in vacuum. The tenderer shall
furnish the vacuum pressure under which the whole operation shall be carried out.
19.0
FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
Rating Plate
Diagram Plate
Two Nos. Earthing terminals
Lifting lugs for lifting arrangements of main transformer core coil assembly also for tank cover.
HV bushings 3 nos. with bimetallic terminal connectors
LV bushings 4 nos. with bimetallic terminal connectors.
Metal Oxide lightning Arrestor (disconnector type with GI Pipe Earth Strip of 25 X 4 mm).
U-shaped pressure relief vent 0.025 mm Cu diaphragm on the top of the top cover for breaking at a
pressure of 0.76 to 0.95 Kg/cm².
ix. LV epoxy Bushings 4 Nos.
x. Base Channels 75 X 40 mm
xi. Weight content of a) Core; b) Windings; c) Tank & Fittings; d) Weight/ Quantity of Oil; e) Overall
Weight
xii. 5 Year guarantee embossed plate welded below name plate
xiii. Dehydrating silica gel breaker
xiv. Conservator with oil filling hole & cap, drain, valve & with 50 mm blocking valve.
xv. Plain oil level, indicator with minimum marking
xvi. Thermometer pocket
xvii. Explosion vent (pressure release device with diaphragm
xviii. 2 Nos. oil filter valves with plug one at top a the other at bottom. The bottom filter valve can also be
used are drain valve.
xix. 4 Nos. unidirectional rollers suitable for plates form mounting
xx. OFF and externally hand operated tap changing switch with position indicating plate and provision for
locking device for HV variation.
xxi. On the rating plate "CMABY” followed by the name of the State Electricity Board" should invariably be
inscribed.
The rating plate and the terminal marking plate should be mode of durable and non-corrodible material
and information as per clause 15.2 of ISS:2026/77 (Pt-I) or any other relevant standard should be
embossed thereon. The rating plate and the terminal marking may be combined into one whole plate. On
the rating plate "Property of Assam State Electricity Board" should invariably be inscribed.
20.0
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS & DRAWINGS
2.0
The guaranteed technical particulars of the transformers are as per the Annexure-II enclosed herewith. All
appropriate information and data required in the Annexure should be carefully filled in and should be
complete in all respects.
3.0
The following drawings should be invariably be submitted in triplicate along with tender.
a)Outline Dimensions and General arrangements
b)Wiring Diagram for auxiliaries
c)Electrical connections
165
d)
21.0
VERLOAD CAPACITY
The tendered should state clearly the percentage overload the transformers can take for a continuous
period of 1 hour. The transformers shall suitable for loading as per 15-6600/1972. The transformer shall be
designed to obtain maximum efficiency at 75% load
22.0
TESTS
22.1
Type Tests
The tenderer shall submit copy of certificates of complete type tests carried out in a recognized laboratory
in accordance with I.S.S. on similar distribution transformers (Protection) during the last three years. Test
certificates of a period earlier than three years from the due date of the tender shall not be accepted
except for short circuit test for which validity of test certified will be five years.
Technical details of the transformers for which tests were carried out shall be clearly indicated in the test
certificates, furnished along with the tender, so that designed aspects of the transformer offered can be
easily identified to be similar with that for which certificates are furnished.
22.1.1
The following Type tests shall be conducted.
a.
Temperature rise test for determining the maximum temperature rise after continuous full load
run. The ambient temperature and time of test should be stated in the test certificates.
b.
Impulse voltage test as per Clause 12.1 of IS-2026 (Part 111/1997) as per latest version.
c.
Air pressure test as per Clause 18.13.1 of IS-1180/Part.II/1079.
d.
Short circuit withstand test: Thermal and Dynamic ability. The bidder shall furnish calculations in
accordance with the IS-2026 to demonstrate the thermal ability of a transformer to withstand
short circuit test.
e.
Un-balanced current: The value of unbalanced current indicated by the ammeter shall not be
more than 2% of the full loan current.
22.1.2
Special tests other type and routine tests, as agreed between purchaser and Tenderer shall also be
carried out as per the relevant standards.
22.1.3
Routine Tests
Manufacturer's routine test certificates shall be furnished before offering the transformer for inspection
The transformer shall be subjected to the following Routine Tests at the manufacturer's works in
accordance with the REC specification No.23~1983, the IS: 1180 and IS: 2026.
a) Checking of weights, dimensions fitting and accessories, tank thickness, oil quantity, material, finish and
workmanship as per purchase order and contract drawings.
b) Physical verification of core coil assembly and measurement of flux density of one unit of each rating, in
every inspection with reference to short circuit test report.
c)
Measurement of Ratio, polarity and winding resistance. Check of voltage and vector relationship.
d) Measurement of impedance voltage, short circuit impedance and load loss at rated current and normal
frequency.
e)
Measurement of No Load current and losses at service voltage and normal frequency.
f)
Measurement of No load current at 112.5% of rated voltage.
g)
Measurement of insulation resistance.
h)
Induced over voltage withstand test.
i)
Separate source voltage withstand test.
j)
Checking of name place and marking on the tank.
k)
Checking of dielectric strength of transformer oil.
22.1.4
Acceptance and Routine Tests
All acceptance and routine tests as stipulated in the relevant standards shall be carried out by the supplier
in presence of purchaser’s representative.
166
Following tests shall be carried out at manufacturer's works on one unit of each rating by the supplier in
presence of purchase representative.
22.1.5
a)
Temperature rise test.
b)
Measurement of unbalance current.
c)
Air pressure test on empty tank of transformer opened for physical verification test (Once only).
d)
The test certificates for all routine and type tests for the transformers and also for the bushings
and transformer oil shall be submitted with the tender.
e)
Tests at Site: The purchaser reserves the right to conduct all tests on Transformer after arrival at
site and the contractor shall guarantee test certificate figures under actual service conditions.
Test Certificates
The test certificates for all routine and latest (within 5 years) type tests for the transformers and also the
bushing and transformer oil shall be submitted with tender.
23.0
INSPECTION
All routine tests will be carried out on each and every transformer and temperature rise tests on one
revisions unit out of a batch should be carried at the works of the manufacturer. The tender must give
prior intimations (at least 15 days ahead) to the authority issuing the purchase order, regarding the
readiness of transformers for such testing so that he may depute his Engineers or third party nominee to
witness the tests. All reasonable facilities should be extended to the APDCL Engineer, who witness the
testing so that he is satisfied that all tests are being carried out as per ISS: 2026/77.
No extra cost will be paid by APDCL for any of above mentioned tests.
The purchaser has the right to have the tests carried out at his own cost by an independent agency
whenever there is doubt regarding the quality of supply and testing.
23.1
Stage Inspection
The stage inspection of the transformers during the manufacturing/ assembling stage shall be carried out
by the purchaser's representative or third party nominee. The purchaser has absolute right to reject the
raw material/component/sub-assemblies or complete equipment not conforming to the requirements of
the specifications or of poor quality/workmanship. The purchaser at his option may collect the samples of
the following raw material/components for his independent testing.
24.0
a.
CRGO Lamination: APDCL
One specimen sheet of 300-500 mm length and 500 mm width (for
each lot of raw material used by the supplier)
b.
HV Winding Wire:
1250 mm length specimen for each type
c.
LV Winding Wire:
1250 mm length specimen for each type
d.
Transformer Oil:
5 lit., in bottle of 1 lit. each.
CHECKING BY COMPLETE DISMANTLING
The purchaser shall have the right to select at random anyone transformer from the lot of transformer of a
particular rating. The transformer will at the discretion of the purchaser, be completely dismantled and
each and every item will be visually inspected and examined to ascertain whether requirements of
specifications guaranteed particulars and type tested design are strictly followed or not, or whether norms
as standardized by Indian
Standard Specifications are adhered.
25.0
MOUNTING
The under base of the transformer shall be provided with two channels of adequate size at suitable
spacing for fixing on plinth.
26.0
NAME PLATE PARTICULARS
The equipment shall be provided with a name plate covering name of manufacturer, year of manufacture,
rating, other technical data as per specification and name of the project under TDF2011-14
167
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 1.1 KV GRADE SINGLE CORE UNARMOURED L.T. XLPE CABLE
1 .0.
SCOPE:
This specification covers design, engineering, manufacture, stage testing, inspection and testing before
supply and delivery at site of 1.1 kV grade single core 16/25/50/95/120/185/240/300 Sq. mm. XLPE
Cables for use with effectively earthed distribution system.
1.1.
It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of the design and construction of
material. However the material shall confirm in all respects to high standards of engineering,
design and workmanship and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial
operation in a manner acceptable to the purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings
and specification and shall have the power to reject any work or material which, in his judgment
is not in accordance therewith. The offered material shall be complete with all components
necessary for their effective and trouble free operation. Such, components shall be deemed to
be within the scope of Bidder’s supply irrespective of whether those are specifically brought out
in this specification and/or the commercial order or not.
1.2.
Normally the offer should be as per Technical Specification without any deviation. But any
deviation felt necessary to improve performance, efficiency and utility of equipment must be
mentioned in the “Deviation Schedule” with reasons duly supported by documentary evidences
and advantages of such deviation. Such deviation suggested may or may not be accepted. But
deviation not mentioned in “Deviation Schedule” will not be considered afterwards.
Location
The cables may be laid buried directly in ground at a depth of one metre in average, any where
in Assam and terminate for outdoor connection to a distribution transformer or to overhead LT
lines and also indoor connection for indoor switchgear
1.3.
.
STANDARDS:
The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian Standard
latest amendments thereto.
Indian Standard No.
IS-7098 Part-I/1988
IS-5831/1984
IS-8130/1984
IS 3975/1979
IS-10418/1982
Title
Specification for Cross Linked Polyethylene
Insulated PVC Sheathed Cables for working
Voltages Up to and including 1100V
PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
Conductors for insulated electric cables and
Flexible cords
Specification for armouring
Specification for cable drum
Specifications with
Internationally
Recognized
standard
IEC 502 (1983)
IEC 502 (1983)
IEC 228 (1978)
Material conforming to other internationally accepted standards, which ensure equal or
higher quality than the standards mentioned above, would also be acceptable. In case the
Bidders who wish to offer material conforming to the other standards, salient points of
difference between the standards adopted and the specific standards shall be clearly brought
out in relevant schedule. Four copies of such standards with authentic English Translations
shall be furnished along with the offer. . In case of conflict the order of precedence shall be (i)
IS, (ii) IEC, (iii) Other standards. In case of any difference between provisions of these
standards and provisions of this specification, the provisions contained in this specification shall
prevail.
Moderately hot and humid tropical climate, conducive to rust and fungus growth.
168
2.0
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS:
2.1
MAIN FEATURES:
The power cables shall be of LT 1.1 kV Grade, stranded compacted, high conductivity,
aluminum conductor, XLPE insulated, ST-1 type extruded PVC outer sheathed, conforming to
relevant standards suitable for LT AC three phase, 50 c/s, effectively earthed distribution
system.
2.3
2.4
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION:
SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Technical parameters of the cable shall be as follows
Sl
No
Cabl
e
Size
(Sq.
mm)
Al.
Stra
nd
Min.
thick
ness
of
XLP
E
Min.
thickne
ss of
Outer
sheath
(mm
)
(mm)
Min
Max. A.C
Resistanc
e at 700C
Min. current
carrying capacity
at 300C
(mm)
Max. D.C
Resistanc
e at 200C
(Ohm/Km
)
(Ohm/Km
)
Ground
Air
Overall
dia
(Amps)
Short Ckt
current/se
c
(KA/1sec)
Min.
weight.
Kg/Km
1
25
7
0.9
1.8
11.0
1.200
1.540
96
98
2.4
169
2
35
7
0.9
1.8
11.5
0.868
1.110
114
121
3.3
203
3
50
7
0.9
1.8
13.5
0.641
0.820
135
150
4.7
258
4
70
19
1.1
1.8
15.5
0.443
0.567
166
187
6.6
341
5
95
19
1.1
1.8
17.0
0.320
0.410
198
230
9.0
429
6
120
19
1.2
1.8
19.0
0.253
0.325
225
268
11.3
538
7
150
19
1.4
2.0
21.0
0.206
0.265
253
309
14.2
652
8
185
37
1.6
2.0
23.0
0.164
0.211
286
360
17.5
786
9
240
37
1.7
2.0
26.0
0.125
0.162
332
433
22.6
989
10
300
37
1.8
2.0
28.0
0.100
0.13
376
501
28.3
1161
2.5
CONDUCTOR:
The cable conductor shall be made from stranded aluminum to form compacted shaped conductor having
resistance within the limits specified in IS-8130/1984
2.6
INSULATION:
The XLPE insulation shall be suitable for the specified system voltage. The manufacturing process shall
ensure that the insulation is free from voids. The insulation shall withstand mechanical and thermal
stresses under steady state as well as transient operating conditions. The extrusion method shall give
smooth surface of insulation. The insulation shall be so applied that it fits closely on the conductor and it
shall be easily possible to remove it without damaging the conductor.
2.7
OUTER SHEATH:
Extruded PVC outer sheath of black colour shall he applied with suitable additives to prevent attack by
rodents and termites. Outer sheathing shall be designed to offer high degree of mechanical protection
and shall also be heat, oil, chemical, abrasion and weather resistant. Common acids, alkalies, saline
solutions etc., shall not have adverse effects on the PVC sheathing material used.
2.8
CONSTRUCTION:
a. All materials used in the manufacture of cable shall be new, unused and of finest quality. All
materials shall comply with the applicable provisions of the tests of the relevant Standards.
169
b. The PVC material used in the manufacture of cable shall be of reputed make.No recycling of
the PVC is permissible. The purchaser reserves the right to ask for documentary proof of the
purchase of various materials to be used for the manufacture of cable and to check that the
conductor is complying with quality control
c. Cables shall have suitable fillers laid up with the conductors to provide a substantially circular
cores section before the sheath is applied. Fillers shall be suitable for the operating
temperature of the insulation & compatible with the insulation material
l
4.2.5
CURRENT RATING:
The cables shall have current ratings and derating factors as per relevant Indian Standards.
The current ratings shall be based on maximum conductor temperature of 90 deg. C with
ambient site condition specified for continuous operating at the rated current.
4.2.6
OPERATION:
Cables shall be capable of satisfactory operation, under a power supply system frequency
variation of +/- 5 c/s, voltage variation of +10% or-15%. Cables shall have heat and moisture
resistance properties; these shall be of type and design with proven record on Distribution
Network service.
Substandard drum length of not less than 100 meters upto a maximum of 5% of the
quantities ordered shall be accepted. However substandard drum length upto a
maximum of 5% shall be acceptable only in a particular lot offered for inspection
4.2.8
4.2.7
4.2.8
5.0.
5.1
IDENTIFICATION:
For identification of individual cores, coloured strips of red, yellow and blue colours respectively shall be
used on the cores to identify phase conductors as per relevant ISS.
EMBOSSING:
The cable shall be embossed through out the length with the name of the manufacturer and the letters
"Property of APDCL., Specification No., voltage grade with cable size and the year of manufacture". The
embossing shall be done only on the outer sheath, the distance between any two consecutive
embossings shall not be more than 2 Meter. The cable shall also be embossed (clearly visible) for the
verification of its length at intervals of 1 Meter say 1,2,3 up to full length.
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:
The guaranteed technical particulars as detailed in the specification annexure-I shall be
guaranteed and a statement of guaranteed technical particulars shall be furnished in the format
along with the bid without which the Bid shall be treated as Non -Responsive.
Immediately after completion of the electrical tests (during routine/acceptance tests),
the ends of the cable shall be enclosed by rubber/PVC caps of wall thickness not less than 2.5
mm and then sealed by non hygroscopic material (the cores being suitably insulated from the
cap). The cap shall be of robust construction and tight fit, and it shall have the trademark of the
manufacturer embossed thereon
TESTS:
Type Test:
The material offered shall be fully type tested at independent test laboratories by the Bidder as
per the relevant standards but test reports shall not be more than five years old from the date of
opening of bid. The bidder shall furnish complete set of following type test reports along with the
bid. The bids received without these type test reports shall be treated as Non-responsive.
1. Tests on conductors
2. Test for thickness of insulation and sheath
3. Physical tests for insulation
4. Physical tests for outer sheath
170
5. Insulation resistance test
6. High voltage test
5.2.
6.0
6.1
Acceptance and Routine test: All acceptance and routine tests as stipulated in the relevant
standards shall be carried out by the supplier in presence of purchaser's representative.
INSPECTION:
The inspection shall be carried out by the purchaser’s representative during manufacture and before
dispatch. The supplier shall keep the purchaser informed in advance, about the manufacturing
programme so that arrangement can be made for inspection.
The manufacturer shall grant free access to the purchaser’s representative, at a reasonable
time, when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this
specification by the purchaser, shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing the
equipment in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the
equipment is found to be defective.
6.2
All Acceptance tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacturer unless otherwise
especially agreed upon by the Bidder and purchaser at the time of purchase.
The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance/ routine testing
of the bought out items. The supplier shall give 15 days (for local supply)/ 30 days (incase of
foreign supply) advance intimation to enable the purchaser to depute his representative for
witnessing the acceptance and routine tests. Material shall be dispatched only after getting the
dispatch authorization from Inspectors representing purchaser, after successful testing.
Routine tests report shall be sent by the manufacturers with their offer for inspection, the following
acceptance tests as laid down in the referred ISS (with latest amendments) shall be carried out by
the inspecting officer of the APDCL on Samples selected at random as per Appendix `A ‘ in IS-1554
(Part-I) 1988.
1. Tests on conductor
Reference to I.S.S.
a) Tensile test
IS: 8130-1984
b) Conductor resistance test
IS: 8130-1984
2. Test on armoring strips:
a) Measurement of dimension
b) Tensile test
c) Elongation test & winding test
d) Zinc coating
IS: 3975 – 1979
IS: 3975 – 1979
IS: 3975 – 1979
IS: 2633 – 1984
3. Test for thickness of insulation and sheath
IS: 5831 – 1984
4. Tensile strength and elongation
at break of insulation and sheath
IS:5831 – 1984
5. Insulation Resistance Test
6. High voltage test at room temperature
IS: 5831 – 1984
IS: 1554 (Part-I) – 1988
In addition to above, length/weight check and bending test on one drum per inspection
shall also be carried out by the inspecting officers for which contractor will make all necessary
arrangements and provide all necessary facilities at his own cost.
7.0
CABLE DRUMS:
The cables shall be supplied in non-returnable substantially lagged wooden drums of heavy
construction suitable for transportation by goods train or truck and for storage at site. The wood
used for construction of the drum shall be properly seasoned and sound and wood preservative
shall be applied to the entire drum. All ferrous parts shall be treated with a suitable rust
171
preventive finish or coating to avoid rusting during transit or storage. The drum shall also
conform to specn. No. IS: 10418-1982 with latest amendment thereof.
Each drum shall have the following information marked on it with indelible ink alongwith
other important information including technical data: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Property of APDCL & Specification No. –
Designation of consignee & destination railway station.
Drum Number.
Aluminium Core Cable.
Cable rating eg. Voltage grade, No. of cores, sizes etc.
Height of empty drum.
Length of Cable.
Gross weight of drum with cable.
Year of manufacture.
172
33.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR AC DISTRIBUTION CUBICLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER
1. Scope
This section of the specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at works transport to site
insurance storage erection and commissioning of 415 volts AC 50Hz AC Distribution Board (Cubicle)
complete with all equipments and accessories as described in subsequent clause
2. Constructional features
A) The LT AC panels shall be outdoor, sheet metal clad type comprising of combination MCCB
units and bus bar chambers and equipped with the circuits and equipments as specified later.
The enclosure shall conforming to IP-54 standard. The different circuits shall be mounted above
and below the bus bar chamber to form a suitable arrangement except that the incomings will be
located at the front and mounted below the busbar chambers. All equipments shall be suitable
for the reception of the cables rising from the ground level the switch boards shall be so
designed as to be readily extensible.
B) Type
TYPE
DN2-400/630
Type of poles
3/4
Rated current
In
A
315, 400, 630
Rated operational voltage
Ue
V
415
Rated insulation voltage
Ui
V
750
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Uimp
kV
8
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Reference Ambient Temperature
⁰C
40
Rated ultimate S.C. Breaking capacity
Icu
kA
35,50,70
(at 415V ac, 50 Hz)
Rated service S.C. Breaking capacity
Ics
kA
100% of Icu
(at 415 ac, 50 Hz)
Type of release
Thermal- Magnetic
Microprocessor
Current rating
In
A
315, 400, 630
315, 400, 630
Protection
Overload
0.8-1 In. 3-6 In/6-10/
Instantaneous
In Adjustable
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Combination MCCB Unit
A) All MCCB shall be triple pole rotary operated type and shall open and close with snap action. The
series combination MCCB shall conform to the provisions of latest issue of IS 13947-2
B) The MCCB shall be suitable for rated voltage of 415 volts AC., 50 Hz. The rated current of each
unit shall be as specified before. MCCB should be reputed make such as
Havell’s/Seimen’s/Schneider/Legrand.
Bus Bars
A) The phase and neutral bus bars shall be of high conductivity (as per IS 5082) aluminium of
adequate uniform cross section. The bus bars shall be insulated from the structure by means of
durable non-hygroscopic, non-combustible and non-tracking materials. Bus bar joints shall be
bolted type.
The 415 Volts, L.T. A.C. switchgear shall have following circuits and equipments:
A) INCOMING:- One number fitted with following:
i)
One 630 Amps MCCB. As required, unit fitted with cable glands suitable for 4 core
XLPE cable labelled “Incoming”.
ii)
One KWH Static Electronic Three phase Trivector meter( DLMS compliant) having
facility of downloading the data with connected CTs as mentioned.( meter & CT of 0.5
accuracy class) Meter should be of Secure /L&T make
B) OUTGOING:- Nos. 1, 2 and 3 for 250kVA
1& 2 for 100kVA & 63 kVA
each comprising of: One 400or 314 A Amp MCCB as required, with cable gland suitable for 4 core
XLPE cable labeled as “outgoing”.
Name Plate
The board shall be provided with nameplate covering all technical data and also name of the project
shall be clearly mentioned “Under TDF-11-14”
Inspection
Inspection may be carried out by the purchaser or third party nominee at any stage of manufacture.
The supplier shall grant free access to the purchaser’s representative or third party nominee at a
reasonable time when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under
this specification by the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing
equipment in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the
equipment is found defective.
173
G
174
For 250kVA DTR
For 100kVA & 63kVA DTR
For 100kVA & 63kVA DTR
AL Bus
630A
MCCB
630A
MCCB
BUSBAR
BUSBAR
DANGER
PLATE
EM
400A
MCCB
400A
MCCB
400A
MCCB
EM
315A
MCCB
315A
MCCB
CT
175
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 1100 V XLPE LT AERIAL BUNCHED CABLE
1.0
SCOPE
This section covers the standard technical requirements of design, manufacturing, testing at works,
and transport to site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of 1100 KV XLPE LT Aerial
Bunched Cable.
1.1
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
The materials of AB-cable shall conform to the latest editions of IS:14255/IS:1554(1) unless
otherwise specified hereunder and IS 398 (pt.4) of IS: 398 (Pt.a2) for Messenger conductor.
1.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Construction & Erection: Insulated power conductors are stranded around bare messenger All
aluminium Alloy Conductor to form the aerial bunched cable (AB-Cable).The messenger also acts
as a Neutral/Earth conductor. This assembly is directly strung on the distribution pole/towers by
means of standard hardwires.
Stringing/Jointing.
Adequate care has to be taken during stringing of AB cable by conventional method so that
insulated conductor do not get damaged during the installation. Cable should not be dragged
along ground. Tension to applied during stringing shall be 25% of the breaking load of messenger.
The sag of line shall be within limit of 1.5% of the span at the lowest ambient temperature. Mid
span jointing of ABC shall be avoided. Joints shall be provided at HV/LV termination only. The
tapping should be at support points may be allowed through suitable designed clamps
connector/Pg clamps.
2.1
Acceptance Tests
The following shall constitute acceptance tests:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.2
Annealing Test (For Aluminium)
Tensile Tests( For Aluminium)
Wrapping Tests( For Aluminium)
Resistance Test
Tests for thickness of insulation
Hot set test for insulation
Tensile strength and elongation at break test for insulation and sheath
Partial discharge test ( for screened cables only)
High voltage test and
Insulation resistance ( volume resistivity test)
Routine Tests
The following shall constitute routine tests:
a. Conductor resistance test
b. Partial discharge test ( for screened cables only)
c. High voltage test
2.3
Optional Tests
Cold impact test for outer sheath (IS: 5831-1984) shall constitute the optional tests
176
2.4
Test Report and Inspection
All the tests shall be carried out in the presence of representative of purchaser. The manufacturer
affords the representative attending the inspection, reasonable facilities and he should satisfy that
the cables are being manufactured in accordance with the specification.
2.5
Guarantee
The materials should be guaranteed for performance for a period of minimum twelve(12) months
from the date of commissioning .
2.6
System particulars
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.7
Line voltage(V)
Highest system voltage(V)
Number of circuits
Frequency (Hz)
Neutral
: 433
: 450
:1
: 50
: Effectively earthed
SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Technical parameters of the cable shall be as follows:
Sl No
1
A
B
C
1.1
A
B
E
F
G
1.2
A
Particulars
Rated voltage
Type of insulation
Single Core/Multi Core
Material of Conductor
Conductor
Core
Nominal Cross
Section Area in mm2
No. of power conductor
Maximum conductor resistance
in Ohm/km at 20 C
Flexibility class of conductor
Form of conductor
Approx conductor diameter in mm
Conductor Screen
Material
B
1.3
A
B
1.4
A
I
Minimum thickness in mm
Insulation
Material
Nominal thickness
Insulation Screen
Material
Non Metallic
C
D
Ii
B
I
Ii
1.5
A
B
1.6
A
B
C
Metallic
Thickness
Non Metallic
Metallic
Sheath/Covering
Material
Thickness in mm
Messenger
Material
Form of conductor
Cross sectional area in mm2
Data
1100 V
XLPE
Three Core
Aluminium
3
95
3
0.320
Class of 2 IS 8130/1984
Standard compacted circular
11.5
Extruded
compound
0.3
Semi
conductor
XLPE as per IS 7098(II) 1985
3.6
Extruded
semi
consucting
compound
A layer of non magnetic metallic
tape
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
Polyethylene ST 3/PVC ST 2
1.35
AAAC (IS 398(IV)
Stranded Circular
55
177
d
e
f
g
h
2
a
b
c
3
a
b
i
ii
4
i
Approx breaking load in KA
No. of strands
Dia of each strand ( Before stranding)in
mm
Approx. Diameter In mm
Sheath/covering
thickness in mm
Type of insulation of Messenger
Cable Data
Approx overall diameter in mm
Approx weight of cable kg/km
Standard drum length in Mtrs
Current rating
Continous current rating when cable in
Air ambient Temp 40 C
Derating factors
Ambient Air Temperature
Rating factor
Identification
Identification of cross
62.5
7
3.18
9.54
1
XLPE
62.5
2600
250
230
45
0.95
By embossing number 1,2 & 3 on
sheath
Three power cores shall be suitably twisted around central insulated/Bare steel cord Messenger of
AAAc (IS 398(IV)
4.9 INSPECTION
All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture. The manufacturer shall afford the
inspector representing the purchaser or third party nominee all reasonable facilities without charge, to
satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with this specification
178
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
3.1.9
3.1.10
3.1.11
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV AERIAL BUNCHED CABLE (ABC) – 3x 95 + 1
x 55 sq.mm (BARE MESSENGER)
SCOPE
This specification covers requirements of XLPE insulated, 11 KV Aerial Bunched Cables for
overhead lines.
COMPOSITION OF THE CABLE
The composite cable shall comprise three single-core cables twisted around a bare aluminum
alloy messenger wire, which will carry the weight of the cable.
RATED VOLTAGE
The rated voltage of the cables shall be 12 KV.
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
Unless otherwise stipulated in this Specification, the following Standards shall be applicable:
i)
IS: 7098 (Part-II) - 1985 – Cross linked Polyethylene Insulated PVC Sheathed Cables
ii)
IS: 8130-1984 - Conductors for Insulated Cables
iii)
IS: 398 (Part-IV) - 1979 - Aluminum Alloy Conductors
iv)
IEC-60502 (Part-II) 2005 - Polyethylene Outer Sheath
DETAILS OF SINGLE CORE
The cable conductors shall be of round, stranded and compacted aluminum of nominal cross
sectional area 35mm² / 70 mm2 / 95 mm2 / 120 mm2. Corresponding nominal conductor
diameter and number of wires in the conductor shall be as given in clause 11.
CONDUCTOR SCREEN
The conductor screen shall be of extruded semi-conducting cross linked polyethylene
compound of thickness not less than 0.5mm.
INSULATION
The insulation shall be of extruded cross linked polyethylene (XLPE), Dry Gas cured, of
nominal insulation thickness 3.6mm and its properties shall conform to IS: 7098 (Part-II).
INSULATION SCREEN
The insulation screen shall comprise extruded semi-conducting compound and/or semiconducting tape. Thickness of the screen shall be not less than 0.6 mm.
METALLIC SCREEN
The metallic screen shall consist of aluminum tape/sheath of thickness not less than 0.2mm.
The outer sheath shall be black polyethylene. The nominal thickness of sheath shall be
1.8mm and it shall conform to technical requirements of ST-3 of IEC-502.
DIMENSIONAL & ELECTRICAL DATA
The dimensional and electrical data for single-core is given below:
Nominal Area of
Conductors
Sl. No.
Description
70mm²
95mm²
Nominal Conductor Diameter (mm/no.
1
10/12
11.5/15
wires in conductor)
2
Approx. overall diameter of cable (mm)
25
26
Max. DC Resistance at 20ºC
3
0.443
0.320
(ohms/km)
4
Max. SC Current 1 sec. (kA)
6.7
8.96
5
Max. Continuous load (Amp.)
180
215
MESSENGER (NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR)
The bare messenger wire shall be of 55 mm2 (nominal area) High Tensile Galvanized Steel
strand to IS 398 (Part II) / 96.
Sr. No.
Description
55mm²
1
Nominal Conductor Diameter (mm)
9.5
2
Approx. Breaking Load (KN)
62
179
3.1.12
3.1.12.1
3.1.12.2
3.1.12.3
3.25.13.4
TESTS
All the cable sizes i.e. items offered should have been fully type tested as per the relevant
standards at any NABL accredited/Govt. of India’s recognized Laboratory. The bidder shall
furnish the type test reports along with the offer. These type tests must have been conducted
within last five years prior to date of Bid opening.
For any change in design/type, already type tested and the design / type offered against this
specification, the purchaser reserves the right to demand repetition of type tests without any
extra cost. The purchaser also reserves the right to have tests carried out at his own cost by
an independent agency, whenever there is a dispute regarding the quality of supply.
The following tests shall be carried out on the cables as per IS: 7098 (Part-II) & Type tests
certificates shall be furnished with the offer.
Type Test:
i)
Tests on conductor:
a)
Tensile test
b)
Wrapping test
c)
Resistance test
ii)
Tests for thickness of insulation and sheath
iii)
Physical tests for insulation:
a) Tensile strength and elongation at break
b) Ageing in air oven
c)
Hot test
d) Shrinkage test
e) Water absorption
iv)
Tests for outer sheath: As per IEC-60502 (Part-II) 2005
a) Tensile strength and elongation at break
b) Ageing in air oven
c)
Shrinkage test
d) Hot deformation
e) Carbon black content
f)
UV Stability as per ASTM G53 / DIN: 53387
v)
Partial discharge test
vi)
Bending test
vii)
Dielectric power factor test:
a) As a function of voltage
b) As a function of temperature
viii) Insulation resistance test
ix)
Heating cycle test
x)
Impulse withstand test
xi)
High voltage test
xii) Flammability test
Acceptance Tests:
i)
Tensile test
ii)
Wrapping test
iii) Conductor resistance test
iv) Test for thickness of insulation and sheath
v)
Hot set test for insulation
vi) Tensile strength and elongation at break test for insulation and sheath
vii) Partial discharge test
viii) High Voltage test
ix) Insulation resistance (volume resistivity) test
Routine Tests:
i)
Conductor resistance test
ii)
Partial Discharge test
iii) High voltage test
The following tests shall be carried out on the bare messenger wire in accordance with IS:
398 (Part-IV).
Type Tests/Acceptance Tests:
i)
Breaking Load Test (on finished wire)
180
ii)
iii)
3.1.13
3.1.13.1
3.1.13.2
3.1.14
3.1.14.1
3.1.14.2
Elongation Test
Resistance Test
PACKING AND MARKING:
Packing:
Cables shall be supplied in wooden drums conforming to IS: 10418 and packed in drums
suitable for vertical / horizontal transport, as the case may be and shall be suitable to
withstand rough handling during transport and outer storage. The outer surface of the drum
shall be painted with white aluminum pint. Similarly, the inside surface of drum shall have
the protective layer of varnish / paint to protect it from white ants.
The standard length of the bunched cable in each drum shall be 500 M (±) 5 %.
The wooden drums shall be reinforced with steel bends and strips for better protection.
The ends of the cable shall be sealed by means of non-hygroscopic sealing materials.
Marking:
The cable drum shall carry the information as per the requirements of IS: 7098 (Part-II).
The following information may be stenciled on the drum with either water proof ink or oil
paint:
i)
Reference of IS / IEC standard.
ii)
Manufacturer’s name or trademark.
iii) Type of cable and voltage grade.
iv) No. of cores.
v)
Nominal cross-sectional area of conductor.
vi) Cable code.
vii) Length of cable on the drum
viii) No. of lengths on the drum (if more than one)
ix) Direction of rotation of drum (by means of an arrow)
x)
Position of outer end of cable
xi) Gross weight
xii) Country of manufacture
xiii) Year of manufacture
xiv) Reference of A/T No. & date
xv) Property of ……….
xvi) Name of consignee and the destination
Over and above, name plate of aluminum of suitable size and thickness, containing all the
above information, shall be fixed on the drum in addition to the painting.
Suitable identification marks shall be given on the outer sheath to clearly distinguish three
phases of the bunched cable.
Following details of Identification shall be embossed at interval of length of one meter of
cable outer sheath.
i)
Name of Manufacturer
j)
Year of Manufacturer
k)
Voltage grade
l)
Name of Purchaser
INSPECTION
Stage Inspection:
The inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of manufacture. The
successful bidder shall grant free access to the purchaser’s representative at reasonable
time, when the work is in progress. Inspection and acceptance, of any cables under this
specification by the purchaser, shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of supplying
cable in accordance with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection, if the
cables are found defective.
The supplier shall keep the purchaser informed in advance about the programme of
manufacturing of cables so that arrangement can be made for inspection.
The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance / routing tests of the
bought out items.
Lot Inspection:
All the acceptance tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture unless
otherwise especially agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser at the time of
181
purchase. The manufacturers shall afford the inspector representing the purchaser all
reasonable facilities without charge, to satisfy him that material is being furnished in
accordance with the Specification.
The purchaser has the right to have tests carried out at his own cost by an independent
agency whenever there is a dispute regarding the quality of supply.
3.1.15
DOCUMENTATION
The bidder shall furnish following documents along with his offer.
i)
Sectional view, showing the General constructional feature with conductor /
conductor screen / insulation / insulation screen and outer sheath etc.
ii)
Drawing of cable drums with details of material dimension shall be submitted.
iii)
All the required type test reports for offered items tested at any NABL
accredited/Govt. of India’s recognized Laboratory as stated under Clause No. 14.
iv)
Literature, pamphlets for the record items.
v)
List of orders (size wise) executed during last five years for supply of specified sizes
of HT Aerial Bunch/XLPE cables, supplied to State Electricity Boards, Private firms
etc. along with quantity, value of the orders, year of supply and delivery schedule.
List of orders executed and under execution shall be submitted separately. The
annual turnover in rupees, of the firms to whom the cables have been supplied during
last two years shall be stated.
vi)
The firm shall be responsible for any damage to the cables during transit due to
improper and inadequate packing. Wherever necessary, properly arrangement for
lifting, such as lifting hooks, shall be provided. Any cable found short inside the
packing cases shall be supplied by the supplier, without any extra cost.
vii) Each consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed packing list, containing the
following information:
a)
Name of consignee
b)
Details of consignment
c)
Destination
d)
Total weight of consignment
e)
Handling and unpacking instruction
f)
Bill of materials, indicating contents of each package.
3.1.16
TECHNICAL AND GUARANTEED PARTICULARS
Guaranteed Technical Particulars are to be furnished along with the bid.
3.1.17
PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
Bidders shall also submit performance reports for the specified size of cables supplied to
other State Electricity Boards / reputed firms, with the clear indication of the period the
cables have performed satisfactory service.
182
3.2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATION PIERCING CONNECTORS, ANCHOR
(DEAD END), SUSPENSION ACCESSORIES & OTHER ACCESSORIES FOR LT ABC
3.2.1
SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing and supply of
Accessories for anchoring, suspending & making connections to Aerial Bunched Cables rated
1100 volts and insulated with cross-linked polyethylene.
STANDARDS
The design, performance and test requirements shall confirm to this specification and the
following standards. However in case of any conflict, the requirements of this specification
shall prevail.
i)
NFC 33-020 - Insulation Piercing Connectors
ii)
IS 14255 - LV Aerial Bunched Cables
iii)
NFC 20-540 - Environment Testing for Outdoor
iv)
NFC 33-004 - Electrical Ageing Test
v)
NFC 33-040 - Suspension Equipments
vi)
NFC 33-041 - Anchoring Devices
The Devices shall also be compatible with the cables of sizes & dimensions as defined in the
Cable Specifications for the cables with which they are intended to be used.
CABLE DATA
The standard sizes and characteristics of the phase conductors and messenger wires shall
be as specified under section 3.24 as per IS: 14255-1995.
The Accessories of LT XLPE Insulated Aerial Bunched Cables (ABC) with bare/insulated
messenger are specified below:
i)
The ABC accessories should be of proven design with minimum 2 years record of
satisfactory operation with a major utility. Order copies and Performance Certificates
should be enclosed with the offer.
ii)
Since ABC accessories are to be used with messenger, their design should incorporate
specific features to prevent damage to the insulation which meeting the required
electrical, mechanical & thermal requirements.
iii)
All mechanical, electrical & thermal ratings should meet or exceed 90% of the
corresponding ratings of the cable, or the values specified herein, whichever are more
stringent.
iv)
The accessories should provide “Double Insulation” so that a single point failure of
insulation will not result in the system tripping.
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
ABC ACCESSORIES
The ABC Accessories shall consist of the following:
Sr.
No.
3.2.5
Accessories
1
Insulation piercing Connector (IPC)
2
Universal Distribution Connector (UDC)
3
Anchoring Assembly (AA)
4
Suspension Assembly (SA)
5
Service Clamp (SC)
6
Junction Sleeves
Requirements
For making tap-off/branch connectors/service
connector to an ABC line.
For connecting bare conductor.
For fitting onto a pole for anchoring the end of a
length of ABC, or for a major change in
direction.
For supporting a length of ABC at an
intermediate pole in a length, with small angle
of deviation.
For anchor Insulated service lines (armoured or
un-armoured)
For Phases & messengers conductor.
INSULATION PIERCING CONNECTOR
Insulation Piercing Connectors (IPC) are used for making Tee/Tap-off/Service connectors to
an ABC/Bare Overhead Line.
Insulation Piercing Connectors are designed to make a connection between the uncut main
conductor and a branch cable conductor without having to strip either cable to expose the
183
3.26.5.1
3.26.5.2
conductor instead the tightening action of the IPC will first pierce the Insulation, then make
good electrical contact between the main end and branch conductor while simultaneously
insulating and sealing the connection.
Constructional Features of IPC:
i)
The housing shall be made entirely of mechanical and weather resistant plastic
insulation material and no metallic part outside the housing is acceptable except for the
tightening bolt.
ii)
Any metallic part that is exposed must not be capable of carrying a potential during or
after connector installation.
iii)
Screws or nuts assigned for fitting with IPC (Insulating Piercing connector), must be
fitted with torque limiting shear heads to prevent over tightening or under tightening
(min & max torque values to be specified by Manufacturer).
iv)
The IPC must perform piercing and connection on Main and Branch cable
simultaneously.
v)
The IPCs shall be water proof and the water tightness shall be ensured by appropriate
elastomer materials and not by grease, gel or paste alone.
vi)
Design of IPC should be such as to not cause damage to insulation of adjacent
conductors due to vibration and relative movement during service.
vii) The connector shall have a rigid removable end cap which can be slide fitted onto the
main connector body on either right or left by the installer (depending on site
requirement) for sealing the cut end of the branch cable. Once the connector is fitted, it
should not be possible to remove the cap without removing the connector.
viii) All the metallic parts of the connector should be corrosion resistant and there should
not be any appreciable change in contact resistance & temperature after overloads &
load cycling.
ix)
The contact plates should be made of tinned copper.
x)
Connector teeth should be factory greased & sealed to retard water or moisture ingress
& corrosion.
xi)
The Insulation material should be made of weather & UV resistant reinforced polymer.
xii) The outer metallic part should have potential free tightening bolts to allow safe
installation on live lines.
Mechanical Tightening & Electrical Continuity:
i)
Connectors shall be tightened up to 70% of the minimum torque indicated by the
Manufacturer. At this torque electrical contact should have occurred between
conductors to be joined. Then connectors shall be tightened up to the breakdown of
the shear heads and lastly, up to 1.5 times the maximum torque indicated by the
manufacturer.
ii)
For the connector fitted with two screws on the same core, after the breakdown of the
shear heads tightening may be carried out manually and alternatively using a torque
meter. The test conditions shall be as close as possible to those defined for the use
of the test machine as per NF-C standard.
iii) At 1.5 times the maximum torque indicated by the manufacturer, there shall be no
breakdown of any part of the connector or the core conductor.
iv) Maximum rated torque shall not exceed 20 Nm for conductor <95 sq.mm and 30 for
>95 but <150 sq.mm.
v)
Tightening screws shall have hex. Heads of 10 mm, 13 mm or 17 mm only.
vi) Effect of Tightening on Main Core of IPC:
The connector shall be fitted approx. at the center of the main core, which is secure between
two anchoring points 0.5m. to 1.5m apart. At the time of fitting the connectors, the main core
shall be under longitudinal tension at 20% of the load indicated in Table-1:
Table - 1
Nominal Cross – section
Tensile Strength (Newton)
(sq.mm.)
16
25
35
50
70
150
1200
1800
2500
3500
5000
10000
184
vii)
Tensile strain shall be increased to the full value indicated in the Table 1 and held
minute. There should be no breakdown of the core conductor.
viii) Effect of Tightening on Branch Core of IPC:
Test specimen shall be made up as in clause 5.1.5.1 except that this shall be do the smallest
cross sections of main and branch conductors within its range.
An increasing tensile load shall be applied to the Branch Conductor along the axis of the
recess for the Branch cable. Load shall increase at 100 – 500 N/minute until it reaches the
value specified in the Table 2 and maintained for 1 minute.
Table - 2
Nominal Cross – section (sq.mm.)
Tensile Strength (Newton)
16
290
25
450
35 & above
500
No slippage or breaking of conductor shall occur.
Dielectric & Water Tightness Test of IPC:
i)
The connector is tightened up to the minimum torque indicated by the manufacturer.
ii)
Connectors are mounted on
Minimum cross section of main core.
Maximum cross section of main core.
In each case Branch is of minimum cross section.
iii)
Protection caps for the branch cable are to be used in accordance with the
requirements of clause 5.1.3.7. An additional water tight cap of any design may be
used to seal one end of the main cable if it is immersed under water. No additional gel
or any protection is to be provided while installing connector.
iv)
The entire assembly shall be immersed at a depth of approx. 30 cms. For 30 minutes
with the free ends of main and branch cable out of the water.
v)
An AC voltage of 6 kV shall be applied between the water bath and each of the cores in
turn for 1 minute. There shall be no flashover or electrical tripping with a trip setting of
10 mA + 0.5mA.
Electrical & Aging Test of IPC:
Two test configurations are used according to Table 3 with the connections tightened to the
minimum torque specified by their manufacturers and resistance recorded.
Table 3
Sr. No.
Configuration
Main core cross
Branch core cross section
section
Tensile Strength KN
st
1
1 Configuration
Maximum
Maximum
3.26.5.3
3.26.5.4
2
i)
ii)
iii)
nd
2 Configuration
Maximum
Maximum
The configurations are subjected to 200 heat cycles by injecting suitable current into them.
In each cycle the temperature of the conductor shall be raised from ambient to 120 + 5°C
as, measured by a thermocouple.
The duration of each heating cycle is chosen to maintain a sufficiently steady temperature
of 120 + 5°C for 15 minutes. The duration of each cooling cycle is chosen to bring the
conductor temperature to within 2°C of ambient.
Nominal heating current is indicated in the Table-4. It shall be permissible to accelerate
the temperature rise by using a current up to 1.5 times the nominal current and to
accelerate the cooling period by use of a fan or air blower.
Table - 4
Nominal Cross – section (sq.mm.)
Nominal Heating Current (A)
16
25
35
50
70
95
120
102
139
175
225
283
350
412
185
150
185
240
480
545
670
iv)
3.26.5.5
3.26.5.6
3.26.5.7
3.2.6
The over current test of shall be done after 50 cycles if the connector is a safety connector
designed to ground a phase connector while the line is being worked on.
v) At the end of the 200 cycles the resistance shall again be measured. It shall not differ from
the initial value by more than 12%.
Over Current Test of IPC:
i) Over current test is required to establish the performance of Safety Connectors that are
intended to provide a safe path to ground for the phases while the line is de-energised for
working. It establishes the performance of the connector under short term over load
conditions.
ii) After the first 50 cycles of clause 5.1.8, the connectors are subjected to 4 over currents of
1 sec duration each.
iii) The conductor temperature at the start of the over current test should be not more than
35ºC.
iv) Current density during over current shall be 100 A/sq.mm for Aluminum and 95A/sq.mm
for Aluminum – Alloy Conductor.
v) Variation in time of over current is permissible between 0.85 sec & 1.15 sec., provided if
maintains the relationship I2t = K where,
I = rms value of over current in Amps.
t = time in seconds
K = Constant
vi) After the over current test the electrical ageing test of clause 5.1.8 shall be resumed.
Type Test of IPC:
Type Test Reports should be submitted from an Independent Laboratory of Repute or the
Works Laboratory in case of a foreign manufacturer covering the following (on any
convenient size of fitting of same design made from the same materials).
The installation of the connectors shall be done by the laboratory following instructions
provided by the manufacturer.
The Test report shall record the embossing and marking on the connector.
The following shall constitute Type Tests for IPC:
i) Electrical Ageing Test
ii) Dielectric and Water Tightness Test
iii) Mechanical Tightening Test
Effect of Tightening on main Core
Effect of Tightening on Branch core
iv) Over-current Test (if applicable)
Type Tests for Suspension Assembly (SA):
i)
Mechanical Test
ii)
Voltage Test
iii)
Climatic Aging Test
iv) Corrosion Test
v)
Endurance Test under Thermal & Mechanical Stresses
vi) The following shall be Type Tests for Anchoring Assemblies (AA)
vii) Mechanical Test
viii) Voltage Test
ix) Dynamic Test
x)
Climatic Aging Test
xi) Corrosion Test
xii) Endurance Test under Thermal & Mechanical Stresses
UNIVERSAL DISTRIBUTION CONNECTOR
The Universal Distribution Connector (UDC), Reinforced will consist of “C” member and a
wedge, both stamped and formed of tin plated copper alloy, with an adjustable design
configuration to act as a spring. They are recommended to connect conductors of aluminum,
copper, steel and their alloys regardless of the combination (i.e., Al to Al, Al to Cu, Cu to Cu).
They are intended to provide a reliable electrical connection for solid and stranded
186
conductors (Aluminum or Copper) used on consumer’s entry connections. Size of conductor
is 35 sq mm single core cable and below up to 2.5 sq mm.
UDC, Reinforced shall provide a non-corrosive connection that is protected against
temperature variation and overloading.
UDC, Reinforced are classified electrically as class ‘A’ and mechanically as class ‘3’,
minimum tension, as described in ANSI specification C119.4 – 1991 and NEMA CC3-1973 (R
1978).
The dimensions for the UDC, Reinforced shall be maintained to close tolerances to ensure
repeatability and reliability of the connection. Weight of UDC should not be less than 50g.
On examination of the connector, it shall be free from any damage or physical defects that
would affect the electrical or mechanical performance of the connectors. After connector
applications, mainly when using solid conductors, they could rotate over the conductor
without any restriction for termination resistance and tensile strength requirements.
3.2.7
3.26.7.1
ANCHORING CLAMP FOR MESSENGER
The clamps should be designed to Anchor LT-AB cable with bare/insulated messenger.
The clamp should consist of an Aluminum alloy corrosion resistant castled body, bail of
stainless steel and self adjusting plastic wedges which shall anchor/hold the neutral
messenger.
i)
No losable part in the process of clamping arrangement.
ii)
The clamp should conform to the standard NFC 33041 and 33042 or equivalent I.S. if
any.
iii)
The clamp body should be made of corrosion resistant Aluminum alloy, bail should be
of stainless steel and wedges should be weather and UV resistant polymer.
iv)
Ultimate tensile strength of the clamp should not be less than 15 KN for 50/70 sq.mm
insulated messenger wire / 10 KN for 25/35 sq.mm insulated messenger wire.
v)
Slip load of the clamp should not be less than 3 KN for 50/70 sq.mm messenger wire /
2 KN for 25/35 sq.mm messenger wire.
Anchoring assemblies are used to firmly attach the messenger of ABC to a support and
transmit the mechanical tension;
i)
At the end of a run or to the supporting structures.
ii)
At a major change in direction.
Each Anchoring Assembly shall include;
i)
One number tension bracket.
ii)
One number wedge type tension clamp
iii)
Flexible Rope for fixing tension clamp to bracket.
Anchoring assemblies shall be supplied in sets to ensure compatibility of the materials
against corrosion or wear of moving parts.
Tension Bracket of AA:
i)
The tension bracket shall be made out of a single piece of Aluminum alloy suitable for
attachment to a pole either by,
a)
16mm galvanized steel bolt (s) or
b)
Two stainless Steel straps of 20 x 0.7 mm.
ii) The tension bracket should be designed to ensure the Flexible rope cannot slip out at
any angle.
iii) The tension bracket should be rated and tested for the loads specified in Table-5.
The load shall be applied at an angle of 45º from the normal to the surface of mounting
of the bracket.
Conductor Size
(Sq.mm.)
3.26.7.2
Rating
Table - 5
Load for deformation
<10mm (Newton)
Load for deformation
<30mm & no-break
(Newton)
15,000
19,500
25-35
1500 Kg.
12,000
Fl
50-95
2000 Kg
15,600
ex
ible Rope of AA:
i)
The Anchoring assembly shall be supplied with a stainless steel flexible Rope to connect
the Tension Clamp to the Tension Bracket.
ii) The rope should have sufficient flexibility to ease the torsional movement of the ABC
System.
iii) The Rope should be pre-fitted with compression type end fittings to secure the tension
clamp.
187
iv)
3.26.7.3
A wear resistant moveable saddle should be un-loosely fitted on the Rope to prevent
abrasion at the point of fitting into the tension bracket.
v) The Rope should have sufficient mechanical strength to withstand the mechanical test
for the complete assembly tests in this specification.
Wedge Type Tension Clamp of AA:
i) Wedge type clamps shall be used for clamping the messenger without damaging the
insulation.
ii) The clamp shall be capable of clamping an uncut messenger so that it can continue
without break to the connecting point or next span.
iii) The clamp shall be fully insulating type of mechanical and weather resisting
thermoplastic.
iv) No bolts or loose parts are allowed as part of the Clamping system.
v) No tools shall be needed for fitting the messenger into the clamp.
vi) The clamp shall be self tightening and capable of holding without slippage the load
specified in the Table-6.
Table - 6
Conductor Size
Rating Kg
T start (I minute)
T final (I minute)
(Newton)
(Newton)
Sq. mm
Dia. mm
25-35
50-54
70-95
3.26.7.4
8-11
12-14
13.5-16
1000 Kg.
1500 Kg.
2000 Kg.
8,000
12,000
12,000
10,000
15,000
15,000
xiii) After fitting the insulated messenger in the clamp, load T start will be held for 1 minute &
then load increased to T final at rate between 5000 – 7,500 N/mtr. In each case there
shall be no breakdown of any part of clamp and slippage of messenger in relation to the
clamp.
Voltage Test on Clamp of AA:
i)
Voltage test is carried out on anchor clamps to ensure no damage is caused to the
insulated messenger.
ii) A conductive rod of dia. corresponding to the average dia. that can be accommodated in
the clamp is fitted into the clamp, protruding by approx. 50mm at each end of the
tightening piece.
iii) The rod and clamp is subjected to tensile load as stated in Table 7 below when fixed to
a support in its normal manner.
Table - 7
Conductor Size
Sq. mm
Dia. mm
25-35
8-11
50-54
12-14
70-95
13.5-16
iv)
Normal Rating Kg
1000 Kg.
1500 Kg.
2000 Kg.
T start (I minute)
(Newton)
2000
4000
4000
A power frequency voltage of 6 kV is applied for 1 minute between the rod and
conductive part of the clamp, or fixation point in absence of conductive part.
v)
3.26.7.5
No breakdown or flashover shall occur. There shall be no tripping due to leakage with a
setting of 10 + 0.5 mA.
Endurance Under Mechanical & Thermal Stress of AA:
i)
This test is done on clamp rated 1500 Kg. or 2000 Kg. using bare messenger 50 to 70
sq. mm.
ii) A neutral messenger is fitted between two anchor clamps, with clamp spacing approx. 5
m& 1m of messenger protruding from the end. Marks are made to enable measurement
of slippage.
iii) The sample is subjected to 500 cycles of 90 minutes each as described below :
iv) Messenger temperature is raised by passing an AC current to 60 +3OC within 15
minutes. This temperature is maintained for at least 30 minutes to give a total heating
period of 45 minutes per cycle.
v)
Messenger is allowed to cool naturally to ambient for further 45 minutes to complete
90mts. Cycle time.
188
vi)
Mechanical load is applied during the cycle as per table 8 below. Load F1 is applied
throughout the cycle, except for a short period of 5 sec. to 60 sec. when it is gradually
increased from F1 to F2 at any time during the last 15 minutes of the 90 minute cycle.
Conductor Size
Sq. mm
Dia. mm
25-35
8-11
50-54
12-14
70-95
13.5-16
Table - 8
Rating Kg
1000 Kg.
1500 Kg.
2000 Kg.
F1 (Newton)
F2 (Newton)
2200
4000
4500
5000
7500
10,000
vii) There should be no slippage greater than 4 mm after 2 cycles or greater than 8 mm after
500 cycles.
viii) Voltage test is done at the end of the 500 cycles by immersing the test specimen of
neutral messenger and clamps in water of resistively not less than 200 Ohm meter for
30 minutes.
ix)
3.2.8
3.26.8.1
A voltage of 10 kV ac is applied for 1 minute between messenger and water bath using
a trip setting of 10 + 0.5 am. There should be no breakdown or tripping.
SUSPENSION CLAMP FOR BARE/INSULATED NEUTRAL MESSENGER
The clamp should be designed to hang LT AB cable with bare neutral messengers. The
neutral messengers should be fixed by an adjustable grip device. A movable link should allow
longitudinal and transversal movement of the clamp body.
i)
No losable part in the process of clamping arrangement.
ii)
The clamp should conform to the standard NFC 33040 or equivalent I.S, if any.
iii) The clamp and the link made of Polymer should provide an additional insulation
between the cable and the pole.
iv) The clamps and movable links should be made of weather and UV resistant glass fibre
reinforced polymer.
v)
Clamps should be fixed with pole by eye hook / bracket. Bracket should be made of
corrosion resistant aluminum alloy.
vi) Ultimate tensile strength of the clamp should not be less than 15 KN for 50/70 sq.mm.
insulated messenger wire 4.3 KN for 25/35 sq.mm. insulated messenger wire.
vii) Maximum allowable load of the clamp should not be less than 20 KN for 50/70 sq.mm
insulated messenger sire/15 KN for 25/30 sq.mm insulated messenger wire.
viii) Suspension Assembly is used for supporting an ABC by installation on the messenger
at an intermediate point of support such as a pole. It can accommodate small angles of
deviation up to 30º.
ix) Each Suspension Assembly shall consist of:
a) One number Suspension Bracket.
b) One number moveable (articulated) connecting link.
c)
One number Suspension Clamp.
x)
Suspension Assemblies shall be supplied in sets to ensure compatibility of the
materials against corrosion or wear of rotating/moving parts.
Suspension Bracket of SA:
i)
The Suspension Bracket shall be made from single piece aluminum alloy suitable for
attachment to a pole by either.
a) 16 mm galvanized steel bolt or
b) Two stainless steel straps.
ii)
iii)
The Suspension Bracket shall be provided with an upper bulge to prevent the clamp
from turning over on the Bracket for more than 45 O from the horizontal or to within less
than 60 mm from the pole / fixing structure.
The Suspension Bracket should be so designed to ensure that the articulated link
cannot slip out of it.
189
iv)
3.26.8.2
3.26.8.3
3.26.8.4
3.26.8.5
3.26.8.6
Suspension Brackets shall be designed to withstand a load applied at the anchoring
point of the movable link as per Table – 9 below without deformation of more than
10mm or breakdown at 33O below horizontal (there should be no longitudinal
component of load parallel to the plane of fixing).
Table - 9
Conductor Size
Normal Rating Kg
Load
(Newton)
Sq. mm
Dia. mm
25-54
8-15
1500 Kg.
12500
70-95
13 - 17
2000 Kg.
14000
Movable (Articulated) Link of SA:
i)
Movable Links are used between the Suspension Bracket and Suspension Clamp to
allow a degree of movement and flexibility between the two.
ii)
Moveable Links should be made fully of insulating type of mechanical and weather
resistant thermoplastic. A metallic wear resistant ring should however be fitted at point
of contact between the Suspension Bracket and the movable link.
iii)
The Movable link should be un-loosely fitted to the Bracket and the Clamp.
Suspension Clamp of SA:
i)
Suspension Clamps are used for locking the messenger of the ABC bundle without
damaging the insulation or allowing the messenger to become dismounted from the
fitting.
ii)
The Suspension Clamp shall accommodate messenger wires from 25 to 95 sq.m.
iii)
The Suspension Clamp shall be made fully of insulating type of mechanically strong
and weather resistant plastic.
iv)
Bolts should not be used for clamping / locking the messenger in the Clamp.
v)
There shall be no losable parts in the Suspension clamp.
vi)
The Suspension Clamp should be un-loosely fitted to the rest of the Suspension
Assembly.
Mechanical Test of SA:
i)
The Sub Assembly shall be subjected to a vertical load applied as per drawing in
accordance with Table-10. There shall be no breakdown or permanent deformation at
load T initial for 1 minute or when the load is increased to T final and released.
Table - 10
Conductor Size
Normal Rating Kg
T start (I minute)
T final (I minute)
(Newton)
(Newton)
Sq. mm
Dia. mm
25-54
8-15
1500 Kg.
9600
12000
70-95
13 - 17
2000 Kg.
12800
16000
A sample messenger shall be fitted into a fixed suspension clamp and subjected to a
gradually applied longitudinal load of 300 N. There shall be no permanent slippage.
Voltage Test of SA:
A copper foil is wrapped at the clamping point around the maximum size of messenger
allowed in that clamp. An ac voltage of 6 KV is applied between the copper foil and nearest
conductive point of the clamp or into its absence to the point of fixation. The voltage should
be withstood for 1 minute without breakdown or flashover.
Test under Mechanical & Thermal Stress of SA:
i) The test specimen is made up of approx. 10m of messenger wire strung between two
anchor clamps with a Suspension Clamp fixed in the middle. Masses of 40 Kg. are
suspended at a distance of 1-2mtr. On either side of the Suspension Clamp with a fixing
mechanism of mass 2 + 1 Kg.
ii) The specimen is subjected to 500 cycles of 90 minutes each. Each cycle consists of the
following :
a) For first 75 minutes a constant longitudinal tension of 4000 N is applied to the
messenger for rating of 1500 Kg. and of 4500 N rating of 2000 Kg. while 64 cycles
right and left oscillation are produced on the clamp 32º on either side of the vertical.
b) During the first 45 minutes an intermittent current of 4-5 A/sq.mm is applied to
maintain the conductor temp at 60 + 3 ºC.
c) During the next 45 minutes of the cycle the conductor is allowed to cool down
naturally to the ambient.
190
d)
e)
f)
At the 75th minute, after having completed 64 oscillations, the oscillations are
stopped and the longitudinal tension is increased to 7500 N for 1500 kg. Rating
and 10000 N for 2000 Kg. Rating.
No messenger slippage should occur within the Suspension Clamp during the 500
cycles.
At the end of the 500 cycles, the messenger is immersed in water for 30 minutes.
It is then tested to withstand 10 kV ac for 1 minute with a trip setting of 10 + 0.5
mA. There should be no breakdown or flashover.
3.2.9
ACCEPTANCE TESTS
The following shall constitute Acceptance Tests for Insulation Piercing Connectors (IPC):
i)
Visual *
ii)
Dimensional (as per SCD and overall dimensions submitted with Tender Offer)*
iii)
Electrical Ageing Test ***
iv)
Dielectric and Water Tightness Test. **
v)
Mechanical Tightening Test **
vi)
Effect of Tightening on Main Core **
vii)
Effect of Tightening on Branch Core **
The above tests are to be carried out as per sampling plan below. However electrical ageing
test on IPC (market***) is to be done on only one connector of each type and size.
In case of random failure/defect, double the sample lot is to be drawn and there should be no
failure/defect exceeding half the permissible defects (rounded down) shown in the chart.
Lot Size
For tests Marked*
For Tests Marked **
Sample Size
Max.
Sample Size
Max.
permissible
permissible
Defects
Defects
Up to 100
2
Nil
2
Nil
101 to 1000
6
Nil
4
Nil
>1001
0.01%
0.1% of pieces
4
Nil
subject to
checked
min. 6 pieces
3.26.9.1
3.26.9.2
The following shall constitute acceptance tests for Anchor Assemblies:
i)
Visual *
ii) Dimensional (as per SCD and overall dimensions submitted with Tender Offer)*
iii) Mechanical Test on Bracket**
iv) Mechanical Test on Clamp **
v) Voltage Test *
3.26.9.3 The following shall constitute acceptance tests for Suspension Assemblies:
i)
Visual *
ii) Dimensional (as per SCD and overall dimensions submitted with Tender Offer)*
iii) Mechanical Test on Bracket**
iv) Mechanical Test on Clamp **
v) Voltage Test *
The above tests (for AA & SA) are to be carried out as per sampling plan below. In case of
random failure/defect, double the sample lot is to be drawn and there should be no
failure/defect exceeding half the permissible defects (rounded down) shown in the chart.
Lot Size
For tests Marked*
For Tests Marked **
Sample Size
Max.
Sample Size
Max.
permissible
permissible
Defects
Defects
Up to 100
2
Nil
1
Nil
101 to 500
5
1
2
Nil
501 to 2500
10
2
2
Nil
2501 & above
10 + 0.2%
2 + 10% pf addl.
4
1
Sample quantity
3.2.10
SERVICE CLAMP
The clamps should be designed to anchor insulated service lines (armoured or unarmoured)
with 2/4 conductors.
i)
The clamps should be made of weather and UV resistant polymer.
191
ii)
iii)
iv)
No losable part in the process of clamping arrangement.
The clamp should conform to the relevant I.S., if any.
Breaking Load of the clamp should not be less than 3 KN.
3.2.11
TRANSFORMER CONNECTION
i)
The connection to the transformer should be made with Pre-Insulated lugs for phase
and with an Aluminum Lug for neutral Messenger. If the Bus-bars-bars are of copper,
the Lugs should be preferably Bi-metallic type.
ii)
The Barrel of the lug normally insulated with an Anti-UV black Thermoplastic tube
sealed with a flexible ring. Die reference, size and strip length are to be indicated on
the plastic.
iii)
Sizes covered 16-70 & up to 150 m2 Aluminum XLPE insulated cable.
iv)
Reference standard NFC 33021 or equivalent I.S. if any.
3.2.12
JUNCTION SLEEVES
i)
The sleeves should be pre-Insulated for phases, neutral messengers and street
lighting conductors.
ii)
Sleeve should be made of Aluminum, insulated with an Anti-UV black thermoplastic
tube hermetically sealed two ends with 2 flexible rings.
iii)
Die reference, size and strip length are indicated on the sleeve itself.
iv)
Sizes needed: 16-70 & up to 150 mm2 for Aluminum XLPE insulated cable.
v)
Reference standard: NFC 33021 or equivalent I.S. if any.
vi)
Design as per furnished drawing.
3.2.13
EYE HOOKS
i)
Eye hooks should be designed as to hold suspension clamps and Dead end clamps
and to be installed with the pole clamp.
ii)
Eye-hooks should be made of forged Galvanised steel.
iii)
The clamps corrosion resistance should conform to the standards I.S. 2629 & I.S.
2633.
iv)
Bolts and nuts should be made of hot dip Galvanized steel according to VDE 0210
and VDE 0212.
v)
Ultimate Tensile strength (UTs) of the clamp should 20 KN.
vi)
Design as per furnished drawing.
3.2.14
G. A. DRAWINGS ETC.
i)
A drawing / picture clearly showing principal parts & dimensions for all products
should be submitted along with the offer.
ii)
The principal outer dimensions of each item, in mm and weight in gm should be
submitted along with the offer.
iii)
The Purchaser may call for samples for verification & evaluation purposes.
192
3.3
3.3.1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ANCHOR (DEAD END), SUSPENSION
ACCESSORIES & OTHER ACCESSORIES FOR 11KV ABC
SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing and supply of
Accessories for anchoring, suspending & making connections to 11KV Aerial Bunched
Cables and insulated with cross-linked polyethylene.
STANDARDS
The design, performance and test requirements shall confirm to this specification and the
following standards. However in case of any conflict, the requirements of this specification
shall prevail.
i)
NFC 33-020 - Insulation Piercing Connectors
ii)
IS 14255 - LV Aerial Bunched Cables
iii) NFC 20-540 - Environment Testing for Outdoor
iv) NFC 33-004 - Electrical Ageing Test
v)
NFC 33-040 - Suspension Equipments
vi) NFC 33-041 - Anchoring Devices
The Devices shall also be compatible with the cables of sizes & dimensions as defined in
the Cable Specifications for the cables with which they are intended to be used.
CABLE DATA
The standard sizes and characteristics of the phase conductors and messenger wires shall
be as specified under section 3.25 as per IS: 14255-1995.
The Accessories of 11KV XLPE Insulated Aerial Bunched Cables (ABC) with
bare/insulated messenger are specified below:
i)
The ABC accessories should be of proven design with minimum 2 years record of
satisfactory operation with a major utility. Order copies and Performance Certificates
should be enclosed with the offer.
ii)
Since ABC accessories are to be used with messenger, their design should
incorporate specific features to prevent damage to the insulation which meeting the
required electrical, mechanical & thermal requirements.
iii) All mechanical, electrical & thermal ratings should meet or exceed 90% of the
corresponding ratings of the cable, or the values specified herein, whichever are
more stringent.
iv) The accessories should provide “Double Insulation” so that a single point failure of
insulation will not result in the system tripping.
ABC ACCESSORIES
The ABC Accessories shall consist of the following:
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
Sl.
No.
Accessories
1
Anchoring Assembly (AA)
2
Suspension Assembly (SA)
3
Tap off connector
3.3.5
3.27.5.1
Requirements
For fitting onto a pole for anchoring the end of
a length of ABC, or for a major change in
direction.
For supporting a length of ABC at an
intermediate pole in a length, with small angle
of deviation.
For branch off from the main line or for looping
in looping out from a transformer.
ANCHORING (DEAD END) CLAMP
General Requirement:
i) The dead end clamps should be suitable for bare messenger of 11KV XLPE AB
Cable.
ii) The dead end clamp should be made of high strength Al. Alloy of strength not less
than 250 N/sq.mm.
iii) The dead end clamp should be suitable for holding messenger up to 95 sq. mm.
193
iv) Dead end clamps should be straight wedge type with sliding wedges that close
automatically to grip the messenger due to tension of wire.
Dead end clamps should be automatic locking independent from the operator. It
should not required nut or bolts to tighten the messenger.
vi) Dead end clamps provide for visual adjusting indicator on clamp body to indicate
correct tightness according to size of conductor.
vii) Dead end clamps should be equipped with two pulling eyes to facilitate stringing.
viii) Dead end clamps should be free from all flaws, irregularities & sharp radii of
curvature.
ix) Dead end clamps should be fixed to the PSC pole or with Eye Hook and Pole Clamp.
Test Requirement:
i) Slip strength test: Slip Strength should not be less than 90% of the tensile strength of
the messenger wire:
Sr. No.
Messenger
Tensile Strength
Slip Strength
1
95sq.mm
28KN
25.2KN
2
50 sq.mm
15KN
13.5KN
(Test method as per IS: 2486 Part I or equivalent to spec. of country of manufacture)
ii) The Mechanical strength of the Dead End Clamp should not be less than 2500kg
(Test method as per IS:2486 Part.I or equivalent to spec. of country of manufacture).
iii) Resistance Test Heating Cycle Test: As per IS:2486 Part.I Clause 12.1 a&b or
equivalent to specs of country of manufacturer except that Max. temperature shall be
90+10 ºC as applicable to XLPE cable vide IS:7998 Part.2.
v)
3.27.5.2
3.3.6
3.27.6.1.
3.27.6.2.
3.27.6.3.
3.27.6.4.
SUSPENSION CLAMP
General Requirements:
i) The suspension clamp assembly should be suitable for use over bare AAAC
messenger wire of 11KV XLPE ABC Cable.
ii) The assembly should consist of a double clevis connector and a Clamp as described
below. It should be should be fixed to the pole with Eye Hook and Pole Clamp used
for 9 M long PCC pole having working load of 200 Kg with top dimension as
145mmX114mm.
Double Clevis Connector:
i)
Double clevis connector must ensure lengthwise and transverse mobility of the
clamp.
ii) Include a hot dip galvanized steel double & twisted clevis.
iii) Upper axis must be covered with an antifriction plastic to avoid point contacts.
iv) Lower axis must be removable and secured with a pin.
Clamp:
i)
It should be Aluminum alloy provided with a black weather resistant plastic.
ii) The opening of the clamp should be pole side and its grooves must allow a deviation
of angle of 30 Degree.
The Suspension clamp should be made of high strength Al. Alloy of strength not less than
200 N/Sq.mm.
The Suspension clamp should be suitable for holding messenger of up to 95 sq.mm.
Test Requirement:
i)
Slip strength should not be less than 25% of the tensile strength of the messenger
wire.
Sr.
Messenger
Tensile Strength
Slip Strength
No.
1
95sq.mm
28KN
7.0KN
2
50 sq.mm
15KN
3.75KN
194
(Test method as per IS: 2486 Part I of equivalent to specification of country of
manufacture)
ii) Mechanical Test: The mechanical strength of the suspension clamp should not be
less than 15 KN at right angle to the direction of the messenger wire.
(Ref: REC Specification No. E 34) (Test Method as per IS: 2486 Part. I or equivalent)
3.3.7
3.27.7.1
3.27.7.2
3.3.8
3.27.8.1
TAP OFF CONNECTORS FOR 11KV XLPE AB CABLE
General Requirement:
i) The tap off connector should be suitable for making tap off (T connection) on phase
conductor of 11KV XLPE ABC Cable of main cable up to 95 Sq.mm. and branch
Cable up to 95 sq.mm for making a branch off from the main line or for looping in
looping out from a transformer. (Note: It requires each cable to be terminated using
suitable termination which is not included as part of the tap off connector.
ii) Tap off connector should be self supporting and mechanically strong with high rigid
for easy mounting on a cross - arm etc.
iii) Tap off connector should be suitable for connection by simply bolting on the lug of the
cable termination.
iv) For working in reduced clearances tap off connectors should allow complete
insulation of the connections so that no bare conductor are exposed.
v) The connecting area should accept lug palm of width up to 95 sq.mm for main cable
and up to 95 sq. mm for branch cable.
vi) The thickness of insulation over any conducting part should be 2 mm (min.).
vii) The height of the tap off connector should be 260 mm from the mounting base and
max shed dia. shall be 80 mm.
Test Requirement:
Power Frequency Voltage Test:
Dry Voltage Withstand Test 35 KV
Wet Voltage Withstand Test 28 KV
Impulse Withstand Test 75 KV
TERMINATION AND JOINT
General:
i)
The cable jointing and terminations offered should be of Heat Shrinkable type in
accordance with the specification and technical requirements listed in this
specification of reputed make.
ii)
The term heat shrinkable refers to tubing of extruded polymeric material and
moulded-components. The kits identified as heat shrinkable use such materials for
insulation, stress control, anti-tracking protection and sealing. The use of tapes, premoulded, and resin cast or any other non-heat shrinkable material for this purpose is
not acceptable. The Heat Shrinkable components and sealants should be tested as
per ESI 09-13 with latest amendments and the complete kits should be type tested
as per IS: 13573 at any CPRI / NABL Accredited Lab Govt. Lab/ Govt. recognized
Lab / Govt. Approved Lab. Such type test certificate should not be older than three
years and shall be presented to Inspecting Officer of APDCL during pre-dispatch
inspection for verification.
iii) The product shall be of 6.35/11 KV rating from a manufacturer who has field proven
design through extensive satisfactory performance under Indian conditions.
iv) A list of the kit contents signed by the manufacturer should be enclosed with the
offer, failing which the offer will be considered incomplete. The kit should be
complete with lugs and screen/ armour earthing material. The offered kit contents
must be same as detailed in the type test reports / drums.
v) Bidder must also furnish list of items outsourced, in case the bidder does not
manufacture the same directly. This must be supported by the name of the supplier
of these items along with the Quality Assurance Plan followed by the manufacturer.
vi) The acceptance tests Certificate of Manufacturer of heat-shrinkable components
and sealants in accordance with the requirements of ESI 09-13 shall be furnished to
195
3.27.8.2
3.27.8.3
Inspecting Officer of APDCL for verification during pre-dispatch inspection at firms
works and shall consist of at least the following :
i)
Tensile strength
ii)
Ultimate elongation
iii) Dielectric strength
iv) Volume Resistively
v)
Tracking resistance (for non tracking parts) - as per requirements of ASTM D2303-85.
vii) To avoid duplicate/ spurious material, the manufacturer's name/ logo shall be
permanently printed on kit parts and batch number shall be given by the
manufacturer along with the routine test report and packing list.
Outdoor Termination:
i)
The terminations shall be Heat Shrink class 1 terminations as per IEEE - 48-1996
with latest amendments.
ii)
The outdoor termination for 11 KV should have minimum of 2 skirts per phase or as
per design certified by and tested at CPRI.
iii)
The termination shall be covered with red Anti-tracking heat shrink material
conforming to requirements of ESI 09-13.
iv)
The screen earthing shall be by means of tinned copper earth braid with a copper
lug fitted at one end.
v)
The terminations shall be capable of being installed vertically up or down without
allowing water accumulation in any part.
Straight Through Joint:
i)
The straight through joints shall be lightweight heat shrinkable type with extra high
tensile strength to carry self and wind load and shall be suitable for aerial
application.
ii)
Insulation over ferrule area shall be in minimum layers Dual wall co-extruded tubing
should be used to provide both insulation and conductive layers in line with ABC
XLPE cable to avoid any air entrapment interface of insulating and conductive layers
during shrinking.
iii)
The joints shall have special long ferrules to carry excess tensile load.
iv)
Recovered insulation thickness over the ferrule shall be not less than that of original
cable.
v)
Proper earthing arrangement to be provided in the kit.
vi) The joint should be sealed with outer protective tubing internally coated with
adhesive meeting requirements of ESI 09-13 to prevent moisture-ingress into the
join.
196
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 33 KV and 11 KV AUTO RECLOSER WITH COMMUNICATION
MODEM
1.0 SCOPE
The specification covers the design, manufacturing, testing, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of 33/11kV Un-manned substation made with outdoor pole mounted autorecloser that have programmable protection features and integrated remote operation capability
and that are intended for distribution networks at nominal A.C. voltages of 36/12 kV.
2.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
The following standards contain provisions that, through reference in the text, constitute
requirements of this specification at the time of publication the revisions indicated were valid.
All standards are subject to review and parties to purchasing agreements based on this
specification are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent revisions
of the standards listed below.
ANSI/IEEE C37.60-1981: Requirements for overhead, pad mounted, dry vault, and
submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for AC systems (RI993)
IEC 60255, Electrical relays
IEC 60056:1987, High-voltage alternating-current circuit breakers. Amendment No. 1:1 992.
IEC 60529:1989, Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code).
UNIPEDE NORM (SPEC) 13 (1995): Automation and Control Apparatus for Generating
Stations and Substations: Electromagnetic Compatibility Immunity Requirements.
2.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
The Substation shall be suitable for satisfactorily working under the following climatic
conditions: -
Max. Ambient Temperature
Min. Ambient Temperature
Max. Relative Humidity
Min. Relative Humidity
Altitude
550 C
20 C
100 %
56 %
Below 1000 meters above mean sea
level.
The switch Switchgears and Auto-reclosers used shall be suitably designed and treated for
normal life and satisfactory operation under the hot and hazardous tropical climate conditions
and shall be dust and vermin proof. All interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of auto-reclosers
and control cabinets shall be manufactured from marine grade stainless steel. All support
structures and associated bolts and nuts with these parts, shall be hot-dip galvanized.
The auto –recloser should be preferably of Tavrida/Seimens/Schneider make
3.0
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR AUTO RECLOSER
Sl.
No.
Particulars
Unit
Data for
33kV AR
Data for
11kV AR
1
Type
Vacuum
Vacuum
2
No of poles
3
(3 Phase Ganged
Unit)
3
(3 Phase Ganged
Unit)
3
4
5
Service
Rated System Voltage
Highest System Voltage
Outdoor
33
38
Outdoor
11
15.5
kV
kV
197
Sl.
No.
6
7
8
9
10
Particulars
Unit
Data for
33kV AR
Solidly earthed
system
36
Data for
11kV AR
Solidly earthed
system
12
Hz
kA RMS
800
400
50
16
630
630
50
12.5
kA PEAK
2.5*I
2.5*I
System earthing
Rated Voltage of AR
Rated Continuous Current
a)
For lines
b)
For Transformers
Rated Frequency
Rated Short Circuit breaking current ( I )
- 3secs - symmetrical
kV
Amps
11
Rated Short Circuit making current
12
Interrupting medium
Vacuum
Vacuum
13
Insulation medium
SF6 /Solid Di-electric
Solid dielectric
14
Closing mechanism
LV Solenoid
LV Solenoid
15
Opening mechanism
Springs
Springs
16
Mounting type
17
Single pole
Single pole
316 grade stainless 316 grade stainless
steel
steel
Enclosure
18
1st
19
Duty cycle
20
Insulation level
21
i) Power Frequency with Stand Voltage
ii) Impulse withstand Voltage
Minimum clearance between phases
Minimum clearance between phase to
earth
kV RMS
kV Peak
mm
Minimum Creepage Distance (Total)
Operating mechanism:
mm
22
23
d) Rated voltage of Closing coil &
operating range
e) No. of trip coils
f) No. of closing coils
1st
2nd
70
170
400
60
110
375
400
295
1100
780
Solenoid-Spring
Solenoid-Spring
V. DC
110[50% - 110%]
110 [50% - 110%]
V. DC
110 [80% - 110%]
110 [80% - 110%]
No
No
2 per AR
1 per AR
12 I/P+8 O/P
(per AR)
10 A at 240V AC
& 10A at 110V DC
2 per AR
1 per AR
12 I/P+8 I/P (per
CB)
10 A at 240V AC
& 10A at 110V DC
3
3
a) Type
.c) Rated voltage of Shunt trip coil &
operating range
2nd
O- rt-CO- rt-CO- O- rt-CO- rt-CO3rd
3rd
rt-CO
rt-CO
CO
CO
g) Nos of expandable auxiliary I/O contacts
& contact rating (Required for
transformer & Incomer AR)
Nos
AMPS
h) Minimum thickness of sheet steel for
control cabinet
mm
198
Sl.
No.
24
25
Particulars
Unit
Data for
33kV AR
IP55
Three Phase
auto reclosing
Galvanised
Data for
11kV AR
IP55
Three Phase
auto reclosing
Galvanised
Synthetic enamel
shade
631 of IS5
(125 microns)
Synthetic enamel
shade
631 of IS5
(125 microns)
Sq. mm
2.5
2.5
a) For transformer
Numeric
relay
b) For line
-do-
O/C, E/F, SEF,
Differential, OTI,
WTI, PRV,
Buchholz, OSR with
Backup Scheme
O/C, E/F, SEF
i) Enclosure Protection
Reclosing
Support structure
(Painted / Galvanised)
26
All other parts (Painted / Galvanised)
27
28
29
30
Minimum size of control wiring (Copper)
Protection
Measurement
31
Communication Protocol
32
33
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Communication Port
Supervisory
Digital
Real time current,
voltage, PF
IEC60870-5-101/
IEC60870-5-104 and
IEC 103/DNP
3/MODBUS for
meters & Relays
RS 232, RS 485 &
Ethernet
RTU
O/C, E/F, SEF
Differential, REF,
with Backup
Scheme
O/C, E/F, SEF
Real time current,
voltage, PF
IEC60870-5-101/
IEC60870-5-104
and IEC 103/DNP
3/MODBUS for
meters & Relays
RS 232, RS 485 &
Ethernet
RTU
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Auto-recloser (AR): A mechanical switching device that, after opening, closes automatically
after a predetermined time. Several reclosures could occur before lockout.
Cold load pick-up (CLP) feature: A feature that allows modification of the over-current
protection characteristics in order to prevent relay maloperation under conditions of system
energisation.
Dead time: The time between the instant that the current is interrupted by the AR and the
instant the contact of the AR closes as a result of an automatic reclose operation. [IEC 50-44804-09]
Definite time lag (DTL) protection element: A protection element with a settable time delay
that is constant above the pick-up current setting.
Delayed protection operation: The protection functionality enabling delayed circuit-breaker
operation, whether this is due to an IDMTL or DTL protection element.
Disc reset time: The time required for the disc of an electromechanical IDMTL protection relay
to turn back to its original position after it has turned to the position where a protection operation
was initiated.
Effectively earthed system: An earthed system in which the healthy phase power frequency
phase-to-earth over voltages associated with earth faults are limited to 80% of the highest
phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
Fast curve protection element: A family of curves with operating times approximately
constant (slightly inverse) relative to the multiple of pick-up setting.
199
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
6.0
Instantaneous protection element: An element with no intentional time delay active above a
pre-determined pick-up current setting.
Inverse definite minimum time (IDMT) protection element: A protection element the
minimum operating time of which is adjustable and is inversely proportional to the fault current.
Pole-mounted remote terminal unit (PMRTU): A remote terminal unit that is designed for pole
mounting and that operates specific pole-mounted equipment remotely.
Rapid protection operation: The protection functionality enabling rapid circuit-breaker
operation, whether this is due to an instantaneous, fast curve, or a definite time delay protection
element with relatively short definite time delay.
Reset time: The time duration after a circuit-breaker close operation for which the measured
currents are below a fault detecting level. On the expiry of this time the protection sequence
resets.
Secure control: A single mechanically non-latching switch that effects one state of a control
function only. An example of which is either a non-latching switch or two separate push buttons
that effect one state of a control function only in each position. If a control is activated
repeatedly it only effects that state and does not change the state of the control.
Sensitive earth fault (SEF) relay: A relay that is sensitive to very low earth fault currents and
in which the operating settings are for current magnitude and definite time delay.
Toggled control: A single mechanically non-latching switch/push-button that enables a single
control function on the first operation of the switch/push-button and disables the function on the
second operation of the same switch/push button.
Zone sequence co-ordination (ZSC): The feature that allows protection devices to maintain
sequence co-ordination for combinations of rapid and delayed protection operations.
Mounting
The AR shall be suitable for single pole mounting.
Adequately rated lifting eyes shall be provided and they shall be designed to allow the
completely assembled AR (surge arresters fitted) to be lifted without recourse to a sling
spreader. The diameter of the eyes shall be a minimum of 30mm.
Suitable mounting brackets for surge arresters shall be provided on the line side and on the
load side of the AR, adjacent to the bushings.
The AR shall be fitted with an external M12 earthing stud, complete with a nut, lock nut and
spring washer.
The AR shall have laser cut markings on each bushings marked U1 V1 W1 for the normal line
side and U2 V2 W2 for normal load side.
A detailed drawing of the single pole AR mounting arrangement with surge arresters fitted shall
be provided. The minimum phase-to-earth clearances shall be as per relevant IS and is to be
indicated on the drawing.
The mass of the mounting hardware, the AR and the control cabinet and cable shall be stated
in the tender documentation.
Bushings
6.1 Terminals
a)
For 33KV AR, the preferred arrangement for bushing is a fully insulated bushing
arrangement achieved by using cyclo aliphatic epoxy resign bushings and silicone
2
rubber bushing boots together with 3 meters 185 mm , single core, XLPE insulated
aluminum water blocked cable tails to provide a fully insulated bushing arrangement.
b)
For 11 KV AR, the preferred arrangement for connection to overhead conductor is
using crimp lugs with holes.
6.2 Material
The following bushing materials are acceptable:
a)
Outdoor Cyclo aliphatic epoxy resin and/or Silicone rubber
b)
Porcelain bushings and EPDM rubber are not acceptable.
c)
Minimum acceptable creepage is 1100 mm for 33 KV AR and 780 mm for 11KV AR..
d)
200
7.0
Finish
a)
All interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of auto-reclosers and control cabinets shall be
manufactured from 316 marine grade stainless steel. All support structures and
associated bolts and nuts with these parts, shall be hot-dip galvanized.
b)
Suitable precautions shall be implemented to prevent corrosion due to the use of
dissimilar materials.
8.0
Control equipment
8.1 Control cabinet
a)
Cabinets that house equipment for protection and control shall be mounted
independently of the AR.
b)
Suitable ultraviolet-resistant cable, shall be provided to connect the AR to the control
cabinet.
c)
It shall be possible to disconnect the cable at the AR while the AR is connected to the
power system, without causing damage or mal-operation: care shall be taken that CTs
are not open circuited. A robust, multi-pin weatherproof connector shall be supplied.
The female part of the connector shall be mounted on the AR and the male part shall be
mounted on the cable. Preference will be given to products supplying connectors at
both the AR and the control cabinet.
d)
Cabinets shall be adequately sealed and dust protected and shall be internally treated to
prevent moisture condensation. The degree of protection shall be IP 55.
e)
The supplier shall ensure that the equipment housed in the control cabinet can withstand
the heating effect of direct solar radiation without causing failure and/or mal-operation.
Details shall be provided in the tender documentation.
f)
The cabinet shall make provision for bottom entry of three cables. This shall be done
with a pre-punched suitable sized diameter holes. The holes shall be suitably blanked
off.
g)
The cabinet shall be fitted with an external M12 earthing stud with a nut, lock nut and a
serrated washer.
h)
The door of the cabinet shall be fitted with a robust fastening arrangement that is
capable of being secured by a padlock that has a shackle of 8 mm diameter.
8.2
8.3
8.4
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
i)
The cabinet shall be easily removable for workshop repair purposes.
Electronic control equipment
The controls shall not suffer any damage if one or more poles of the circuit breaker fail to
respond to either a trip or a close command.
Electronic modules shall perform continuous diagnostic monitoring and shall contain hardware
and software watchdog checking.
Protection characteristics
General
The ratio of drop-off current to pick-up current shall be at least 95 % for all protection functions.
The E/F and SEF functions shall be equipped with harmonic filtering to prevent operation when
harmonics are present in the primary residual earth currents. A low pass filter with:
a) 2nd harmonic rejection > 6 1; and
b) 3rd harmonic rejection > 50 1 shall be supplied. Both the SEF function and its filter
shall be described in the tender documentation
All protection functions, i.e. over-current (O/C), earth fault (E/F) and sensitive earth fault (SEF)
shall have elements with characteristics that comply with IEC 255.
The sequence of trip and auto-reclose characteristics for O/C, E/F and SEF shall be
programmable to enable:
a)
the selection of any combination of the available elements for each trip in the trip-andreclose sequence; and
b)
separate trip-and-reclose sequences for O/C, E/F and SEF.
201
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
In case of IDMTL protection elements the AR shall preferably be provided with a disc reset
timer that simulates the resetting functionality of an upstream electromechanical induction
disc relay by implementing a disc reset timer. The length of the time delay shall preferably
be settable to be able to simulate the upstream device (settable between 5s and 20 s),
however, if a fixed time delay is provided it should be between 4s and 5s.
A zone sequence co-ordination (ZSC) feature shall be provided to ensure trip-close
sequence co-ordination for combinations of rapid and delayed protection operations applied
to series ars. ZSC functionality shall be such that:
a) an AR senses the presence of an over-current or earth fault, as well as the clearance of
that fault by another device and proceeds to the next protection operation in its own
sequence; and
b) it proceeds in its sequence of rapid protection operations only, allowing the full number of
delayed operations to be executed for in-zone conditions.
Loss of Phase (LOP) protection shall be provided to ensure the protection functionality of AR as
below:
a) AR should trip with no auto-reclose in case if there is a loss of voltage on one or two phases
on the upstream part of the line. Loss of supply on all three phases shall not generate the
protection trip.
b) Facility to turn LOP ON or OFF without affecting other protection functions of the device.
Pass-word or other form of access control shall be provided
c) The parameters of configuration of LOP shall include the voltage level (phase to ground) and
time of loss of supply on one or two phases. The voltage level shall be configurable from
5000 to 19000 Volts (for 33KV) and 5000 to 9000 (for 11KV) with steps not greater then 250
V. Time range shall be configurable from 1 to 60 sec with steps not greater then 1 sec.
The information about LOP operation in case of the protection trip shall be recorded accordingly
with indication of the phase(s) causing the trip of AR. The information about LOP operation
shall be easily assessable.
d) Rapid protection operation shall be possible by selecting a fast curve or instantaneous
protection element.
Co-ordination of the fast curves or instantaneous protection elements between two devices in
series shall be possible either by selecting suitable curves from a family or by addition of a
selectable time increment, typically 0,05s to 3s, in 0,05s steps, or any other acceptable solution.
Long protection operating times associated with fault levels marginally above the pick-up setting
of the IDMTL protection element shall be avoided by the provision of a Low Set Definite
Time element with the following features:
a) it shall be possible to enable or disable the element. When enabled it shall be active
simultaneously as an overlay with all selected elements;
b) the element shall have the same pick-up current setting as the IDMTL element; and
c) the time delay shall be selectable from 2s to 10s, in 1s steps. The time delay shall be
independent of any curve manipulation.
A High Set Instantaneous element with a selectable time delay shall be provided, with the
following features:
a) it shall be possible to enable or disable the element. When enabled it shall be active
simultaneously as an overlay with all selected elements;
b) circuit-breaker lock-out as a result of an operation due to the High Set Instantaneous
element shall be selectable;
c) the pick-up setting range of this element shall be at least 100 % to 1500 % of the
over-current setting and shall be independent of any curve manipulation; and
d) the time delay shall be selectable from instantaneous to 1s, in 0,05 s steps. The time
delay shall be independent of any curve manipulation.
A cold load pick-up (CLP) feature shall be provided that allows user selectable modification of
protection element characteristics under conditions of system energization. The CLP
function may be provided in one of the following two ways:
202
a)
The instantaneous O/C element and the Low Set Definite Time O/C element could be
blocked for the CLP time duration; and
b) The pick-up current setting of the IDMTL O/C element and the Low Set Definite Time
O/C element may be modified with a settable factor to increase the pick-up current of
these elements for the CLP duration. The instantaneous O/C element should be
blocked for this time. This is the preferred method.
The CLP function shall have the following characteristics:
i.
the CLP function shall not in any way interfere with any of the other functions'/elements'
pick-up current settings except as mentioned above;
ii.
the CLP functionality shall be such that the active duration of the CLP is selectable from 0
min to 20 min in 1 min steps; and
iii.
the modification factor should be settable from 1 to 2 in steps of 0,1.
9.13
Earth fault function
9.14 The earth fault setting range shall detect primary earth fault currents down to 20 A.
9.15 Delayed protection operation shall be possible by selecting an IDMTL element with NI, VI or El
curve, or a definite time protection element with time delay from 0.05s to 10s, in 0,05s steps.
9.16 Rapid protection operation shall be possible by selecting a fast curve or instantaneous protection
element.
Co-ordination of the fast curves or instantaneous protection elements between two devices
in series shall be possible either by selecting suitable curves from a family or by addition of a
selectable time increment, typically 0.05s to 3s, in 0.05s steps, or any other acceptable
solution.
9.17 A High Set Instantaneous element with a selectable time delay shall be provided with the
following features:
a)
it shall be possible to enable or disable the element. When enabled it shall be active
simultaneously as an overlay with all selected elements;
b)
circuit-breaker lockout as a result of an operation due to the High Set Instantaneous
element shall be selectable;
c)
he pick-up setting range of this element shall be at least 100 % to 1500 % of the
earth fault setting and shall be independent of any curve manipulation; and
d)
he time delay shall be selectable from 0,05s to 1s, in 05s steps. The time delay
shall be independent of any curve manipulation.
9.18
Sensitive earth fault (SEF) function
9.19
A primary earth fault current of 4A to 20A in steps not exceeding 1A shall be detectable.
9.20
Delayed protection operation shall be possible by selecting a definite time protection element
with time delay from 3s to 25s, in 1s steps.
10.0
Auto-reclose operation parameters
10.1 The number of sequential trips to reach lockout shall be selectable to be either 1,2,3 or 4.
10.2
Reset times shall ideally be separately selectable for SEF and the combination of overcurrent and earth fault functions. The reset time shall be selectable from 5s to 120s in 1s
steps.
10.3
Dead times shall ideally be separately selectable for SEF and the combination of overcurrent and earth fault functions. The dead time between each -successive reclosure shall
be independently selectable from instantaneous to 5s for the first reclosure and from a
minimum of 2s up to a maximum of 120s for subsequent reclosures.
10.4
A close instruction initiated locally or remotely during a dead time shall result in lockout if
the fault is still present upon closure.
11.0
Statistical measurement functions
11.1
The characteristics of the statistical measurement functions shall be as follows
11.2
Measurement shall be done with three-phase-4-wire method.
11.3
Quantities to be measured / calculated with class 0.5 accuracy are:
a. r.m.s. phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral voltage of all three phases:
203
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
r.m.s current per phase
three phase active power in kW
three phase reactive power in kvars
total three-phase active energy in kWh
Power factor
Maximum demand
Harmonic analysis
Wave form capture
Fault stimulator
11.4
The real power energy, reactive energy and apparent energy measurement should be
cumulative. While maximum demand measurement shall be integrated with respect to
time. With selectable time integration periods of 5 min, 15 min, 30 min or 60 min. The
data buffer shall work on the FIFO principle and a minimum size for the data buffer shall
store values for 4 months.
11.5
The voltage factor of the voltage transformers shall be a minimum of 1.9 for 8 hours.
11.6
CB and Control element shall have the facilities to record the number and duration of
outages. The information shall be assessable locally. The following parameters shall be
recorded:
a) Cumulative total number of outages
b) Cumulative total outage duration
c) Time and duration of each outage
12.0
Local control and indication:
12.1
The local control and indication shall be as given in Table-1:
Table-1- Minimum specification of local controls ad indications:
Item
Features
Remarks
Local control
Local
2 position key switchable
(See note 1)
Circuit-breaker open
(see note 3)
Circuit-breaker close
Secure control
ARC ON/OFF
Secure control
SEF ON/OFF
Secure or toggled control
Secure or toggled control
Local indication
Local/Remote
(see note 3)
(See note 1)
Circuit-breaker open
Circuit-breaker close
Circuit-breaker lock-out
ARC ON/OFF
SEF ON/OFF
See 12.7
Protection operation
Controller not healthy
(see note 2)
See 12.9
SF , Alarm
AC fail
See 14.7
DC abnormal
DC fail
Charger fail
Local Analog indication
(See note 1)





r.m.s phase-to-phase to
neutral voltage of all three
phases
r.m.s current per phase
three phase active power
in
KW
three
phase
reactive power in kvars
total three-phase active
energy in kWh
Power factor
204

Maximum demand
NOTES:
Note 1: The local control and the local indication features on the control panel shall be labeled as
presented in column 2, where applicable. The type of switch used for local control shall not allow for a
conflict to exist between the switch position and the function status.
Note 2: The Controller not healthy indication shall indicate the control equipment not healthy
(watchdog) function operated. It shall not operate during the normal pole mounted switch operating
cycle. This indication should remain active until the unhealthy state that initiated it returns to normal.
Note 3: The three-position switch (labeled as below) shall allow the AR controller to be set in the
following modes:
Local: In this mode a local operator can trip and close the AR and change configuration
parameters. All reporting functions are active.
12.2
All local controls and indications shall be accessible in adverse weather condition.
12.3
The AR shall be provided with external levers to permit manual operation, using an insulated
operating stick, to open, close, lock-out and reset the AR from ground level . Where these
operations can be performed at the control cabinet, it shall only be necessary to provide a
mechanical means to open and lockout the circuit breaker using an insulated operating stick.
12.4
The AR status shall be clearly visible from ground level. “Opened” shall be indicated with a
green “O”. “Closed” shall be indicated by a red “I”. Alternative indications shall be subject to
approval by the purchaser.
12.5
Pressure relief facilities shall be provided to enable the AR to withstand safely the effects of
excessive pressure rise due to an internal fault.
12.6
Malfunction of the AR shall not pose a safety hazard to the operator due to the recoil or
backlash of items such as external operating rods, ranks and levers.
12.7
Easily available (i.e maximum of one keystroke) local indication of protection operation shall
be provided for at least the last operation of the AR. The function, phase involved and the
current magnitude shall be indicated.
12.8
Switches used for local control shall offer the type of control described in table 1 i.e. secure
or toggled control. Electronic keypad controls shall offer ‘quick key’ (maximum of one
keystroke) access to the controls in table1 if not implemented with switches
12.9
ARs using SF, as an arc extinguishing/Insulating medium shall:
a) Provide a low gas pressure indication at a gas pressure that enables safe operation
of the AR
b) Prevent closing of the AR after it has opened under the above-described condition
c) Be provided with a method of inhibiting any operation of the AR in the event of the
gas pressure dropping below a safe pressure.
13.0
Local Engineering
The AR controller shall contain a real time clock (with leap year support) that can be set both
locally and remotely. It shall be possible to synchronise the clock with the control center
SCADA using ant of the time synchronising standards (IEC-101/IEC-104 or SNMP protocol.
13.2
A facility for selecting all the protection, operating and communications characteristics shall
be locally available in the control cabinet. Optional password protection against unauthorized
changes shall be available.
13.3
Non-Volatile memory storage shall be sized to store the following minimum data:
All operating , protection and communications parameters.
a)
An event record containing at least 3000 events (a protection event is defined as all
operations in a sequence until successful sequence reset or lockout). The actual number
available shall be stated in the tender documentation.
13.4
Refer to clause 11.4
Maximum demand information Maximum demand shall have the facilities to be configured
for weekly or monthly demand.
13.1
205
13.5
13.6
14.0
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
14.8
15.0
15.1
15.2
15.3
16.0
17.0
A pointer shall be provided to indicate up to where the data was last read. This will enable
regular uploading of the data without re-loading of previously read data.
All events shall be time and date stamped with a resolution of at least loms relative to the
onboard real time clock.
Power supplies
The AR system shall provide power for the electronics, operation of the AR and operation of the
communications equipment (e.g. radio or GSM-modem).
Primary supply: Preference will be given to the ability to obtain primary power directly from the
HV power system requiring no additional primary supply connection.
Test supply: The AR shall accept an external AC 230 V 50 Hz supply.
Auxiliary supply: An auxiliary supply with the following minimum characteristics shall be
provided
One battery and constant voltage charger with current limiting shall be part of the AR. Battery
standby time shall not be less than 24 h, allowing for ten AR operations and a Transmit:
Receive: Standby duty cycle of 5:5:90 from a 5 W output ratio. The battery shall recharge to 80
% of its capacity in a maximum of 15 h. The total number of circuit-breaker operations under the
above communications scenario shall be at least 10 AR operations preventing closing if the
battery will not have enough stored energy to open the circuit- breaker for a protection trip
condition. Details will be stated in the tender documentation.
Batteries shall be disconnected at the manufacturer's specified minimum voltage.
Battery Low' indication shall be available locally and remotely and shall include a battery test.
The indication of "Battery Low" status shall allow for a further ten AR operations.
The minimum battery life expectancy shall be 5 years. Details of the guaranteed life
expectancy of the battery shall be stated in the tender documentation.
Maintenance and commissioning
All the communications equipment shall be easily accessible in the control cabinet. Wiring of
"communications links in the control cabinet shall permit the connection of a temporary
protocol-Monitor. It shall be possible to perform secondary injection testing while the AR is
communicating with the center.
It shall be Possible to disconnect the AR circuit breaker and connect a simulated breaker to the
control cabinet for testing purposes.
The AR shall not malfunction while the radio is transmitting via an antenna in close proximity
and the control cabinet door is open.
Provision shall be made in the control cabinet for individually isolating the power supply to/from
the following:
a)
battery;
b)
battery charger;
c)
primary supply to the control cabinet electronics.
Rating plate
Each AR shall bear a rating plate of an intrinsically corrosion-resistant material, indelibly marked
with the sea-level rating for which the equipment has been type tested. The rating plate shall be
indelibly marked with:
a.
the manufacturer's name;
b.
the equipment type designation and serial number of the ar;
c.
the mass, in kilograms;
d.
the date of manufacture;
e.
the voltage transformer ratio, class and burden.
auxiliary supply voltage (if applicable); and
Additional information
The following shall be submitted with the tender.
17.1
Circuit breaker details
206
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
17.9
17.10
17.11
17.12
17.13
17.14
17.15
17.16
17.17
18.0
18.1
a)
manufacturer;
b)
type designation;
c)
place of manufacture;
d)
short circuit breaking capacity; 3s 1s
e)
asymmetrical breaking current;
f)
peak making current; and
g)
critical current (maximum instantaneous peak).
A schematic-wiring diagram of the AR offered.
A general-arrangement drawing of the AR offered.
Details of the maintenance and operating equipment and procedures needed and a detailed
parts list of the various components.
A description of the AR operation, with instruction and maintenance manuals, including
maintenance schedules, protection characteristics, communications facilities, the method of
applying settings to relays and controls, together with any software required and the cost
thereof. The software requirements shall be stated in the tender documentation.
Details and the cost of any available portable calibration and diagnostic test set that may be
used to perform the functionality described in clause 18.1, 18.2 and 18.3. Details of the test set
shall be given in the tender document.
A list of recommended spares and tools, quoting the prices of each item and its availability.
If protection setting changes are accomplished by resistors, electronic cards or modules or
computer programs, the price and range of such items. The method of changing protection
settings shall be stated in the tender documentation.
Details of technical back-up facilities available. These details shall be stated in the tender
documentation.
Details of the class, ratio(s) and burden of the protection current transformer and voltage
transformer, if supplied, shall be stated in the tender documentation.
The supplier shall include the following details of measurement current transformers (not
internal to the AR) that can be supplied with the AR. The following details shall be provided:
a)
available ratio(s) and accuracy class;
b)
method of fitting; and
c)
effect on creepage distance and BIL
Where applicable details of the low gas pressure alarm/lock-out philosophy;
Details of AR service history:
a)
how many in service, where and for what period; and
b)
contact names and numbers.
Details of LV trip/close coil if available as an option
Power requirements for a close operation
The maximum achievable separation between the control unit and the circuit breaker.
Full details of the protocol implementation and the complete point database.
TESTS
Type tests
a) The AR shall have been type tested in accordance with, and found to comply with, the
requirements of either IEC 60056 or ANSI/IEEE C37.60-1981 for the following, and the
appropriate values shall be stated in the tender documentation:
b) Interrupting performance (automatic operation).
c) Interrupting performance (manual operation).
d) Operating duty.
e) Making current.
f)
Minimum tripping current.
207
g) Insulation (dielectric tests).
h) Radio interference voltage.
18.2
18.3
18.4
19.0
19.1
20.0
21.0
21.1
i)
Temperature rise.
j)
Mechanical operations.
k)
Control equipment surge withstand capability.
The control cabinet and associated electronics shall have been type tested in accordance with
UNIPEDE NORM (SPEC) 13 (1995): Automation and Control Apparatus for Generating
Stations and Substations: Electromagnetic Compatibility Immunity Requirements.
The
environment shall be considered as failing in the HV substation category, according to NORM
(SPEC)13.
Test records (on identical equipment) in the form of validated copies of test certificates issued
by a recognized testing authority shall be submitted with the tender documentation.
Routine tests
Routine tests, as required in the relevant standards, shall be carried out as a normal
requirement of the contract and, unless otherwise agreed upon, shall be witnessed by the
purchaser or by his appointed representative. No additional charge shall be levied for such
tests or for the production or presentation of documentation related to routine tests.
Duplicate copies of routine test certificates shall be supplied together with the equipment when
the latter is delivered to the final destination stated in the order.
PACKING/DOCUMENTATION
Packing
All equipment shall be carefully packed to prevent damage or deterioration during normal
transportation, handling and storage.
Each container shall bear the following information on the outside of the container:
a) The address of the destination
b) The gross mass, in kilograms
c) The name of the manufacturer
d) The purchaser's order number and port of destination
Documentation
Each AR shall be supplied complete with the documentation specified in Items as per clause
20.1 20.2 . 20.3 and 20.4, together with the routine test certificates specified in clause 21.4.
SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES
The Bidder shall furnish a list of any special tools and tackles required for maintenance and
operation purposes with recommended quantities for each substation.
208
SECTION -7
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL
PARTICULARS
209
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
Sl.No.
Description
1
Make & manufacturer
2
Place of manufacture
3
Rated ratio
Particulars
i) HV (KV)
ii) LV (KV)
4
Rated current
i) HV (KV)
ii) LV (KV)
5
Connection symbol
6
Tapping (if applicable)
i) Number of steps
ii) Range of Tapping
7
Core material used and grade
a) Flux density
b) Over flushing without saturation (curve to be
furnished by the manufacturer in support of his claim)
8
Maximum temperature rise of
a) Winding by resistance
b) Oil by thermometer
9
Magnetizing (No Load) current at
a) Nominal voltage
b) Maximum voltage
10
Core loss in watts at 75°C
a) Nominal voltage
b) Maximum voltage
11
Resistance of windings at 20°C (with 5% tolerance)
a) HV winding (ohm)
b) LV winding (ohm)
12
Full load losses (watts) at 75°C
13
Current density used for
a) HV winding
b) LV winding
14
Clearances
a) Core & LV
210
b) LV & HV
c) HV phase to phase
d) End insulation clearance to earth
e) Any point of winding to tank
15
Efficiency at 75°C
a) Unity pf
b) 0.8 pf
i) 125% load
ii) 100% load
iii) 75% load
iv) 50% load
v) 25% load
16
Regulation at
a) Unity pf
b) 0.8 pf at 75°C
17
% impedance at 75°C
18
Flash test
19
HV 28 KV/50 Hz for 1 Minute
20
LV 3 KV/50 Hz. for 1 Minute
21
Over potential test double
22
Voltage & double frequency for 1 minute
23
Impulse test
24
Weight content of
a) Core lamination (min)
b) Winding (min)
C) Tank & fittings
d) Oil
e) Oil qty. (min)
f) Total weight
25
Oil data
a) Qty. for first filing (min)
b) Grade of oil used
c) Maker’s name
d) BDV at the time of filling
26
Transformer
Overall length X breadth X height
27
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE OF DTR
211
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF ALL ALUMINUM ALLOY CONDUCTOR (AAAC)
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
Sl.No.
Description
Unit
1.0
Maker’s name & Address
2.0
Conductor size and Code
3.0
IS Standard applicable
4.0
Wire diameter in mm
mm
5.0
Diameter of complete conductor in mm
mm
6.0
Number of strands
Nos.
7.0
Sectional area of alloy Aluminum
mm²
8.0
Total sectional area
mm²
9.0
Particulars of Raw Materials
9.1
Aluminum
a)
Minimum Purity of Aluminum
%
9.2
Zinc
%
a)
Minimum Purity of Zinc
9.3.0
Aluminum Strands after stranding
9.3.1
Diameter
a)
Nominal
Mm
b)
Maximum
Mm
c)
Minimum
Mm
9.3.2
Minimum breaking Load Strand
kN
9.3.3
Maximum Resistance of 1 M length
10.0
Galvanizing
a)
b)
Minimum weight of zinc coating per uncoated wire
surface
Minimum number of one minute dips galvanized
strand can withstand in the test
Particulars
Ohm
gm/m²
Nos.
Minimum number of twists in a gauge length times
c)
dia of wire which the strand can withstand in the
Nos.
torsion test (after stranding)
11.0
AAAC stranded conductor
11.1
UTS of conductor
11.2
Lay ratio of conductor
kN
Max
st
a)
1 layer
b)
2 layer
nd
212
11.3
D.C resistance of conductor at 20°C
11.4
Standard length of conductor
11.5
Continuous current rating at 75°C (Enclose
supporting calculations)
11.6
Final modulus of elasticity
11.7
Co-efficient of Linear Expansion
11.8
Strand
a)
Standard diameter
b)
Minimum
c)
Maximum
d)
Cross-Sectional area of Nominal diameter wire
e)
Weight in Kg/KM
f)
Minimum breaking load
Before Stranding
After stranding
g)
Coefficient of linear expansion
11.9
Joints in strands
a)
Aluminum Alloy
b)
Method of making joint
c)
Ultimate tensile Strength of Joint
12.0
Maximum single length of conductor that can be
manufactured if required for single stretch
13.0
Tolerance of standard length of conductor
14.0
Direction of lay for outside layer
14.1
Linear mass of the conductor
Ohm/Km
M
mm
mm²Nos.
Kg/kN
Meter
%
a)
Standard
Kg/KM
b)
Minimum
Kg/KM
c)
Maximum
Kg/KM
15.0
No. of cold pressure butt welding available at works
16.0
Standard according to which the conductor will be
manufactured and tested
a)
Certification mark if any
b)
Test Certificate enclosed
17.0
Initial & Final sag and tension charts furnished
18.0
Stress/Strain data corresponding to different
tensions temperatures furnished
Curves/tables of creep compensation
corresponding to different tension temperatures
furnished
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
19.0
20.0
Yes/No
213
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11 KV SURGE ARRESTORS
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
Sl. No.
1
Description
Particulars
Name & Address of Supplier & Manufacturer
Surge Arrestor
Line Disconnector
Metal Oxide Block
Terminal Clamp
2
Name & address of collaborator, if an
3
Standard to which surge arrestors conforms
4.0
Surge Arrestor
4.1
Voltage rating (KV rms)
4.2
Continuous Operating Voltage (KV rms)
a) Continuous Operating Voltage (KV rms)
b) Leakage current at continuous operation voltage
c) Permitted leakage current of arrestor beyond which arrestor
is faulty.
5
6
Frequency (Hz.)
Nominal discharge current (wave shape – 8/20 micro second)
(KA)
7
Pressure relief rated current (KA rms)
8.
Steep current protection level at 10 KA
a) Lightning impulse protection level with 40 X 80 mico-sec.
Wave at 500/1000 A
9
Long duration current impulse withstand capacity and virtual
duration
10
Line discharge class
11
Thermal runway limit arrestor
12
Energy capability (kj/KV)
13
Pressure relief rating
14
Dry arcing distance
15
Reference current and reference voltage
16
Arrestor Housing
16.1
Power frequency one minute wet withstand voltage (kV rms)
16.2
Lightning impulse dry withstand voltage (kVP)
16.3
Creepage distance
a) Protected
b) Total
214
16.4
Short Circuit withstand capacity
16.5
Bending moment (mm)
17
Dis-connector
a) Constructional Details
b) Other information as applicable to surge arrestor
18
Surge Monitor
a) Constructional Details
b) Degree of protection
19
Suitable for hot line washing
20
Dimension and Weight
G.A Drawing indicating height of complete unit from base to
line, minimum recommended center to center spacing,
21
clearance from ground equipment at various height of Arrestor,
earthing arrestor, earthing arrangement on earthed side of
arrestor etc.
22
Details of Packing
23
License number and date for using ISI certification mark if any
24
Ammeter for discharge current
a) Type & Make
b) Accuracy
c) Range (mA)
25
Residual voltage
26
Follow Current
27
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
215
GU
UARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 11 kV PIN INSUL ATOR
(To be filled in by Tenderer)
S.N
O.
Description
1
Manufacturer’s Name & Address
2
Type of insulator offered
3
Drawing Numbers
4
Over all Dimensions (mm)
a)
Height
b)
Out Diameter
Particulars
5
Nominal System Voltage
(kV)
6
Highest System Voltage
(kV)
7
Minimum Failing Load
8
Dry Power Frequency Flashover Voltage (kV)
9
Wet Power Frequency Flashover Voltage (kV)
10
Puncture Withstand Voltage (Power Frequency) (kN)
11
Min. Creepage Distance (mm)
12
Impulse Flashover Voltage : (kV)
13
(kN)
a)
1.2/50 Micro Sec. Wage of Positive Polarity
b)
1.2/50 Micro Sec. Wage of Negative Polarity
Impulse Withstand Voltage : (kV)
a)
1.2/50 Micro Sec. Wave of Positive Polarity
b)
1.2/50 Micro Sec. Wave of Negative Polarity
14
Dry Power Frequency 1 Min. Withstand Voltage (kN)
15
Wet Power Frequency 1 Min. Withstand Voltage (kN)
16
Minimum Visible Discharge Test Voltage
17
Net Weight (Approx.) (Kg)
18
Standard According to which Porcelain Insulators be
Manufactured and Tested
19
Tolerance in Dimensions, if any (as per ISS)
20
Temperature Cycle Test (as per ISS)
21
Porosity Test (as per ISS)
22
Performance guarantee
216
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF GI PIN FOR 11 KV PIN INSULATOR
(To be filled in by the tenderer)
1. Name & address of the manufacturer
2. Physical dimensions
a. Stalk length in mm
b. Shank length in mm
c.
Thickness of collar in mm
d. Diameter of collar in mm
e. Diameter of shank in mm
f.
Threaded length of shank in mm
g. Dia of stalk head in mm
h. Threaded length of stalk in mm.
4. Gross weight in kg.
5. Weight of zinc coating in gms
6. Mechanical failing load in KN
7.
Other particulars
8.
Performance guarantee
217
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11 KV GOAB SWITCH
A. Isolating Switches
Name of Manufacturer of Isolating Switches
Particulars for Isolating Switches
a. MVA Ratings
b. Number of Poles
c. Voltage Rating
d. Current rating (Amps)
i. Normal
ii. Maximum
iii. Short Time
e. Temperature rise of the following at the full rated
current in Degree °C over in ambient 50°C
i. Terminals
ii. Contacts
iii. Metal parts
f. Thickness in mm of Silver Plating / Tin Plating
g. Voltage drop across:
i. Each Contact
ii. Terminals
h. Frequency
i. Short Time Current and duration
j. Type of Materials used in Contacts
k. Materials used in Contacts
l. Type & Materials of the Terminal connectors provided
m. Diameter and length of the channels of GI Operating Pipe
n. Size & Length of the channels provided for mounting
three phases
o. Minimum clearance between phases.
(i.e. the centre distance between the insulating of the
adjacent phases in the assembled position of the
Switches
p. Minimum clearance in air
i. Between the poles
ii. Between live parts & earth
q. Type & Detail of operating Mechanism
i. Rotating Insulator Stack
ii. Operating Shaft
r. Whether the switch is complete with the necessary
universal joints Guides locking arrangements with
padlock and key and stops etc.
s. Type of monitoring
t. Number of Breaks per phase
u. Number of breaks
v. Materials of the rotating parts
w. Weight of insulators & mechanism
x. Dimensions of the flexible cords
i. Thickness
ii. Length
iii. Weight
xi. Materials used in flexible cord, its terminal place and
the terminal block
2.1 Impulse withstand voltage with 1/50 micro-seconds wave
positive and negative polarity
i. Across Isolating distance
ii. To earth & between poles
2.2 One minute power frequency withstand voltage
218
3.0
B.
1.0
2.0
i. Across Isolating distance
ii. To earth & between Poles
Does the equipments conform to ISS:1818/1961
Insulators
Particulars for Insulators
1.1
Type of Insulator
1.2
Name of the Manufacturer of the Insulator
1.3
Height of Insulator
1.4
Diameter of the Largest Shed
1.5
Number of units per stack
Electrical Characteristics (for one Insulator)
2.1 Flashover voltage
a. Dry Power Frequency
b. Wet Power Frequency
c.
Impulse voltage of 1/50 micro-secs. (+ve)
d. Impulse voltage of 1/50 micro-secs. (-ve)
2.2 Withstand Voltage
a.
Dry Voltage
b.
Wet voltage
c.
Impulse voltage of 1/50 micro-secs. (+ve)
d.
Impulse voltage of 1/50 micro-secs. (-ve)
2.3 Power frequency puncture withstand of unit
2.4 Mechanical characteristics
a.
Cantilever strength upright
b.
Cantilever strength under hand
c.
Torsional strength
d.
Tensile strength
e.
Compression strength
2.5 General characteristics
a. Minimum creepage distance
b. Weight of complete unit
c. Weight of non-ferrous parts (total)
d. Weight of ferrous parts (total)
2.6 Standard to which insulator conforms
Note: Value for Insulators should be given in metric units and should be for one insulator only
3.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
219
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11 KV DISC INSULATOR 45 KN(T&C)
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
Sl.No
Description
1
Manufacturer’s Name & Address
2
Type of Insulator offered
3
Drawing Numbers
4
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Particulars
a) Height
b) Outer Diameter
5
Nominal System Voltage (kV)
6
Highest System Voltage (kV)
7
Minimum Failing Load (kN)
8
Dry Power Frequency Flashover Voltage(kV)
9
Wet Power Frequency Flashover Voltage(kV)
10
Puncture withstand Voltage (Power Frequency) (kN)
Minimum Creepage Distance (mm)
11
Minimum Creepage Distance (mm)
12
Impulse Flashover Voltage (kV)
a) 1.2/50 Micro-Sec. Wave Positive Polarity
b) 1.2/50 Micro-Sec. Wave Negative Polarity
13
Impulse Withstand Voltage (kV)
a) 1.2/50 Micro-Sec. Wave Positive Polarity
b) 1.2/50 Micro-Sec. Wave Negative Polarity
14
Dry Power Frequency 1 Min. Withstand Voltage (kN)
15
Wet Power Frequency 1 Min. Withstand Voltage (kN)
16
Minimum Visible Discharge test Voltage
17
Net Weight (approx.) (Kg.)
18
Standard According to which Porcelain Insulators to be
Manufactured and tested
19
Tolerance in Dimensions, if any (as per ISS)
20
Temperature Cycle Test (as per ISS)
21
Porosity Test (as per ISS)
22
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
220
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF H.T. & LT GUY INSULATOR
S.NO.
PARAMETER
1
Manufacturer’s Name & Address
2
Type of insulator
3
Standards to which insulator will conform
4
Dimensions
5
Hole diameter (mm)
6
Color of glaze
7
Dry Power Frequency withstand Voltage (kV)
8
Wet Power Frequency withstand Voltage (kV)
9
Minimum failing load (Newton)
10
Minimum Creepage distance (mm)
11
Weight per piece (Kg)
12
Temperature cycle test (as per ISS)
13
Porosity test (as per ISS)
14
Tolerance, if any (as per ISS)
15
Performance guarantee
GUARANTEED VALUE
221
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF L.T. SHACKLE INSULATOR
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
Description
Sl.No.
1
Manufacturer’s Name & Address
2
Type of Insulator
3
Standards to which insulator will conform
4
Dimensions
5
Hole diameter (mm)
6
Color glaze
7
Dry power Frequency Withstand Voltage (kV)
8
Wet power Frequency Withstand Voltage (kV)
9
Dry power Frequency Flashover Voltage (kV)
10
Wet power Frequency Flashover Voltage (kV)
11
Power Frequency Puncture Withstand Voltage (kV)
12
Minimum failing load (kN)
13
Minimum Creepage Distance (mm)
14
Weight per piece (Kg)
15
Temperature cycle test (as per ISS)
16
Porosity test (as per ISS)
17
Tolerance, if any (as per ISS)
18
PERFORMANCE GUARNATEE
Particulars
222
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR G.I. WIRE
(TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER)
G.I.Wire (4 mm dia)
:
1.
Size of Wire
:
2.
Tolerance in size of wire
:
3.
Tensile strength
:
4.
Wrapping list
:
5.
Galvanising conforming to IS :
4826 – 1968
:
6.
Guarantee
:
B.
G.I.Wire (5 mm dia)
:
1.
Size of Wire
:
2.
Tolerance in size of wire
:
3.
Tensile strength
:
4.
Wrapping list
:
5.
Galvanising conforming to IS :
4826 – 1968
:
6.
Performance guarantee
:
A.
223
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR C.I. PIPE (EARTH)
(TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER)
G.I.Wire (4 mm dia)
:
1.
Length of Pipe
:
2.
Diameter of Pipe
:
3.
External Dia of Pipe
:
4.
Thickness of Pipe
:
5.
Internal Dia of Socket
:
6.
Thickness of Socket
:
7.
Internal Depth of Socket
:
8.
Internal Radius of Socket
:
9.
Width of Grooves of Socket
:
10.
External Dia of Grooves Socket
11.
Weight of Pipe
:
12.
Hydraulic Test
:
13.
Guarantee
:
Sl.
224
GUARANTEE TECHNLCAL PARTICULARS OF COMPOSIT POLYMERIC INSULATOR
FOR 11 KV , 45 KN ( T & C ) TYPE
Sl.
no
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.
5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
6.
(a)
7.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
8.
9.
10.
(i)
(ii)
11.
(a)
(b)
(c)
12.
Description
Unit
11KV , 45 KN , T& C type
Name of Manufacturer & Address
Type of Insulator
Standard according to which the
Insulator manufacture and tested
Name of material used in manufacture
Of the insulator with class/grade
Material of core (FRP rod)
i) E-glass or ECR- glass
ii) Boron content
Material of housing &Weather sheds
Silicon content by weight
( material of end fitting )
Sealing compound for end fittings
Color
Electrical characteristics
Normal system voltage
Highest system voltage
Dry power Frequency withstand voltage
Wet power frequency withstand voltage
Dry flashover voltage
Wet flashover voltage
Dry lighting impulse withstand voltage
a) Positive
b)Negative
Dry lighting impulse flashover voltage
c) positive
d) Negative
R/V at 1MHz when energized at 10KV/30KV(rms)
under dry condition
Creepage distance (mm)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum failing load
Dimension of insulator
Weight
Dia of FRP rod
Length of FRP rod
Die. Of Weather sheds
Thickness of housing
Dry arc distance
Dimension drawing of insulator including weight with
clearances min weight enclosed
Method of fixing of sheds to housing (specify single
moulder Modular construction moulding )
No. of Weather sheds
Types of sheds
Aerodynamic
With under ribs
Packing details
Types of packing
No. of insulator each pack
Gross weight of package
Any other particulars which the bidder may like to
give
KV(rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms )
KV (rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
Microvolt
mm
KN
Kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
225
GUARANTEE TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF COMPOSITE POLYMERIC INSULATOR
FOR 11 KV , 5 KN PIN INSULATOR TYPE
Sl.
no
1.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.
5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
6.
(a)
7.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
8.
9.
10.
(i)
(ii)
11.
(a)
(b)
(c)
12.
Description
Unit
11KV , 5 KN , PIN
INSULATOR
Name of Manufacturer & Address
Type of Insulator
Standard according to which the
Insulator manufacture and tested
Name of material used in manufacture
Of the insulator with class/grade
Material of core (FRP rod)
i) E-glass or ECR- glass
ii) Boron content
Material of housing &Weather sheds
Silicon content by weight
( material of end fitting )
Sealing compound for end fittings
Color
Electrical characteristics
Normal system voltage
Highest system voltage
Dry power Frequency withstand voltage
Wet power frequency withstand voltage
Dry flashover voltage
Wet flashover voltage
Dry lighting impulse withstand voltage
a) Positive
b)Negative
Dry lighting impulse flashover voltage
c) positive
d) Negative
R/V at 1MHz when energized at 10KV/30KV(rms)
under dry condition
Creepage distance (mm)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum failing load
Dimension of insulator
Weight
Dia of FRP rod
Length of FRP rod
Die. Of Weather sheds
Thickness of housing
Dry arc distance
Dimension drawing of insulator including weight
with clearances min weight enclosed
Method of fixing of sheds to housing (specify
single moulder Modular construction moulding )
No. of Weather sheds
Types of sheds
Aerodynamic
With under ribs
Packing details
Types of packing
No. of insulator each pack
Gross weight of package
Any other particulars which the bidder may like to
give
KV(rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms )
KV (rms )
KV(rms)
KV(rms)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
KV(peak)
Microvolt
mm
KN
Kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
226
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL ARTICULARS FOR 1.1 KV GRADE SINGLE CORE XLPE INSULATED & PVC
SHEATHED HEAVY DUTY ALUMINIUM CONCUCTOR, UNARMOURED POWER CABLE
Sl.
No.
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
11.0
11.1
12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
Particulars
2
3
Name & address of manufacturer.
Type and make of cable
Location of factory.
Standard specification to which cable shall conform.
Standard specification to which core shall conform.
Voltage rating.
Permissible variation in voltage, frequency & combined voltage &
frequency.
Standard specification to which drum shall conform.
CONDUCTOR :
Material and its composition.
Shape of conductor.
Total area of conductor.(In Sq. mm)
Stranding details :i)
No. of nominal strands in a core.
ii)
Dia of each strand in a core (before stranding) (in mm)
Maximum D.C Resistance/Core at 20°C (In Ohms/Km.)
INSULATION :
Type of Insulation
Composition of Insulation
Nominal thickness of Insulation (in mm).
Tolerance on thickness of Insulation.
Dia of core over insulation.
Minimum volume resistivity at 27°C (Ohm.Cm.)
Minimum volume resistivity at 70°C (Ohm.Cm.)
Minimum tensile strength of Insulation material.
Minimum Elongation percentage
Average di-electric strength (KV/MM)
Suitability with regard to Moisture, Ozone, Acid, Oil and Alkaline
surroundings.
SHEATHING DETAILS
OUTER SHEATH :
i) Material & composition
ii) Type of sheathing by extrusion ST-1
iii) Thickness of sheathing
(in mm)
iv) Tolerance on thickness of sheathing.
v) Calculated diameter under the sheath (in mm).
vi) Nominal diameter of cable over outer sheath (in mm)
vii) Whether anti termite treatment has been given
in the outer
sheath.
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
i) Under continuous full load (in DC)
ii) Under transient conditions ( in DC)
Thermal resistivity of Soil (DC Cm/W)
Thermal Resistivity of XLPE
(DC Cm/W)
Depth of laying (in Cm.) (To the highest point of cable laid direct in
the ground or to the top surface of ducts.
Current ratings of the cable under basic assumptions :
i) Laid in ground (at ground tamp. 30
ii) Laid in duct ( duct temp.30°C)Amp.
227
12.6
12.7
12.8
13.0
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
iii) Laid in air (air temp. 40°C) Amp.
Rating factors under various conditions of installation.
Capacitive reactance per Km. of cable at 50 C/S (Ohms per Km.)
Inductive reactance per Km. of Cable at 50 C/S (Ohms per KM)
MECHANICAL DATA :
Approx overall dia of cable (mm)
Minimum bending radius of cable.
Whether identification marking i.e.
i) Property of APDCL
ii) Name of manufacture
iii) Voltage and grade and size
iv) Year of manufacture is being provided at the regular intervals of
two metres of outer most sheath of cable.
v) Whether length of cable at every interval of 1 meter shall be
printed over outer sheath.
Name of manufacturers of bought out raw materials.
i) Aluminium
ii) PVC
iii) Galvanised Steel strip/ wire for armouring
iv) Any other.
a) Whether similar cable has been type tested Yes/No
b) If yes, when and where was it tested.
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
13.10
c) It is expected that you will enclose an electro state copy of type
test report of similar cable. Please inform whether or not you have
entered the same.
d) If yes, how many sheets does it contain. No. of sheets.
e) Only a design better than or equal to what type tested and
proven shall be accepted, please inform whether you will abide by
this condition. Yes/No
Whether wood preservative shall be applied to whole drum?
Whether all ferrous parts shall be treated with rust preventive finish
or coating
Whether waterproof paper layer shall be applied to the surface of
drum & over the outer cable layer.
Reference of license to use-ISI certification mark, if any.
Do you agree to all the provisions of technical specification. In case
of any deviation, state clearly.
228
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF AB-CABLE
Sl No
1
a
b
c
1.1
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
1.2
a
b
1.3
a
b
1.4
a
i
ii
b
i
ii
1.5
a
b
1.6
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
2
a
b
c
3
a
b
i
ii
4
i
Particulars
Rated voltage
Type of insulation
Multi Core
Material of Conductor
Conductor
Core
Nominal Cross Section Area in mm2
No. of power conductor
Maximum conductor resistance in Ohm/km at 20 C
Flexibility class of conductor
Form of conductor
Approx conductor diameter in mm
Conductor Screen
Material
Minimum thickness in mm
Insulation
Material
Nominal thickness
Insulation Screen
Material
Non Metallic
Metallic
Thickness
Non Metallic
Metallic
Sheath/Covering
Material
Thickness in mm
Messenger
Material
Form of conductor
Cross sectional area in mm2
Approx breaking load in KA
No. of strands
Dia of each strand ( Before stranding)in mm
Approx. Diameter In mm
Sheath/covering thickness in mm
Cable Data
Approx overall diameter in mm
Approx weight of cable kg/km
Standard drum length in Mtrs
Current rating
Continous current rating when cable in Air ambient
Temp 40 C
Derating factors
Ambient Air Temperature
Rating factor
Identification
Identification of cross
Data
229
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR LT AERIAL BUNCHED CONDUCTOR (ABC)
(To be filled in by the bidder)
Sl. No.
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.0
3.1
3.2
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.0
5.1
5.2
6.0
6.1
6.2
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
9.0
10.0
11.0
Description
GENERAL:
Brand Name or Trade Mark
Name & Address of Manufacturer
Rated voltage
PHASE CONDUCTOR:
Material
Class / Grade
Shape of conductor
Nominal cross section area (mm Sq.)
Approximate dia. of conductor (mm)
Maximum DC resistance at 20o C
CONDUCTOR SCREENING:
Material
Minimum thickness (mm)
INSULATION:
Material
Nominal thickness (mm)
Tolerance on thickness
INSULATION SCREENING:
Material
1) Non Metallic
2) Metallic
Thickness (mm)
1) Non Metallic
2) Metallic
PO LYETHYLENE SHEATH OVER CORE:
Material
Nominal thickness (mm)
MESSENGER WIRE:
Material & its applicable standard
Shape of conductor
Nominal cross section area (sq. mm)
No of strands in conductor
Diameter of each strands (mm)
Approximate cond. Diameter (mm)
DC resistance at 20o C (Ohm/km)
Approximate breaking load ( KN)
CABLES:
Continuous current carrying capacity in
air at Ambient Temp.40º C (Amp)
Maximum short circuit current for 1 Sec.(KA)
Identification of Power Core.
Laying up of Power Core and with AAAC Messenger wire
Approximate overall diameter of cable
Approximate total weight of cable KG / KM.
Standard length of cable in each drum in meter
Tolerance on drum length.
Max. conductor Temp. during Short circuit.
Bending radius of the cable.
Manufacturer identification mark.
Whether details shall be embossed
as stated in the Technical Specification (Yes/No)
Whether type test reports submitted, as stated in the
Technical Specification (Yes/ No)
Whether drawings submitted. (Yes/No)
Particulars
230
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11kV AERIAL BUNCHED CONDUCTOR (ABC)
(To be filled in by the bidder)
Sl. No.
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.0
3.1
3.2
Description
GENERAL:
Brand Name or Trade Mark
Name & Address of Manufacturer
Rated voltage
PHASE CONDUCTOR:
Material
Class / Grade
Shape of conductor
Nominal cross section area (mm Sq.)
Approximate dia. of conductor (mm)
Maximum DC resistance at 20o C
CONDUCTOR SCREENING:
Material
Minimum thickness (mm)
4.0
INSULATION:
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.0
Material
Nominal thickness (mm)
Tolerance on thickness
INSULATION SCREENING:
Material
1) Non Metallic
2) Metallic
Thickness (mm)
1) Non Metallic
2) Metallic
PO LYETHYLENE SHEATH OVER CORE:
Material
Nominal thickness (mm)
M ESSENGER WIRE:
Material & its applicable standard
Shape of conductor
Nominal cross section area (mm Sq.)
No of strands in conductor
Diameter of each strands (mm)
Approximate cond. Diameter (mm)
DC resistance at 20o C (Ohm/Km)
Approximate breaking load ( KN)
CABLES:
Continuous current carrying capacity in
air at Ambient Temp.40º C (Amp)
Maximum short circuit current for 1 Sec.(KA)
Identification of Power Core.
Laying up of Power Core
and with AAAC Messenger wire
Approximate overall diameter of cable
Approximate total weight of cable KG / KM.
Standard length of cable in each drum in meter
Tolerance on drum length.
Max. conductor Temp. during Shortcircuit.
Bending radius of the cable.
Manufacturer identification mark.
Whether details shall be embossed
as stated in the Technical Specification (Yes/No)
Whether type test reports submitted, as stated under the
Technical Specification (Yes/ No)
Whether drawings submitted. (Yes/No)
5.1
5.2
6.0
6.1
6.2
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
9.0
10.0
11.0
Particulars
231
(I)
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS ABC ACCESSORIES
(To be filled in by the bidder)
SUSPENSION, DEAD END CLAMP ASSEMBLY FOR MESSENGER WIRE
Sl No
Type of Clamp
1
2
13
14
Name & Address of the Manufacturer
Standard ( REC Specification No. 84/2010
/NFC 33-041 with latest amendments.)
Range of messenger size
Type of design
Installation (with / without disassembly)
Type & grade Metallic / Nonmetallic Material
Marking
Colour of Nonmetallic parts
Dimensions (mm)
Approximate weight (Kg)
Breaking Load (KN)
Di-Electric test
(Min 6 KV AC for 1 minute)
Maximum load holding capacity (KN)
Max. vertical load sustained by clamp (KN.)
15
Is type test report enclosed as per NFC 33-041
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Sl No
Type of Clamp
1
2
3
Name of the Manufacturer
Address of the Manufacturer
Standard ( REC Specification No. 84/2010
/NFC 33-040 with latest amendments.)
Type
Range of conductor size
Installation (with / without disassembly)
Is bracket & movable link included
Type & grade Metallic / Nonmetallic Material
Marking
Colour of Nonmetallic parts
Breaking Load (KN)
High voltage test (Acceptance test)
Maximum load holding capacity (KN)
(Acceptance test)
Max. longitudinal load sustained by clamp
(Acceptance test)
Are all type test reports as per NFC 33 040
enclosed
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Dead end clamp
Assembly for LT AB
Cable
Suspension Clamp
Assembly for LT AB
Cable
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
Particulars
Material composition
Weight of the material (Kg/m)
Tensile strength (KN/Sq.mm)
Type test report for Tensile strength
S.S. Strap
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
Particulars
Material composition
Weight of the material (Grams)
Tensile strength(KN/Sq.mm)
Type test report for
A.Tensile strength
Buckle
Dead end clamp
Assembly for HT AB
Cable
Suspension Clamp
Assembly for HT AB
Cable
232
(II)
S. N
1
2
3
4
5
PARTICULARS
Name of Bidder
Name & Address of manufacturer of Piercing Connector
Are GA drawings enclosed?
Are experience certificate enclosed?
Insulation Piercing Connectors range
2
(i) Main : 16 - 95 mm ,
2
Branch (Tap off): 16 - 95 mm
2
(ii) Main : 16 - 50 mm ,
2
Branch (Tap off): 1.5 - 10 mm
Is any metallic part carrying potential in operation exposed
during installation?
Material used for teeth
Surface Finish of teeth
Are end caps for branch cable provided?
Slide on type
Rigid
Are torque limiting shear heads provided on tightening bolts?
Rated tightening torque (Nm)
Torque for establishing connection between Main & Branch
(Nm)
Max. Tensile Load for no Break down of main conductor. (Kg)
Max. Tensile Load on Branch conductor for no
slippage/break. (Kg)
Voltage withstand under water immersion
Electric aging test report enclosed?
No. of cycles
Max. Temp. in each cycle (Deg.)
Over current test current
Value (Amps)
Duration (Sec)
Resistance change duration
Is Corrosion test report enclosed?
Is Climate Ageing test report enclosed?
6
7
8
9
9.1
9.2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
i.
ii.
20
21
22
(III)
S. N
1
7
(IV)
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
TO BE SPECIFIED
EARTHING CONNECTOR (CLAMP FOR NEUTRAL CONNECTION)
PARTICULARS
Name & Address of manufacturer of CLAMP FOR NEUTRAL
CONNECTION
Are GA drawings enclosed?
Are experience certificate enclosed?
Materials
Conductor range (mm2)
a) Length, width & thickness of complete connector
b) No. of bolts along with nuts and washers
Particulars of Galvanization
2
3
4
5
6
7
INSULATING PIERCING CONNECTOR FOR LT AERIAL BUNCHED CABLE
EYE HOOK
Parameters
Type of Clamp
Name of the Manufacturer
Standard
Place of Manufacturer
Type of design
Type & grade Metallic / Nonmetallic
material
Type of hot dip galvanizing & thickness of
Zinc coating
Dimensions
Approximate weight
Ultimate tensile strength
Unit
TO BE SPECIFIED
Bidder’s Offer
mm
kg
KN
233
(V)
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
(VI)
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
WATER PROOF PREINSULATED COMPRESSION TYPE BIMETALLIC SOCKET FOR LT 1.1KV
Parameters
Name & address of the Manufacturer
Applicable standard
Type of Cable jointing kit
Application
Nominal system voltage (kV)
Maximum system voltage (kV)
Number of cores
Type of Insulation
Type of screening
System Neutral Earthing
Maximum performance
AC voltage
Load cycling 90OC + 5OC (no. of cycles)
Impulse voltage
Partial discharge voltage
Thermal short circuit
DC voltage
Dynamic short circuit
Unit
PREMOULDED STRAIGHT JOINT FOR LT 1.1 KV
Parameters
Name & address of the Manufacturer
Applicable standard
Type of Cable jointing kit
Application
Nominal system voltage (kV)
Maximum system voltage (kV)
Number of cores
Type of Insulation
Type of screening
System Neutral Earthing
Maximum performance
AC voltage
Load cycling 90OC + 5OC (no. of cycles)
Impulse voltage
Partial discharge voltage
Thermal short circuit
DC voltage
Dynamic short circuit
Unit
234
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11KV AUTORECLOSERS
SL.
NO.
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION
Name of the Manufacturer
Manufacturer,s Type & Designation
3.
Construction
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Rated Voltage
Max Service Related Voltage
Frequency
Minimum clearance distance between Phases
Nominal Current at 40 deg C
Short Time Withstand Current
Duration
Making Current
Power Frequency withstand Voltage
a) Phase To earth
b) Across Open Contact
Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage
a) Phase To Earth
b) Across Open Contact
Capacitive Current
a) Cable Charging
b) Line Charging
c) Capacitor Current Single Bank
d) Transformer Magnitising Current
No. of Operations of Circuit Breaker is
capable of performing :
a) At No load
b) At 50% of Rated Current
13.
14
Particulars
c) At 100% of Rated Current
Outdoor ,Silicon Rubber,
Aluminum Alloy
12 KV
15.5 KV
50 Hz
260 mm
630A
16 KA
4 Secs
40 KAp
50 KV rms
50 KV rms
110KVp
110 KVp
31.5 A
10 A
250 A
32 A
30,000 No.
30,000 No.
30,000 No.
15.
Operating Sequence
0-0.1s-CO-1s-CO-1s-CO
16.
Type of Operating Mechanism
Magnetic Actuator
17.
Terminal Bushing
a) Creepage distance
500 mm
b) String Length
450mm
Sealed & Polymeric
Insulation
Housing
Industrial Polymeric Alloys
18
VI Housing
19.
Insulating Rod
20.
Energy Stored in fully charged Condition
a) Closing
24 Volts
b) Opening
24 Volts
21.
Closing Time
< 80 ms
22.
Opening Time
23.
Pole Discrepancy
24.
Total Length of Contact Travel
< 34 ms
There is no. Pole
discrepancy
10 mm
25.
Total Length of Stoke of Mechanism
mm
26.
Type of Contact in Interrupter
Butt
235
27.
Material of Contact
Cu-Cr
28.
Contact Pressure at No Load
10
29.
Rate of Contact Travel
-32 tor
a) Closing
< 40 ms
b) Opening
< 20 ms
0
30.
Temperature Rise of Contact for 50 C ambient
31.
Mass of the Auto Recloser
0
<70 C
a) Base Structure with Operating Mechanism 71 Kg
b) Mechanism
30 Kg
32.
Protection Class of Cabinet
IP 65
33.
Corrosion protection for cabinet
34.
Structure
Aluminum Alloy
MS with Hot dip galvanized
finish
35
Auxiliary Contacts
a) NO & NC contacts provided
3NC + 1NO
36.
Altitude Level
3,000 Mtr
37.
Wind Pressure
240 Km/Hr
38.
Auxiliary Potential Transformer details
a) Standard Ratio
11KV /110 V
b) Class of Accuracy
0.5
c) VA Burden
100 VA
d) Installation
Outdoor
1.2 Continuous and 1.9 for 8
Hrs
Cycloalephatic Resin Cast
12 different Protection
Groups
GPRS
e) Rated Voltage Factor
f)
Type of Insulation
39.
Details of Protective Systems employed
40.
Details of Communication Systems Provided
236